Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2020

Registration No. 333-238612

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   46-1336960

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

10975 N. Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150

La Jolla, California 92037

(858) 401-7900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Sarah Boyce

President and Chief Executive Officer

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

10975 N. Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150

La Jolla, California 92037

(858) 401-7900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Cheston J. Larson

Matthew T. Bush

Alaina P. Ellis

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 523-5400

 

John W. Wallen III, Ph.D.

General Counsel

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

10975 N. Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150

La Jolla, California 92037

(858) 401-7900

 

Richard C. Segal

Charles S. Kim

Divakar Gupta

Will H. Cai

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall
San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.                     

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.                     

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.                     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company       

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.    

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered

 

Amount to be
Registered(1)

 

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price

Per Share

 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)

 

Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

 

11,500,000 shares

 

$16.00

 

$184,000,000

 

$23,883

 

 

(1)

Includes 1,500,000 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

$12,980 of this registration fee was previously paid by the Registrant in connection with the filing of its Registration Statement on Form S-1 on May 22, 2020.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject To Completion)

June 8, 2020

 

 

10,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. We are offering 10,000,000 shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RNA.” We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Our business and an investment in our common stock involve significant risks. These risks are described under the caption ‘‘Risk Factors’’ beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

             Per share                     Total          

Initial public offering price

   $                       $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $       $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

   $       $    

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                 , 2020.

 

 

Joint Book-running Managers

 

Cowen                    SVB Leerink                     Credit Suisse    Wells Fargo Securities

                , 2020


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  12

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  71

Market and Industry Data

  72

Use of Proceeds

  73

Dividend Policy

  75

Capitalization

  76

Dilution

  78

Selected Financial Data

  81

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  83

Business

  98

Management

  143

Executive and Director Compensation

  151

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

  173

Principal Stockholders

  177

Description of Capital Stock

  179

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  185

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

  188

Underwriting

  192

Legal Matters

  200

Experts

  200

Where You Can Find More Information

  200

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Avidity Biosciences” and “Avidity” refer to Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Overview

We are pioneering a new class of oligonucleotide-based therapies called Antibody Oligonucleotide Conjugates (AOCs) designed to overcome the current limitations of oligonucleotide therapies in order to treat a wide range of serious diseases. We utilize our proprietary AOC platform to design, engineer and develop therapeutics that combine the tissue selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and the precision of oligonucleotide therapies in order to access previously undruggable tissue and cell types and more effectively target underlying genetic drivers of diseases. We are initially focused on muscle diseases to demonstrate the capabilities of our AOCs, and our muscle franchise consists of five programs. Our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, is designed to treat myotonic dystrophy type 1 (DM1), a rare monogenic muscle disease. We expect to submit an investigational new drug application (IND) for AOC 1001 in 2021 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial by the end of the same year. We also intend to advance AOC product candidates in our four other muscle programs focused on the treatment of muscle atrophy, Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD), facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy (FSHD) and Pompe disease. In addition to our muscle franchise, we have development efforts focused on immune and other cell types.

Our AOC Platform

Oligonucleotide therapeutics are designed based on genomic information to specifically inhibit or modify the expression of disease-related proteins and RNAs. Considerable progress has been made toward harnessing the potential of oligonucleotides, and multiple oligonucleotide therapies have been approved for the treatment of several diseases. However, in light of their physical properties, effective systemic delivery of oligonucleotides to a broad range of cells and organs has been one of the most significant factors limiting their utility. Our deep experience with oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques provide the foundation for our efforts to address some of the key limitations of oligonucleotide therapies. We collectively refer to the know-how and proprietary technology born out of this experience, and their systematic application in the design and development of our product candidates, as our AOC platform.

Using our AOC platform, we have established a framework for screening potential cell surface protein-mAb pairs to determine which pairs are well-suited to deliver oligonucleotides to specific cell types to induce pharmacologic changes. In addition to engineering optimized mAbs, we are able to engineer and deploy various types of oligonucleotides whose specific mechanisms of action are designed to modify RNA function in different ways. This flexibility allows us to use oligonucleotides tailored to have the potential to modulate a given disease process, and we further engineer our oligonucleotides to maximize their specificity, potency and stability. Beyond the specific mAb and oligonucleotide components of our engineered AOCs, we also optimize the antibody conjugate design, including the linker, for stability and durability.



 

1


Table of Contents

We believe that the product candidates derived from our AOC platform will have the potential to offer the following distinct advantages:

 

   

Expand scope of diseases addressable with oligonucleotides: (i) utilize identified cell surface protein-antibody pairs to design oligonucleotides in order to address various previously undruggable tissue and cell types to induce pharmacologic changes in those tissues and cells; (ii) flexibility to deploy an appropriate oligonucleotide type for different diseases; and (iii) optimize all structural components of our AOCs for effective delivery—the oligonucleotide, the mAb and the antibody conjugate design.

 

   

Potential to mitigate toxicity by limiting drug exposure: (i) selection of the most potent oligonucleotide type; (ii) targeted delivery to tissues and cells; and (iii) infrequent administration.

 

   

Less frequent dosing: (i) ability to deliver oligonucleotides to tissues and cells at concentrations that produce pronounced and prolonged pharmacodynamic effects as observed in our preclinical models; and (ii) ability to select appropriate oligonucleotide mechanisms to maximize durability.

 

   

Readily reproducible and scalable: (i) AOCs synthesized using well-established and scalable methods for manufacturing mAbs and oligonucleotides; and (ii) ability to use a single mAb across multiple programs provides significant leverage around development costs and timelines associated with each incremental muscle program. For example, we use the same mAb targeting TfR1 across all our muscle programs.

Our Development Programs

We have leveraged our deep experience with oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques to build a pipeline of AOC development programs. Leveraging our access to extensive mAb libraries and our framework for screening potential cell surface protein-mAb pairs, we have studied over 100 different mAbs and dozens of small interfering RNA (siRNA) sequences to form the basis of our growing pipeline. We are initially focused on muscle diseases based on our preclinical studies where we observed a 95% reduction of target gene expression in mouse skeletal muscle.

The chart below represents a summary of our wholly owned development programs, which are focused on muscle disease:

LOGO



 

2


Table of Contents

We also have development efforts focused on immune and other cell types. For example, we are collaborating with Eli Lilly and Company for the discovery, development and commercialization of AOCs directed to up to six messenger RNA (mRNA) targets initially in immunology and other select indications outside of muscle.

The first program in our muscle franchise is focused on the treatment of DM1 and we are developing our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, as a potentially disease modifying treatment. DM1 is a monogenic, autosomal dominant, progressive disease that primarily affects skeletal and cardiac muscle and is caused by a mutation in the dystrophy myotonic protein kinase (DMPK) gene product or DMPK RNA. DM1 is estimated to affect over 40,000 people in the United States and there are similar prevalence estimates for Europe. However, we believe that, consistent with other rare diseases, the patient population is currently underdiagnosed due to the lack of available therapies. AOC 1001 consists of a proprietary mAb that binds to a transporter protein, transferrin receptor 1 (TfR1), conjugated with an siRNA that is designed to address the underlying cause of DM1 by reducing the levels of DMPK RNA. In preclinical studies, we observed the ability of our AOC to deliver siRNAs to muscle cells and reduce levels of mRNA for the DMPK gene, the molecular driver of the disease, in a durable, dose-dependent manner, meaning a long-lasting effect that is proportional to the amount of the AOC administered. We expect to submit an IND for AOC 1001 in 2021 and we plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in DM1 patients by the end of the same year to assess the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and exploratory clinical measures associated with AOC 1001. Due to the lack of available therapies in this rare disease, should our trial be successful, we plan to explore the potential to advance AOC 1001 into registrational trials in order to expedite making AOC 1001 available for a patient population in severe need.

The second program in our muscle franchise is focused on muscle atrophy. Muscle atrophy is the loss of skeletal muscle mass that leads to muscle weakness and physical disability and can be caused by malnutrition, medications, injury or diseases such as sarcopenia, cachexia and many rare genetic muscle disorders. Our AOC consists of our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 conjugated with an siRNA designed to downregulate the levels of muscle RING-finger protein-1 (MuRF1) mRNA, a muscle-specific ubiquitin ligase (E3 ligase) that has been shown to be upregulated upon induction of muscle atrophy. By targeting MuRF1, we have focused on an approach employing common effectors of both the catabolic and anabolic pathways associated with the degradation of protein in muscle cells, unlike prior attempts to find therapeutics that primarily addressed either catabolic or anabolic pathways. In preclinical studies, we observed that a single 3 mg/kg dose of the siRNA in our AOC resulted in a greater than 50% reduction in MuRF1 mRNA for over 20 weeks. We are in the process of selecting a product candidate for the treatment of muscle atrophy. Following regulatory clearance, in 2022, we plan to advance a product candidate into a clinical trial. Our continued development activities will inform our view on the indications and development path to pursue.

The third program in our muscle franchise is focused on DMD, which is the most common and severe form of muscular dystrophy and is progressive, irreversible and ultimately fatal. DMD occurs in approximately one in every 3,500 to 5,000 live male births and is estimated to affect 10,000 to 15,000 people in the United States. DMD is caused by mutations in the DMD gene that encodes for the gene product dystrophin, a protein critical for the normal function of muscle cells. These mutations lead to certain exons being misread resulting in the loss of function of the dystrophin protein. Our oligonucleotides are designed to promote the skipping of those exons to restore a functional version of the dystrophin protein. We are focusing our initial efforts on the development of AOCs for mutations amenable to skipping Exon 44, Exon 45 and Exon 51. We intend to conjugate the oligonucleotides to our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1. In a preclinical model of DMD, the mdx mouse model, we observed that treatment of mdx mice with an AOC caused a greater than 50-fold increase in exon



 

3


Table of Contents

skipping compared to an equimolar dose of the unconjugated oligonucleotide. Following regulatory clearance, we plan to commence a clinical trial for DMD in 2022.

We are also pursuing programs in FSHD and Pompe disease, both rare muscle diseases. FSHD is one of the most common forms of muscular dystrophy with onset typically in teens and young adults. FSHD is caused by aberrant expression of a gene, double homeobox 4 (DUX4), in adult skeletal muscle and is characterized by progressive skeletal muscle loss. Our therapeutic strategy in FSHD is to use an AOC based on our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 to deliver an siRNA targeted to the DUX4 mRNA. Pompe disease is a rare, autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disease caused by a mutation in the gene that encodes for acid alpha-glucosidase (GAA) that results in the buildup of glycogen in the body’s cells, causing impairment of normal tissue and organ function. Pompe disease is currently treated with enzyme replacement therapy (ERT), which does not adequately address the breakdown of muscle tissue associated with the disease. Our program in Pompe disease also utilizes an AOC based on our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 to deliver an siRNA targeting the glycogen synthetase 1 (GYS1) mRNA to diminish the toxic accumulation of glycogen in muscle. We are in the process of developing lead candidates for both FSHD and Pompe disease.

We also intend to pursue the development of AOCs in cell types in addition to muscle. In preclinical models, we observed the ability of AOCs not only to deliver to the liver, skeletal and cardiac muscle, but also to other tissue and cell types, including immune cells. For example, we have identified multiple receptor-antibody pairs that could be used in our AOCs in order to deliver siRNAs into different immune cells, including those related to immuno-oncology. Observations around the specificity and selectivity of our AOCs are the basis for our interest in exploring the utility of our AOCs in immunology. We plan to continue to invest in our AOC platform in order to explore the potential of our AOCs in previously inaccessible tissue and cell types in order to develop next generation oligonucleotide therapies.

We hold worldwide development and commercialization rights to all our muscle programs. We have a disciplined strategy to maximize the value of our pipeline whereby we plan to retain development and commercialization rights to those product candidates, indications and geographies that we believe we can ultimately commercialize successfully on our own. We plan to collaborate on product candidates that we believe have promising utility in disease areas or patient populations that are better served by the resources or specific expertise of other biopharmaceutical companies.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to discover, develop and commercialize novel AOC therapeutics that overcome current barriers to the delivery of oligonucleotides and unlock their potential to treat a wide range of serious diseases currently lacking adequate treatment options. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are to:

 

   

Advance our lead product candidate AOC 1001 through clinical proof-of-concept to approval.

 

   

Achieve clinical proof-of-mechanism for our muscle atrophy program.

 

   

Progress our DMD program into clinical development and advance our other rare muscle disease programs.

 

   

Expand our pipeline into additional cell types and tissues.

 

   

Independently commercialize any approved products in indications and geographies where we believe we can maximize value and pursue other options to realize the full potential of our platform.



 

4


Table of Contents

Our Team and Investors

We have assembled a management team with deep experience in the discovery, development and commercialization of RNA therapeutics, including an extensive knowledge of oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques. Our President and CEO, Sarah Boyce, has significant experience in the development and commercialization of RNA therapeutics and in building global organizations, most recently having served as President of Akcea Therapeutics. Our Chief Scientific Officer, Arthur A. Levin, Ph.D., is a key opinion leader in the RNA therapeutics field who led teams responsible for the development of many oligonucleotides including the first approved antisense drugs and the first micro-RNA targeted therapeutic to enter clinical trials. Our Chief Operating Officer, Joseph Baroldi, brings a depth of business development experience in RNA therapeutics having led more than twenty strategic transactions, most recently as Vice President, Business Development at Ionis Pharmaceuticals.

In addition, our investors include leading life science institutions including RTW Investments, Alethea Capital, Alexandria Venture Investments, Boxer Capital of Tavistock Group, Brace Pharma Capital, Cormorant Asset Management, LP, CureDuchenne, EcoR1 Capital, Logos Capital, Partner Fund Management, Perceptive Advisors LLC, ST Pharm and Takeda Ventures.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our ability to execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include, among others:

 

   

We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate any revenue or become profitable or, if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

 

   

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

 

   

We are early in our development efforts and all of our development programs are in the preclinical or discovery stage. If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

 

   

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on our AOC platform is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value, or if competing technological approaches will limit the commercial value of our product candidates or render our AOC platform obsolete.

 

   

Preclinical and clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. We have not tested any of our product candidates in clinical trials and our product candidates may not have favorable results in clinical trials, if any, or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.

 

   

Any difficulties or delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our planned clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.

 

   

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials and to manufacture our product candidates, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies are more effective, our business and our ability to develop and successfully commercialize products may be adversely affected.

 

   

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies.

 

   

Our business is subject to risks arising from the recent global outbreak of COVID-19.

Corporate Information

We were originally founded as a Delaware limited liability company on November 13, 2012, under the name Avidity NanoMedicines LLC. On June 4, 2016, we changed our name to Avidity Biosciences LLC, and on April 1, 2019, we converted into a Delaware corporation under the name Avidity Biosciences, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 10975 N. Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150, La Jolla, California 92037, and our telephone number is 858-401-7900. Our website address is www.aviditybiosciences.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

We use our pending trademark Avidity Biosciences in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control of financial reporting pursuant of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley);

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, unless the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) determines the new rules are necessary for protecting the public;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective



 

6


Table of Contents

registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2025. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act), our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information in this prospectus and that we provide to our stockholders in the future may be different than what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.



 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

10,000,000 shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 shares of our common stock from us.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

30,950,798 shares (or 32,450,798 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to fund the research and development of our development programs and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including pre-commercial activities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“RNA”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on 20,950,798 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

2,413,583 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.17 per share;

 

   

345,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after March 31, 2020, at an exercise price of $8.82 per share;

 

   

17,251 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.45 per share;

 

   

3,900,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Plan (the 2020 Plan), which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2020 Plan); and

 

   

325,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the ESPP).



 

8


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the adjustment of outstanding warrants to purchase 16,474 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 7,809 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

a one-for-2.1095 reverse stock split of our common stock, which we effected on June 4, 2020;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 1,500,000 additional shares of our common stock.



 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and our financial position as of March 31, 2020. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read these data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)   2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

     

Revenue:

       

Collaboration and contract research

  $ 379     $ 2,319     $     $ 1,358  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    379       2,319             1,358  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    8,436       14,539       1,262       5,544  

General and administrative

    2,441       5,112       912       1,964  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,877       19,651       2,174       7,508  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (10,498     (17,332     (2,174     (6,150
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and other income (expense):

       

Interest income

                      143  

Interest expense

    (718     (7,387     (372     (78

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

          (15     (3      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense)

    (718     (7,402     (375     65  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (11,216   $ (24,734   $ (2,549   $ (6,085
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share/unit, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (4.53   $ (9.12   $ (0.97   $ (2.14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares/units outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

    2,476,774       2,713,460       2,633,144       2,844,860  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

    $ (1.44     $ (0.29
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

      12,431,662         20,681,971  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 


 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical net loss per share/unit, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

    As of March 31, 2020  
(in thousands)   Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
          (unaudited)        

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 88,751     $ 88,751     $ 225,301  

Working capital(4)

    78,916       78,916       215,466  

Total assets

    92,678       92,678       229,228  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    3,878       3,878       3,878  

Convertible preferred stock

    136,920              

Accumulated deficit

    (28,270     (28,270     (28,270

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (70,963     66,002       202,552  

 

(1)

Gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 17,921,069 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrant liabilities to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

(2)

Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (1) above, and (ii) the issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $9.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amounts of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $14.0 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

(4)

We define working capital as total current assets less total current liabilities. See our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We have a limited operating history, have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We may never generate any revenue or become profitable or, if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain it.

Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We are a preclinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. All of our development programs, including our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, are in preclinical development or in the drug discovery stage. We commenced operations in 2012, and to date, we have focused primarily on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our proprietary AOC technology platform, identifying product candidates, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and conducting research and preclinical studies. Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on our AOC platform is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any product candidates that succeed in clinical development or products of commercial value. As an organization, we have not yet completed any clinical trials, obtained regulatory approvals, manufactured a commercial-scale product, or arranged for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conducted sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions made about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a history of successfully developing and commercializing biopharmaceutical products.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any product revenue since our inception. If our product candidates are not successfully developed and approved, we may never generate any significant revenue. Our net losses were $11.2 million and $24.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively, and $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $28.3 million. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. All of our product candidates will require substantial additional development time and resources before we would be able to apply for or receive regulatory approvals and begin generating revenue from product sales. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we anticipate these losses will increase substantially as we continue our development of, seek regulatory approval for and potentially commercialize any of our product candidates.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, identifying lead product candidates, discovering additional product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of most of

 

12


Table of Contents

these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability. In addition, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical industry. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with biopharmaceutical product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable may have an adverse effect on the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product candidates or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations.

The development of biopharmaceutical product candidates is capital-intensive. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies of our development programs, initiate clinical trials for our product candidates and seek regulatory approval for our current product candidates and any future product candidates we may develop. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we also expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Because the outcome of any preclinical study or clinical trial is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. Furthermore, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 36 months. In particular, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will allow us to advance the development of AOC 1001 for DM1 through the completion of our planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial, advance the development of our AOC for DMD into clinical development and advance the development of our AOC for muscle atropy into clinical development. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our operating plans and other demands on our cash resources may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Attempting to secure additional financing may divert our management from our day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop our product candidates.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs and timing of, discovery, preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates which we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future;

 

   

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product candidates and commercial manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

   

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements;

 

   

the costs of obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel to satisfy our obligations as a public company, including enhanced internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our preclinical and clinical activities increase;

 

   

the timing and amount of the milestone or other payments made to us under our Research Collaboration and License Agreement (the Lilly Agreement) with Eli Lilly and Company (Lilly) or any future collaboration agreements;

 

   

the costs and timing of establishing or securing sales and marketing capabilities if any product candidate is approved;

 

   

our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products;

 

   

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements; and

 

   

costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials is a time consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our product candidates. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all.

Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Our Loan and Security Agreement (as amended, the Loan Agreement) with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) involves, and any future debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve, agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends or encumbering our assets to secure future indebtedness. Such restrictions could adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and execute our business plan.

If we raise additional funds through future collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, research programs, product candidates or AOC platform, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we would be

 

14


Table of Contents

required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Risks Related to the Discovery, Development and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates

We are early in our development efforts and all of our development programs are in the preclinical or discovery stage. If we are unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are in the early stages of our development efforts and all of our development programs, including AOC 1001, are in the preclinical or drug discovery stage. We have invested substantially all of our efforts in developing our AOC platform, identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies. We will need to progress AOC 1001 and our other product candidates through IND enabling studies and receive authorization from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to proceed under an IND prior to initiating their clinical development. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

   

successful completion of preclinical studies with favorable results, including those compliant with good laboratory practices (GLP) toxicology studies, biodistribution studies and minimum effective dose studies in animals;

 

   

acceptance of INDs by the FDA, or similar regulatory filing by comparable foreign regulatory authorities for the conduct of clinical trials of AOC 1001 and our other product candidates and our proposed design of future clinical trials;

 

   

successful enrollment in clinical trials and completion of clinical trials with favorable results;

 

   

demonstrating safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, including new drug applications (NDAs) from the FDA and maintaining such approvals;

 

   

making arrangements with our third-party manufacturers for, or establishing, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

establishing and maintaining patent and trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

   

maintaining an acceptable safety profile of our products following approval; and

 

   

maintaining and growing an organization of people who can develop and commercialize our products and technology.

If we are unable to develop, obtain regulatory approval for, or, if approved, successfully commercialize our product candidates, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business.

Our approach to the discovery and development of product candidates based on our AOC platform is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value, or if competing technological approaches will limit the commercial value of our product candidates or render our AOC platform obsolete.

The success of our business depends primarily upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize products based on our proprietary AOC platform, which leverages a novel and

 

15


Table of Contents

unproven approach. While we have had favorable preclinical study results based on our technology platform, we have not yet succeeded and may not succeed in demonstrating efficacy and safety for any product candidates in clinical trials or in obtaining marketing approval thereafter. Our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, is in late preclinical development and we have not yet completed any clinical trials for any product candidate. Our research methodology and novel approach to oligonucleotide-based therapy may be unsuccessful in identifying additional product candidates, and any product candidates based on our technology platform may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may necessitate additional clinical testing, or make the product candidates unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval. Further, because all of our product candidates and development programs are based on our AOC platform, adverse developments with respect to one of our programs may have a significant adverse impact on the actual or perceived likelihood of success and value of our other programs.

In addition, the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with our AOC approach. If we fail to stay at the forefront of technological change in utilizing our AOC platform to create and develop product candidates, we may be unable to compete effectively. Our competitors may render our AOC approach obsolete, or limit the commercial value of our product candidates, by advances in existing technological approaches or the development of new or different approaches (including, for example, using different mAbs or transporter protein combinations with oligonucleotides than us), potentially eliminating the advantages in our drug discovery process that we believe we derive from our research approach and proprietary technologies. By contrast, adverse developments with respect to other companies that attempt to use a similar approach to our approach may adversely impact the actual or perceived value of our AOC platform and potential of our product candidates.

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations.

Preclinical and clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results. We have not tested any of our product candidates in clinical trials and our product candidates may not have favorable results in clinical trials, if any, or receive regulatory approval on a timely basis, if at all.

Preclinical and clinical development is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. We cannot guarantee that any preclinical studies or clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all, and failure can occur at any time during the preclinical study or clinical trial process. Despite promising preclinical or clinical results, any product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of preclinical or clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates in our industry is high.

The results from preclinical studies or clinical trials of a product candidate may not predict the results of later clinical trials of the product candidate, and interim, topline, or preliminary results of a clinical trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy characteristics despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. In particular, while we have conducted certain preclinical studies of AOC 1001 and other potential product candidates targeting rare muscle disorders, we do not know whether AOC 1001 or the other potential product candidates will perform in future clinical trials as they have performed in these prior studies. The positive results we have observed for our product candidates in preclinical animal models may not be predictive of our future clinical trials in humans. Furthermore, for some indications that are we are pursuing, including DM1, there are no

 

16


Table of Contents

animal models of the human disease and therefore the animal models may not be predictive for human disease outcomes. It is not uncommon to observe results in clinical trials that are unexpected based on preclinical studies and early clinical trials, and many product candidates fail in clinical trials despite very promising early results. We are currently conducting IND-enabling studies for AOC 1001. If unexpected observations or toxicities are observed in these studies, or in IND-enabling studies for any of our other development programs, this will delay clinical trials for AOC 1001 or our other development programs. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data may be susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical development even after achieving promising results in earlier studies.

For the foregoing reasons, we cannot be certain that our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and planned clinical trials will be successful. Any safety concerns observed in any one of our clinical trials in our targeted indications could limit the prospects for regulatory approval of our product candidates in those and other indications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any difficulties or delays in the commencement or completion, or termination or suspension, of our planned clinical trials could result in increased costs to us, delay or limit our ability to generate revenue and adversely affect our commercial prospects.

Before we can initiate clinical trials for our product candidates, we must submit the results of preclinical studies to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities along with other information, including information about product candidate chemistry, manufacturing and controls and our proposed clinical trial protocol, as part of an IND application or similar regulatory filing required for authorization to proceed with clinical development. We are currently conducting IND-enabling studies for AOC 1001, and expect to submit an IND in 2021. We expect to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of AOC 1001 by the end of 2021. We will also need to complete IND-enabling studies and submit INDs for our other development programs prior to initiating clinical development. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct additional preclinical studies for any product candidate before it allows us to initiate clinical trials under any IND or similar regulatory filing, which may lead to delays and increase the costs of our preclinical development programs. Any such delays in the commencement or completion of our planned clinical trials for AOC 1001 or any other product candidate could significantly affect our product development costs.

We do not know whether our planned trials will begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons, including delays related to:

 

   

obtaining regulatory authorizations to commence a trial or reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical studies;

 

   

any failure or delay in reaching an agreement with contract research organizations (CROs) and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

obtaining approval from one or more institutional review boards (IRBs);

 

   

IRBs refusing to approve, suspending or terminating the trial at an investigational site, precluding enrollment of additional subjects, or withdrawing their approval of the trial;

 

   

changes to clinical trial protocol;

 

   

clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

   

manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials;

 

   

subjects failing to enroll or remain in our trials at the rate we expect, or failing to return for post-treatment follow-up, including subjects failing to remain in our trials due to movement

 

17


Table of Contents
 

restrictions, heath reasons or otherwise resulting from the novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19;

 

   

subjects choosing an alternative treatment for the indication for which we are developing our product candidates, or participating in competing clinical trials;

 

   

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial;

 

   

subjects experiencing severe or unexpected drug-related adverse effects;

 

   

occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other companies;

 

   

selection of clinical endpoints that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;

 

   

a facility manufacturing our product candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

   

any changes to our manufacturing process that may be necessary or desired;

 

   

third-party clinical investigators losing the licenses or permits necessary to perform our clinical trials, not performing our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices (GCP) or other regulatory requirements;

 

   

third-party contractors not performing data collection or analysis in a timely or accurate manner; or

 

   

third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or other government or regulatory authorities for violations of regulatory requirements, in which case we may need to find a substitute contractor, and we may not be able to use some or all of the data produced by such contractors in support of our marketing applications.

In addition, disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may increase the likelihood that we encounter such difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling, conducting or completing our planned and ongoing clinical trials. We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements and policies may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

Further, conducting clinical trials in foreign countries, as we may do for our product candidates, presents additional risks that may delay completion of our clinical trials. These risks include the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or

 

18


Table of Contents

comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed. Moreover, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues.

In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, the termination or suspension of, or a delay in the commencement or completion of, clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate. We may make formulation or manufacturing changes to our product candidates, in which case we may need to conduct additional preclinical studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Any delays to our clinical trials that occur as a result could shorten any period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and our competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials. If we encounter difficulties enrolling subjects in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to identify and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Subject enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, the risk that enrolled patients will not complete a clinical trial, our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating as well as any product candidates under development. We will be required to identify and enroll a sufficient number of subjects for each of our clinical trials. Potential subjects for any planned clinical trials may not be adequately diagnosed or identified with the diseases which we are targeting or may not meet the entry criteria for such trials. We are initially developing product candidates targeting genetically defined, rare muscle disorders with limited patient pools from which to draw for clinical trials. Genetically defined diseases generally, including those for which our current product candidates are targeted, have low incidence and prevalence. We also may encounter difficulties in identifying and enrolling subjects with a stage of disease appropriate for our planned clinical trials and monitoring such subjects adequately during and after treatment. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we are unable to locate a sufficient number of eligible subjects to participate in the clinical trials required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, the process of finding and diagnosing subjects may prove costly.

 

19


Table of Contents

The timing of our clinical trials depends, in part, on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in our trials, as well as completion of required follow-up periods. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials, once established, will further limit the pool of available trial participants. If patients are unwilling to participate in our trials for any reason, including the existence of concurrent clinical trials for similar patient populations or the availability of approved therapies, or we otherwise have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients, the timeline for recruiting subjects, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates may be delayed. Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of subjects for any of our future clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. In addition, we expect to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure proper and timely conduct of our future clinical trials and, while we intend to enter into agreements governing their services, we will have limited influence over their actual performance.

We cannot assure you that our assumptions used in determining expected clinical trial timelines are correct or that we will not experience delays in enrollment, which would result in the delay of completion of such trials beyond our expected timelines.

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects, adverse events or other properties or safety risks, which could delay or preclude approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, abandon a product candidate, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in other significant negative consequences that could severely harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

We have not evaluated any product candidates in human clinical trials. Although other oligonucleotide therapeutics have received regulatory approval, our AOCs, which combine oligonucleotides with a mAb, are a novel approach to oligonucleotide therapies, which may present enhanced risk uncertainty associated with the safety profile of AOC 1001 and other AOC therapeutics compared to more well-established classes of therapies, or oligonucleotide or mAb-based therapies on their own. Moreover, there have been only a limited number of clinical trials involving the use of oligonucleotide therapeutics and none involving the proprietary technology used in our AOC platform. It is impossible to predict when or if any product candidates we may develop will prove safe in humans. As is the case with biopharmaceuticals generally, it is likely that there may be side effects and adverse events associated with our product candidates’ use. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics. Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, if our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may elect to abandon their development or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, which may limit the commercial expectations for the product candidate if approved. We may also be required to modify our study plans based on findings after we commence our clinical trials. Many compounds that initially showed promise in early-stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the compound. In addition, regulatory authorities may draw different conclusions or require additional testing to confirm these determinations.

It is possible that as we test our product candidates in larger, longer and more extensive clinical trials, or as the use of these product candidates becomes more widespread if they receive regulatory

 

20


Table of Contents

approval, illnesses, injuries, discomforts and other adverse events that were observed in earlier trials, as well as conditions that did not occur or went undetected in previous trials, may be reported by subjects. If such side effects become known later in development or upon approval, if any, such findings may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Patients treated with our products, if approved, may experience previously unreported adverse reactions, and it is possible that the FDA or other regulatory authorities may ask for additional safety data as a condition of, or in connection with, our efforts to obtain approval of our product candidates. If safety problems occur or are identified after our products, if any, reach the market, we may make the decision or be required by regulatory authorities to amend the labeling of our products, recall our products or even withdraw approval for our products.

In addition, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw, suspend or limit approvals of such product, or seek an injunction against its manufacture or distribution;

 

   

we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;

 

   

we may be required to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) or create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we may be required to change the way a product is distributed, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of a product or be required to conduct additional post-marketing studies or surveillance;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

   

sales of the product may decrease significantly or the product could become less competitive; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

As an organization, we have never conducted any clinical trials or submitted an application for regulatory approval, and may be unable to do so for any of our product candidates.

We are early in our development efforts for our product candidates and we will need to successfully complete IND-enabling studies, Phase 1 clinical trials and later-stage and pivotal clinical trials, in order to obtain FDA or comparable foreign regulatory approval to market AOC 1001 or any other product candidates. Carrying out clinical trials and the submission of a successful NDA is a complicated process. As an organization, we plan to commence our first Phase 1/2 clinical in 2021, subject to receiving authorization to proceed under an IND. We have not previously conducted any clinical trials, have limited experience as a company in preparing, submitting and prosecuting regulatory filings and have not previously submitted an IND or an NDA or other comparable foreign regulatory submission for any product candidate. In addition, we have had limited interactions with the FDA and cannot be certain how many clinical trials of AOC 1001 or any other product candidates will be required or how such trials should be designed. Consequently, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to regulatory submission and approval of any of our product candidates. We may require more time and incur

 

21


Table of Contents

greater costs than our competitors and may not succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals of product candidates that we develop. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our planned clinical trials, could prevent us from or delay us in submitting NDAs for and commercializing our product candidates.

Our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation and compliance, which is costly and time consuming, and such regulation may cause unanticipated delays or prevent the receipt of the required approvals to commercialize our product candidates.

The clinical development, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, advertising, promotion, import, export, marketing, distribution and adverse event reporting, including the submission of safety and other information, of our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by comparable foreign regulatory authorities in foreign markets. In the United States, we are not permitted to market our product candidates until we receive regulatory approval from the FDA. The process of obtaining regulatory approval is expensive, often takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, as well as the target indications and patient population. Approval policies or regulations may change, and the FDA has substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. Neither we nor any current or future collaborator is permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval from the FDA.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, may also require us to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates either prior to or post-approval, or may object to elements of our clinical development program.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

 

   

such authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our or our current or future collaborators’ clinical trials;

 

   

negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies for approval;

 

   

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects may be experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

   

such authorities may not accept clinical data from trials which are conducted at clinical facilities or in countries where the standard of care is potentially different from that of the United States;

 

   

we or any of our current or future collaborators may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate is safe and effective, and that product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

   

such authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

such authorities may not agree that the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates are acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other

 

22


Table of Contents
 

submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere, and such authorities may impose requirements for additional preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

such authorities may disagree regarding the formulation, labeling and/or the specifications of our product candidates;

 

   

approval may be granted only for indications that are significantly more limited than what we apply for and/or with other significant restrictions on distribution and use;

 

   

such authorities may find deficiencies in the manufacturing processes, approval policies or facilities of our third-party manufacturers with which we or any of our current or future collaborators contract for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

   

regulations of such authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our or any of our potential future collaborators’ clinical data insufficient for approval; or

 

   

such authorities may not accept a submission due to, among other reasons, the content or formatting of the submission.

With respect to foreign markets, approval procedures vary among countries and, in addition to the foregoing risks, may involve additional product testing, administrative review periods and agreements with pricing authorities. In addition, events raising questions about the safety of certain marketed biopharmaceuticals may result in increased cautiousness by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities in reviewing new drugs based on safety, efficacy or other regulatory considerations and may result in significant delays in obtaining regulatory approvals. Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approvals would prevent us or any of our potential future collaborators from commercializing our product candidates.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on specific product candidates and specific indications. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates that could have had greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

We may not be able to obtain or maintain orphan drug designations for any of our product candidates, and we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs or biologics for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan product if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population of greater than 200,000 individuals in the United States, but for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the European Union, the European Medicines Agency’s (EMA’s) Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union. We have not received orphan drug designation in the United States for any product candidate. We may seek orphan drug designation in the United States and the European Union for

 

23


Table of Contents

AOC 1001 for patients with DM1, and we may seek orphan drug designation for certain of our other product candidates. There can be no assurance that the FDA or the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products will grant orphan designation for any indication for which we apply, or that we will be able to maintain such designation.

In the United States, orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding toward clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product candidate that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including an NDA, to market the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity. The applicable exclusivity period is ten years in Europe, but such exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation or if the product is sufficiently profitable that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if such regulatory authority concludes that the later drug is clinically superior because it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug exclusivity may also be lost if the FDA later determines that the initial request for designation was materially defective. In addition, orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving competing drugs for the same or similar indication containing a different active ingredient. In addition, if a subsequent drug is approved for marketing for the same or a similar indication as any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval, we may face increased competition and lose market share regardless of orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process.

We may seek Breakthrough Therapy designation or Fast Track designation by the FDA for one or more of our product candidates, but we may not receive such designation, and even if we do, such designation may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

We may seek Breakthrough Therapy or Fast Track designation for some of our product candidates. A Breakthrough Therapy is defined as a drug or biologic that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs or biologics that have been designated as Breakthrough Therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens.

Drugs or biologics designated as Breakthrough Therapies by the FDA may also be eligible for expedited review and approval. If a product candidate is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and clinical or preclinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it.

 

24


Table of Contents

Even if we obtain Fast Track Designation for one or more of our product candidates, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to non-expedited FDA review procedures. In addition, the FDA may withdraw Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported. Fast Track Designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

Whether to grant Breakthrough Therapy or Fast Track Designation is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for these designations, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of either of these designations for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to product candidates considered for approval under non-expedited FDA review procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify for either of these designations, the FDA may later decide that the product candidate no longer meet the conditions for qualification.

We may conduct certain of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents may not accept data from such trials, in which case our development plans will be delayed, which could materially harm our business.

We may conduct one or more of our clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States. Although the FDA may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, acceptance of this data is subject to certain conditions imposed by the FDA. Where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless those data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; the studies were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence; and the data are considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA or, if the FDA considers such an inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. For studies that are conducted only at sites outside of the United States and not subject to an IND, the FDA requires the clinical trial to have been conducted in accordance with GCPs, and the FDA must be able to validate the data from the clinical trial through an on-site inspection if it deems such inspection necessary. For such studies not subject to an IND, the FDA generally does not provide advance comment on the clinical protocols for the studies, and therefore there is an additional potential risk that the FDA could determine that the study design or protocol for a non-U.S. clinical trial was inadequate, which could require us to conduct additional clinical trials. There can be no assurance the FDA will accept data from clinical trials conducted outside of the United States. If the FDA does not accept data from our clinical trials of our product candidates, it would likely result in the need for additional clinical trials, which would be costly and time consuming and delay or permanently halt our development of our product candidates.

Conducting clinical trials outside the United States also exposes us to additional risks, including risks associated with:

 

   

additional foreign regulatory requirements;

 

   

foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

   

compliance with foreign manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements;

 

   

cultural differences in medical practice and clinical research; and

 

   

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, preliminary or topline data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the

 

25


Table of Contents

results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the interim, preliminary or topline results that we report may differ from future results of the same trials, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. From time to time, we may also disclose interim, preliminary or topline data from our clinical studies. Interim, topline or preliminary data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Adverse differences between preliminary, topline or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and the value of our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular product, product candidate or our business. If the topline data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, the FDA’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs and biologics or modifications to approved drugs and biologics to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities and products and subsequently, on March 18, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other

 

26


Table of Contents

regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and will rely on third parties to conduct our future clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with applicable regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, our development programs and our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates may be delayed.

We are dependent on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and expect to rely on such third parties for our future clinical trials, including our planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial of AOC 1001. Specifically, we have used and relied on, and intend to use and rely on, medical institutions, clinical investigators, CROs and consultants to conduct our preclinical studies and planned clinical trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and regulatory requirements. These CROs, investigators and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct and timing of these trials and subsequent collection and analysis of data. While we have and will have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, we have limited influence over their actual performance. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on our CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or trial sites fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

There is no guarantee that any of our CROs, investigators or other third parties will devote adequate time and resources to such trials or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fail to meet expected deadlines, adhere to our clinical protocols or meet regulatory requirements, or otherwise performs in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated. In addition, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other development activities that could harm our competitive position. In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials are expected to serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection by the FDA of any NDA we submit. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates.

If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Switching or adding additional CROs, investigators and other third parties involves additional cost and requires our management’s time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO

 

27


Table of Contents

commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, investigators and other third parties, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical development. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities and have no plans to develop our own clinical or commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and related raw materials for preclinical and clinical development, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. The facilities used by third-party manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA and any comparable foreign regulatory authority pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit an NDA to the FDA or any comparable filing to a foreign regulatory authority. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, third-party manufacturers for compliance with cGMP requirements for manufacture of products. If these third-party manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. Our AOCs, including AOC 1001, consist of a proprietary mAb conjugated with the oligonucleotide therapy. All of our mAbs are manufactured by starting with cells which are stored in a cell bank. We have multiple working cell banks and one master cell bank for our mAbs manufactured in accordance with cGMP and believe we would have adequate backup should any cell bank be lost in a catastrophic event. However, it is possible that we could lose multiple cell banks and have our manufacturing impacted by the need to replace the cell banks. In addition, we have no control over the ability of third-party manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products.

Our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements on commercially reasonable terms and in compliance with cGMP could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

an inability to initiate clinical trials of our product candidates under development;

 

   

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving marketing approvals, for our product candidates;

 

   

subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

   

requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

   

in the event of approval to market and commercialize our product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our product candidates or any other future product candidates.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, we may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

   

failure of third-party manufacturers to comply with regulatory requirements and maintain quality assurance;

 

   

breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product according to our specifications;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product according to our schedule or at all;

 

   

misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

   

termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval, and any related remedial measures may be costly or time consuming to implement. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for all required raw materials used in the manufacture of our product candidates. If our existing or future third-party manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers and we may be unable to replace them on a timely basis or at all.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we currently rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates and to perform quality testing, we must, at times, share our proprietary technology and confidential information, including trade secrets, with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements, and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are intentionally or inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets and despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are dependent on the Lilly Agreement for the discovery, development and commercialization of AOCs directed against certain targets in immunology and other select indications. Under certain circumstances, Lilly may unilaterally terminate the agreement for convenience, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

In April 2019, we entered into the Lilly Agreement for the discovery, development and commercialization of AOCs directed against certain targets in immunology and other select indications (Lilly AOCs). Under the Lilly Agreement, Lilly will be solely responsible for funding the cost of preclinical research and discovery activities, clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization for the Lilly AOCs. Lilly primarily controls the research and development activities, pursuant to the terms of the Lilly Agreement, and our lack of control over such activities could result in delays or other difficulties in the development and commercialization of the Lilly AOCs. Any dispute with Lilly may result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of the Lilly AOCs, and may result in costly litigation that diverts our management’s attention and resources away from our day-to-day activities and which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.

In addition, Lilly can terminate the Lilly Agreement (including for convenience), and in the event Lilly terminates the Lilly Agreement, we would be prevented from receiving any research and development funding, milestone payments, royalty payments and other benefits under the agreement. In addition, any decision by Lilly to terminate the Lilly Agreement may negatively impact public perception of our AOC product candidates, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. We cannot provide any assurance with respect to the success of the collaboration with Lilly. Any of the foregoing events could have a materially adverse effect on our on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may seek to enter into additional collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements and may not be successful in doing so, and even if we are, we may relinquish valuable rights and may not realize the benefits of such relationships.

We may seek to enter into collaborations, joint ventures, licenses and other similar arrangements for the development or commercialization of our product candidates, due to capital costs required to develop or commercialize the product candidate or manufacturing constraints. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations for our product candidates because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort or third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy or significant commercial opportunity. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners, and the negotiation process can be time-consuming and complex. We may have to relinquish valuable rights to our future revenue streams, research programs, product candidates or AOC platform, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us, as part of any such arrangement, and such arrangements may restrict us from entering into additional agreements with other potential collaborators. We cannot be certain that, following a collaboration, license or strategic transaction, we will achieve an economic benefit that justifies such transaction.

Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us, and we may not be able to maintain such collaborations if, for example, the development or approval of a product candidate is delayed, the safety of a product candidate is questioned or the sales of an approved product candidate are unsatisfactory.

In addition, any potential future collaborations may be terminable by our strategic partners, and we may not be able to adequately protect our rights under these agreements. Furthermore, strategic partners may negotiate for certain rights to control decisions regarding the development and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, and may not conduct those activities in the

 

30


Table of Contents

same manner as we do. Any termination of collaborations we enter into in the future, or any delay in entering into collaborations related to our product candidates, could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness if they reach the market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions on marketing or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates, when and if any of them are approved.

Following potential approval of any our product candidates, the FDA may impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly and time consuming post-approval studies, post-market surveillance or clinical trials to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. The FDA may also require a REMS as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our products will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

restrictions on product distribution or use, or requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

   

fines, restitutions, disgorgement of profits or revenues, warning letters, untitled letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue and could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity.

In addition, if any of our product candidates are approved, our product labeling, advertising and promotion will be subject to regulatory requirements and continuing regulatory review. The FDA strictly regulates the promotional claims that may be made about drug products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we receive marketing approval for a product candidate, physicians may nevertheless, in their independent medical judgment, prescribe it to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with

 

31


Table of Contents

the approved label. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments but the FDA does restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant sanctions. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the current U.S. administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the current U.S. administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict how these executive actions, including the Executive Orders, will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of such product candidates by physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community.

Our product candidates may not be commercially successful. Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors or the medical community. The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians and patients for approved indications. The degree of market acceptance of our products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

demonstration of clinical efficacy and safety compared to other more-established products;

 

   

the indications for which our product candidates are approved;

 

   

the limitation of our targeted patient population and other limitations or warnings contained in any FDA-approved labeling;

 

   

acceptance of a new drug for the relevant indication by healthcare providers and their patients;

 

   

the pricing and cost-effectiveness of our products, as well as the cost of treatment with our products in relation to alternative treatments and therapies;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement from government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

the willingness of patients to pay all, or a portion of, out-of-pocket costs associated with our products in the absence of sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

any restrictions on the use of our products, and the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;

 

   

potential product liability claims;

 

   

the timing of market introduction of our products as well as competitive drugs;

 

   

the effectiveness of our or any of our current or potential future collaborators’ sales and marketing strategies; and

 

   

unfavorable publicity relating to the product.

If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, hospitals, healthcare payors or patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from that product and may not become or remain profitable. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors regarding the benefits of our products may require significant resources and may never be successful.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found or alleged to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, as our product candidates would be, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also required companies to enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our product candidates, if approved, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The successful commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels and favorable pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of coverage and the adequacy of reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford prescription medications such as our product candidates, if approved. Our ability to achieve coverage and acceptable levels of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize those products. Moreover, we are initially developing product candidates targeting rare muscle disorders with small patient populations. In order for products that are designed to treat smaller patient populations to be commercially viable, the reimbursement for such products must be higher, on a relative basis, to account for the lack of volume. Accordingly, we will need to implement a coverage and reimbursement strategy for any approved product candidate with a smaller patient population that accounts for the smaller potential market size. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.

 

33


Table of Contents

We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States, the European Union or elsewhere will be available for any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for biopharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our products as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive product. Even if we are successful in demonstrating improved efficacy or improved convenience of administration with our products, pricing of existing drugs may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our products. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on products that we may develop.

There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs will be covered. Some third-party payors may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices or drug therapies before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such therapies. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our products.

Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time consuming, costly and uncertain. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs. However, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our products. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our products. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the

 

34


Table of Contents

sale of any of our products due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies are more effective, our business and our ability to develop and successfully commercialize products may be adversely affected.

The biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapid advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary and novel products and product candidates. Our competitors have developed, are developing or may develop products, product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we may attempt to develop product candidates. In particular, there is intense competition amongst RNA targeted therapies. Our competitors include larger and better funded pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical, biotechnological and therapeutics companies. Moreover, we may also compete with universities and other research institutions who may be active in the indications we are targeting and could be in direct competition with us. We also compete with these organizations to recruit management, scientists and clinical development personnel, which could negatively affect our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan. We will also face competition in establishing clinical trial sites, enrolling subjects for clinical trials and in identifying and in-licensing new product candidates. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

We expect to face competition from existing products and products in development for each of our product candidates. With respect to AOC 1001, there are currently no approved therapies to treat the underlying cause of DM1. Products currently in development to treat DM1 include: tideglusib, a GSK3-ß inhibitor in late-stage clinical development by AMO Pharma for the congenital phenotype of DM1; ERX-963, which is in early clinical development by Expansion Therapeutics, Inc. for the treatment of excessive daytime sleepiness in DM1; AT466, which is an AAV-antisense candidate in preclinical development by Audentes Therapeutics, Inc.; an antibody linked oligonucleotide in preclinical development by Dyne Therapeutics Inc.; gene editing treatments in preclinical development by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; an RNA-targeting gene therapy in preclinical development by Locana, Inc.; and small molecules interacting with RNA in preclinical development by Expansion Therapeutics.

Current treatments for muscle atrophy are primarily focused on nutritional intake and physical exercise. Other products in developments for muscle atrophy in cachexia include: adlumiz and AEZS-130, which are ghrelin agonists in a Phase 3 clinical trial by Helsinn Healthcare SA and a Phase 2 trial by Aeterna Zentaris Inc., respectively; GSK2881078, an androgen receptor modulator in Phase 2 clinical in development by GlaxoSmithKline plc; NGM120, a GSF15 inhibitor by NGM Biopharmaceuticals Inc.; and PF-06946860 in Phase 1 clinical development by Pfizer Inc.

Currently patients with DMD are treated with corticosteroids to manage the inflammatory component of the disease. Deflazacort is an FDA approved corticosteroid marketed by PTC Therapeutics, Inc. In addition, there are two FDA approved exon skipping drugs marketed by Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc.: Eteplirsen, an unconjugated PMO approved for DMD patients amenable to skipping Exon 51; and Vyondys 53 for the treatment of DMD patients amenable to skipping Exon 53. Companies focused on developing treatments for DMD that target dystrophin mechanisms, as does our DMD program, include Sarepta Therapeutics with SRP-5051, a PPMO currently being evaluated in

 

35


Table of Contents

a Phase 2 clinical trial for patients amenable to Exon 51 skipping 51, and PTC Therapeutics with ataluren, a small molecule targeting nonsense mutations in a Phase 3 clinical trial. In addition, several companies are developing gene therapies, including Milo Biotechnology (AAV1-FS344), Pfizer (PF-06939926),Sarepta Therapeutics (SRP-9001 and Galgt2 gene therapy program), and Solid Biosciences Inc. (SGT-001). We are also aware of several companies targeting non-dystrophin mechanisms for the treatment of DMD.

There are currently no therapies to treat the underlying cause of FSHD. Products currently in development to treat FSHD include: creatine monohydrate, a supplement that enhances muscle performance, which is being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial by Murdoch Children’s Research Institute, and losmapimod, a p38 MAPK inhibitor that may modulate DUX4 expression, which is being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial by Fulcrum Therapeutics Inc. The only approved therapy for Pompe disease is Lumizyme (known as Myozyme outside of the United States), an ERT delivered by bi-weekly intravenous infusion, and marketed by Sanofi Genzyme. We are aware of multiple ERT therapies in clinical development, including AT-GAA, which uses a pharmacological chaperone, in a Phase 3 clinical trial by Amicus Therapeutics, Inc., and neoGAA in a Phase 3 clinical trial by Sanofi Genzyme. In addition, several companies are developing gene therapies, including Actus Therapeutics, Inc. (ACTUS101), Asklepios BioPharmaceutical, Inc. (AAV2/8-LSPhGAA), Audentes Therapeutics (AT845) and Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (SPK-3006).

We will also compete more generally with other companies developing alternative scientific and technological approaches, including other companies working to develop conjugates with oligonucleotides for extra-hepatic delivery, including Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Aro Biotherapeutics, Arrowhead Therapeutics, Dyne Therapeutics, Ionis Pharmaceuticals and Sarepta Therapeutics, as well as gene therapy and CRISPR approaches.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than we do. If we successfully obtain approval for any product candidate, we will face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our products, the ease with which our products can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these products, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, more convenient, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products or technological approaches may make any products we develop, or our AOC platform, obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. If we are unable to compete effectively, our opportunity to generate revenue from the sale of our products we may develop, if approved, could be adversely affected.

If the market opportunities for our products are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be adversely affected, and our business may suffer.

The precise incidence and prevalence for all the conditions we aim to address with our product candidates are unknown. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new trials may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The total addressable market across all of our product candidates will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final label for each of our product candidates approved for sale for these indications, the availability of alternative treatments and the safety, convenience, cost and efficacy of our product candidates relative

 

36


Table of Contents

to such alternative treatments, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, drug pricing and reimbursement. The number of patients in the United States and other major markets and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because some of our potential target populations are very small, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receives regulatory approval, we must build a marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and time consuming, or collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of biopharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may not be able to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to operate in foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from applicable regulatory authorities in foreign markets, and we may never receive such regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates. To obtain separate regulatory approval in many other countries we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, commercial sales, pricing and distribution of our product candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates and ultimately commercialize our products in foreign markets, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

different regulatory requirements for approval of drugs in foreign countries;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

the existence of additional third-party patent rights of potential relevance to our business;

 

   

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

foreign reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is common;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

Risks Related to Our Business Operations and Industry

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approval and commercialization activities relating to our product candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

   

coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and potential future drugs that compete with our products;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with third-party manufacturers;

 

   

the timing and amount of the milestone or other payments we may receive under the Lilly Agreement;

 

   

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional product candidates and technologies;

 

   

the level of demand for any approved products, which may vary significantly;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

   

the timing and success or failure of preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance we may provide.

 

38


Table of Contents

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly Arthur Levin, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, initiation or completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we have executed employment agreements or offer letters with each member of our senior management team, these agreements are terminable at will with or without notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. We do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.

We will need to expand and effectively manage our managerial, operational, financial and other resources in order to successfully pursue our clinical development and commercialization efforts. We may not be successful in maintaining our unique company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biopharmaceutical, biotechnology and other businesses, particularly in the San Diego area. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we are not able to attract, integrate, retain and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

We had 38 full-time employees as of May 31, 2020. As we continue development and pursue the potential commercialization of our product candidates, as well as function as a public company, we will need to expand our financial, development, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers and other third parties. Our future financial performance and our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.

The terms of our Loan Agreement place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, the terms of any new debt could further restrict our ability to operate our business.

As of March 31, 2020, we have an outstanding term loan in the principal amount of $3.5 million under our Loan Agreement with SVB. The term loan is secured by a lien covering substantially all of our personal property, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge. The Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us to maintain governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain insurance coverage and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying cash dividends or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets and making any payment on subordinated debt, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The restrictive covenants of the Loan Agreement could cause us to be unable to pursue business opportunities that we or our stockholders may consider beneficial. In addition, SVB could declare a default upon the occurrence of any event that it interprets as a material adverse change as defined under the Loan

 

39


Table of Contents

Agreement. If we default under the Loan Agreement, SVB may accelerate all of our repayment obligations and take control of our pledged assets, potentially requiring us to renegotiate our agreement on terms less favorable to us or to immediately cease operations. Further, if we are liquidated, SVB’s right to repayment would be senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. Any declaration by SVB of an event of default could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause the price of our common stock to decline. If we raise any additional debt financing, the terms of such additional debt could further restrict our operating and financial flexibility.

We are subject to various federal, state and foreign healthcare and privacy laws and regulations, which could increase compliance costs, and our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers expose us to broadly applicable foreign, federal and state fraud and abuse and other healthcare and privacy laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Such laws include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or certain rebates), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for, either the referral of an individual or the purchase, lease, or order, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti- Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), information related to payments and other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by such healthcare professionals and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers also will be required to report

 

40


Table of Contents
 

such information regarding payments and transfers of value provided, as well as ownership and investment interests held, during the previous year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives;

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; some state laws require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; some state laws that require biotechnology companies to report information on the pricing of certain drug products; and some state and local laws require the registration or pharmaceutical sales representatives; and

 

   

foreign, federal and state data privacy, data security, and data breach notification laws, regulations, standards, and codes of conduct that may govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information. HIPAA imposes requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. HIPAA requires covered entities to limit the use and disclosure of protected health information. The U.S. federal government may impose civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting or oversight obligations for a violation of HIPAA’s requirements. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates, independent contractors or agents of covered entities, created tiers of civil monetary penalties, makes civil or criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions to enforce HIPAA and seek attorneys’ fees and costs. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted by federal law, and may have a more prohibitive effect than federal law, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare and privacy laws and regulations will involve ongoing substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare program.

 

41


Table of Contents

Recently enacted legislation, future legislation and healthcare reform measures may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval for and commercialize our product candidates and may affect the prices we may set.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, including cost-containment measures that may reduce or limit coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare.

For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, the ACA) was enacted in the United States. Among the provisions of the Affordable Care Act of importance to our potential product candidates, the Affordable Care Act: established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents; extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; expands eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; expands the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health program; increases the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program; establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and establishes a Center for Medicare Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by the current U.S. administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. For example, H.R. 1, “An Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018”, informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act), includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year (commonly referred to as the individual mandate.). On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the United States Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review this case and has allotted one hour for oral arguments, which are expected to occur in the fall. It is unclear how such litigation and other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2029 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) suspended these Medicare sequester reductions from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and extended the sequester by one year, through 2030. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

 

42


Table of Contents

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. At the federal level, the current U.S. administration’s budget proposal for the fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. Although a number of these and other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the current U.S. administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our product candidates, if approved, or put pressure on our product pricing, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We expect that the ACA, these new laws and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We and any of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers may use potent chemical agents and hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming or costly.

We and any of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers and current or potential future collaborators will use biological materials, potent chemical agents and may use hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and safety of the environment. Our operations and the operations of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development efforts. In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended.

 

43


Table of Contents

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance for certain costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biologic, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our products.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical trials of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize our product candidates. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates allegedly cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product candidate, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims may be brought against us by clinical trial participants, patients or others using, administering or selling products that may be approved in the future. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit or cease the commercialization of our products. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

a diversion of our management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

significant negative financial impact;

 

   

the inability to commercialize our product candidates; and

 

   

a decline in our stock price.

We currently do not hold product liability insurance coverage, but will need to obtain this insurance coverage prior to commencing clinical trials of our product candidates. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we will maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies will also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that

 

44


Table of Contents

are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

Our insurance policies are expensive and only protect us from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include property, general liability, employment benefits liability, business automobile, workers’ compensation, products liability, malicious invasion of our electronic systems, and clinical trials, and directors’ and officers’, employment practices and fiduciary liability insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

We and any of our current and potential future collaborators will be required to report to regulatory authorities if any of our approved products cause or contribute to adverse medical events, and any failure to do so would result in sanctions that would materially harm our business.

If we or any of our current and potential future collaborators are successful in commercializing our products, the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities would require that we and such collaborators report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We and any of our current or potential future collaborators or CROs may fail to report adverse events within the prescribed timeframe. If we or any of our current or potential future collaborators or CROs fail to comply with such reporting obligations, the FDA or a foreign regulatory authority could take action, including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our CROs, manufacturers, other contractors or consultants or current or potential future collaborators, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.

The United States federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed requirements regarding the collection, distribution, use, security, and storage of personally identifiable information and other data relating to individuals, and federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied to enforce regulations related to the collection, use, and dissemination of such data. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, transmit and otherwise process large amounts of data including, without limitation, proprietary business information and personal information. Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal technology systems (including infrastructure) and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors, consultants and collaborators are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, cybersecurity threats (such as denial-of-service attacks, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, hacking, phishing and other social engineering attacks), unauthorized access or use, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations or result in the unauthorized disclosure of or access to personally identifiable information or individually identifiable health information (violating certain privacy laws such as GDPR), it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other similar disruptions. Some of the federal, state and foreign government requirements include obligations of companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personally identifiable information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or by our vendors, contractors, or organizations with which we have formed strategic relationships.

Any security breach or other incident, whether real or perceived, could impact our reputation, cause us to incur significant costs, including legal expenses, harm customer confidence, hurt our

 

45


Table of Contents

expansion into new markets, cause us to incur remediation costs, or cause us to lose existing customers. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. We also rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any real or perceived disruption or security breach affects our systems (or those of our third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors or consultants) or were to result in a loss of or accidental, unlawful or unauthorized access to, use of, release of, or other processing of personally identifiable information, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability, the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed, and we could be subject to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance to certain privacy and security laws. For further discussion on the potential liability related to the violation of these laws, see “Risk Factors—We, our collaborators and our service providers may be subject to a variety of privacy and data security laws and contractual obligations, which could increase compliance costs and our failure to comply with them could subject us to potentially significant fines or penalties and otherwise harm our business.”

Our business is subject to risks arising from the recent global outbreak of COVID-19 and other epidemic diseases.

The recent outbreak of COVID-19, which has been declared by the World Health Organization to be a pandemic has spread across the globe and is impacting worldwide economic activity. A pandemic, including COVID-19, or other public health epidemic, poses the risk that we or our employees, contractors, including our CROs, suppliers, collaborators and other partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time, including due to spread of the disease within these groups or due to shutdowns that may be requested or mandated by governmental authorities. International and U.S. governmental authorities in impacted regions are taking actions in an effort to slow the spread of COVID-19, including issuing varying forms of “stay-at-home” orders, and restricting business functions outside of one’s home. In response, we have closed our executive offices with our administrative employees continuing their work remotely and limited the number of staff in our research and development laboratories. To date we have not experienced material disruptions in our business operations. However, while it is not possible at this time to estimate the impact that COVID-19 could have on our business in the future, particularly as we advance our product candidates to clinical development, the continued spread of COVID-19 and the measures taken by the governmental authorities could disrupt the supply chain and the manufacture or shipment of drug substances and finished drug products or mAbs for our product candidates for use in our research, preclinical studies and clinical trials, delay, limit or prevent our employees and CROs from continuing research and development activities, impede our clinical trial initiation and recruitment and the ability of patients to continue in clinical trials, impede testing, monitoring, data collection and analysis and other related activities, any of which could delay our preclinical studies and clinical trials and increase our development costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The COVID-19 outbreak could also potentially affect the business of the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities, which could result in delays in meetings related to planned clinical trials. The COVID-19 pandemic and mitigation measures have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on global economic conditions which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition, including impairing our ability to raise capital when needed. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the virus and the actions to contain its impact.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics

 

46


Table of Contents

and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption. In addition, our corporate headquarters is located in San Diego, California near major earthquake faults and fire zones, and the ultimate impact on us of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in a certain geographical area is unknown. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our business could be affected by litigation, government investigations and enforcement actions.

We currently operate in a number of jurisdictions in a highly regulated industry and we could be subject to litigation, government investigation and enforcement actions on a variety of matters in the United States. or foreign jurisdictions, including, without limitation, intellectual property, regulatory, product liability, environmental, whistleblower, false claims, privacy, anti-kickback, anti-bribery, securities, commercial, employment and other claims and legal proceedings which may arise from conducting our business. Any determination that our operations or activities are not in compliance with existing laws or regulations could result in the imposition of fines, civil and criminal penalties, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief and/or other sanctions against us, and remediation of any such findings could have an adverse effect on our business operations.

Legal proceedings, government investigations and enforcement actions can be expensive and time consuming. An adverse outcome resulting from any such proceeding, investigations or enforcement actions could result in significant damages awards, fines, penalties, exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, healthcare debarment, injunctive relief, product recalls, reputational damage and modifications of our business practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors, may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate: (i) the laws and regulations of the FDA and other similar regulatory requirements, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities, (ii) manufacturing standards, including cGMP requirements, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, the creation of fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and financial results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgements, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal

 

47


Table of Contents

healthcare programs, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We could face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which could harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other collaborators and partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the United States, to sell our products abroad once we enter a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, CROs, contractors and other collaborators and partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and out-licensing or in-licensing of intellectual property, products or technologies. Additional potential transactions that we may consider in the future include a variety of business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any future transactions could increase our near and long-term expenditures, result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, including our common stock, or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or acquired in-process research and development expenses, any of which could affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all. These transactions may never be successful and may require significant time and attention of our management. In addition, the integration of any business that we may acquire in the future may disrupt our existing business and may be a complex, risky and costly endeavor for which we may never realize the full benefits of the acquisition. Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any additional transactions of the nature described above, any additional transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

48


Table of Contents

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

The global credit and financial markets have recently experienced extreme volatility and disruptions, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive an economic downturn, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

Changes in U.S. tax law may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law to address the COVID-19 crisis. The CARES Act is an approximately $2 trillion emergency economic stimulus package that includes numerous U.S. federal income tax provisions, including the modification of: (i) net operating loss (NOL) rules (as discussed below), (ii) the alternative minimum tax refund and (iii) business interest deduction limitations under Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).

The Tax Act also significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations. The Tax Act remains unclear in many respects and has been, and may continue to be, the subject of amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service (IRS), which have lessened or increased certain adverse impacts of the Tax Act and may continue to do so in the future. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities. We continue to work with our tax advisors and auditors to determine the full impact the Tax Act and the CARES Act will have on us. We urge our investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to both the Tax Act and the CARES Act and the potential tax consequences of investing in our common stock.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with this offering or other ownership changes.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history, do not expect to become profitable in the near future and may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire (if at all). At December 31, 2019, we had federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $15.3 million and $15.0 million, respectively.

Under the Tax Act, federal NOL carryforwards generated in periods after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely. Under the CARES Act, NOL carryforwards arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five tax years preceding the tax year of such loss. Because we had no taxable income in our tax year ended December 31, 2019, which was our first corporate tax year, we do not anticipate that such provision of the CARES Act will be relevant to us. The deductibility of federal NOL carryforwards, particularly for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020, may be limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act or the CARES Act.

 

49


Table of Contents

In addition, our NOL carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the IRS, and state tax authorities. Under Section 382 of the Code, our federal NOL carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership of our company. An “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Code generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with this offering. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not yet determined the amount of the cumulative change in our ownership resulting from this offering or other transactions, or any resulting limitations on our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes. If we earn taxable income, such limitations could result in increased future income tax liability to us and our future cash flows could be adversely affected. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOL carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we develop, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. We seek to protect our proprietary position, in part, by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad relating to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed.

Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our protection. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection against competitors or other third parties.

The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming, and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. In addition, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our inventions and the prior art allow our inventions to be patentable over the prior art. Furthermore, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that

 

50


Table of Contents

we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in any of our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products.

Moreover, the claim coverage in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is granted. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents issuing from our patent applications may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technology will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Even if a patent is granted, our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent the patent by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of our therapeutic programs and eventual product candidates, patents protecting the product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity, or enforceability and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant and inter partes review, or other similar proceedings challenging our patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

 

51


Table of Contents

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally. In addition, some jurisdictions, such as Europe, Japan and China, may have a higher standard for patentability than in the United States, including, for example, the requirement of claims having literal support in the original patent filing and the limitation on using supporting data that is not in the original patent filing. Under those heightened patentability requirements, we may not be able to obtain sufficient patent protection in certain jurisdictions even though the same or similar patent protection can be secured in U.S. and other jurisdictions.

Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees on patents and applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various government patent agencies outside of the United States over the lifetime of our owned or licensed patents and applications. In certain circumstances, we rely on our licensing partners to pay these fees due to U.S. and non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. government agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We are also dependent on our licensors to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to our licensed intellectual property. In some cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in a partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met,

 

52


Table of Contents

prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the America Invents Act) enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of patents issuing from those patent applications, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the validity and enforceability of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.

Issued patents covering our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad.

If we initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may raise claims challenging the validity or enforceability of a patent before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even

 

53


Table of Contents

outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we or our licensing partners and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we do not obtain patent term extension for our product candidate, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidate we may develop, one or more of patents issuing from our U.S. patent applications may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984 (Hatch-Waxman Amendments). The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term (PTE) of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Similar patent term restoration provisions to compensate for commercialization delay caused by regulatory review are also available in certain foreign jurisdictions, such as in Europe under Supplemental Protection Certificate (SPC).

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our patent rights, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our patent rights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patent protection for our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop, we also rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology, and other proprietary information and to maintain our competitive position. With respect to our AOC platform and development programs, we consider trade secrets and know-how to be one of our important sources of intellectual property, including our extensive knowledge of the modulation of RNA processes using oligonucleotides and siRNA, oligonucleotide drug delivery techniques and antibody conjugation. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In particular, the trade secrets and know-how in connection with our AOC platform, development programs and other proprietary technology we may develop may over time be

 

54


Table of Contents

disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the methodology and the movement of personnel with scientific positions in academic and industry.

We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed.

We may be subject to claims that third parties have an ownership interest in our trade secrets. For example, we may have disputes arise from conflicting obligations of our employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidate. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging ownership of our trade secrets. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable trade secret rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, trade secrets that are important to our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees.

We may not be successful in obtaining necessary rights to any product candidate we may develop through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We currently solely own intellectual property rights covering our therapeutic programs. Other pharmaceutical companies and academic institutions may also have filed or are planning to file patent applications potentially relevant to our business. In order to avoid infringing these third-party patents, we may find it necessary or prudent to obtain licenses to such patents from such third-party intellectual property holders. However, we may be unable to secure such licenses or otherwise acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant program or product candidate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

55


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Some of our employees, consultants and advisors are currently or were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violations against us or our collaborators may prevent or delay the development and commercialization of our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to avoid infringing, misappropriating and otherwise violating the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of complex litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. As discussed above, recently, due to changes in U.S. law referred to as patent reform, new procedures including inter partes review and post-grant review have also been implemented. As stated above, this reform adds uncertainty to the possibility of challenge to our patents in the future.

Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are commercializing or plan to commercialize our therapeutic programs and in which we are developing other proprietary technologies. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our therapeutic programs and commercializing activities may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. We cannot assure you that our therapeutic programs and other proprietary technologies we may develop will not infringe existing or future patents owned by third parties. We may not be aware of patents that have already been issued and that a third party, for example, a competitor in the fields in which we are developing our therapeutic programs, might assert as infringed by us. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe we infringe or that we believe we have valid defenses to any claims of patent infringement, could be found to be infringed by us. It is not unusual that corresponding patents issued in different countries have different scopes of coverage, such that in one country a third-party patent does not pose a material risk, but in another country, the corresponding third-party patent may pose a material risk to our planned products. As such, we monitor third-party patents in the relevant pharmaceutical markets. In addition, because

 

56


Table of Contents

patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that we may infringe.

In the event that any third party claims that we infringe their patents or that we are otherwise employing their proprietary technology without authorization and initiates litigation against us, even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that such patents are valid, enforceable and infringed by us. In this case, the holders of such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize the infringing products or technologies unless we obtain a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire or are finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to commercialize the infringing products or technologies or such commercialization efforts may be significantly delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business.

Defense of infringement claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and other employee resources from our business, and may impact our reputation. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be enjoined from further developing or commercializing the infringing products or technologies. In addition, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties and/or redesign our infringing products or technologies, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidate or technologies, which could harm our business significantly. Further, we cannot predict whether any required license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. In the event that we could not obtain a license, we may be unable to further develop our product candidate and commercialize our product, if approved, which could harm our business significantly. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

Engaging in litigation defending against third parties alleging infringement of patent and other intellectual property rights is very expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may in the future pursue invalidity proceedings with respect to third-party patents. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity is unpredictable. Even if resolved in our favor, these legal proceedings may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such proceedings could substantially increase our

 

57


Table of Contents

operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such proceedings adequately. Some of these third parties may be able to sustain the costs of such proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. If we do not prevail in the patent proceedings the third parties may assert a claim of patent infringement directed at our product candidates.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, such as a competitor, may infringe our patent rights. In an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by us is invalid or unenforceable or may refuse to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that the patent does not cover the technology in question. In addition, our patent rights may become involved in inventorship, priority or validity disputes. To counter or defend against such claims can be expensive and time consuming. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put our patent rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, which may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we have proposed to use with our product candidate in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark.

 

58


Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, domain name or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to our product candidate or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we license or may own;

 

   

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our current or future patent applications;

 

   

we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering our inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our current or future patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

any patent issuing from our current or future patent applications may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors or other third parties;

 

   

our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file for patent protection in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application covering such intellectual property.

We partially depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties, and our licensors may not always act in our best interest. If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property licenses, if the licenses are terminated or if disputes regarding these licenses arise, we could lose significant rights that are important to our business.

We are dependent, in part, on patents, know-how and proprietary technology licensed from others. Our licenses to such patents, know-how and proprietary technology may not provide exclusive rights in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our products in the future. The agreements under which we license patents, know-how and proprietary technology from others are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations.

For example, we are a party to an exclusive option agreement to obtain an exclusive worldwide license with the University of Alberta, pursuant to which we have the option to in-license key patent

 

59


Table of Contents

applications for our Exon 51 skipping AOC for DMD and future product candidates. If we decide to exercise this option, this agreement imposes various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us and any future license agreements we enter into may do the same. If we fail to comply with obligations under any license agreements, our licensors may have the right to terminate our license, in which event we would not be able to develop or market technology or product candidates covered by the intellectual property licensed under these agreements. In addition, we may need to obtain additional licenses from our existing licensors and others to advance our research or allow commercialization of product candidates we may develop. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain any additional licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In either event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, product candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected technology or product candidates.

If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect our licensed intellectual property, our ability to commercialize product candidates could suffer. We do not have complete control over the maintenance, prosecution and litigation of our in-licensed patents and patent applications and may have limited control over future intellectual property that may be in-licensed. For example, we cannot be certain that activities such as the maintenance and prosecution by our licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. It is possible that our licensors’ infringement proceedings or defense activities may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves, or may not be conducted in accordance with our best interests.

In addition, the resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant patents, know-how and proprietary technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Disputes that may arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement could include disputes regarding:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

   

our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;

 

   

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations; and

 

   

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected technology or product candidates. As a result, any termination of or disputes over our intellectual property licenses could result in the loss of our ability to develop and commercialize our AOC platform, or AOC products, or we could lose other significant rights, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

For example, our agreements with certain of our third-party research partners provide that improvements developed in the course of our relationship may be owned solely by either us or our

 

60


Table of Contents

third-party research partner, or jointly between us and the third party. If we determine that rights to such improvements owned solely by a research partner or other third party with whom we collaborate are necessary to commercialize our product candidates or maintain our competitive advantage, we may need to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the improvements and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing our product candidates. We may not be able to obtain such a license on an exclusive basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or allow our competitors or others the chance to access technology that is important to our business. We also may need the cooperation of any co-owners of our intellectual property in order to enforce such intellectual property against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

The growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use third-party proprietary rights. For example, our product candidates may require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently, we may develop product candidates containing our compounds and pre-existing pharmaceutical compounds, or we may be required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to provide a companion diagnostic test or tests with our product candidates, any of which could require us to obtain rights to use intellectual property held by third parties. In addition, with respect to any patents we may co-own with third parties, we may require licenses to such co-owners interest to such patents. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary or important to our business operations. In addition, we may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. Were that to happen, we may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by those third-party intellectual property rights, and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe on those intellectual property rights, which may entail additional costs and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, which means that our competitors may also receive access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology.

Additionally, we sometimes collaborate with academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Even if we hold such an option, we may be unable to negotiate a license from the institution within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.

The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and companies that may be more established or have greater resources than we do may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize our product candidates. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete these types of negotiations and ultimately acquire the rights to the intellectual property surrounding the additional product candidates that we may seek to develop or market. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property or to maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of certain programs and our business financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

 

61


Table of Contents

We, our collaborators and our service providers may be subject to a variety of privacy and data security laws and contractual obligations, which could increase compliance costs and our failure to comply with them could subject us to potentially significant fines or penalties and otherwise harm our business.

We maintain a large quantity of sensitive information, including confidential business and patient health information in connection with our preclinical studies, and are subject to laws and regulations governing the privacy and security of such information. The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we may be affected by or subject to new, amended or existing laws and regulations in the future, including as our operations continue to expand or if we operate in foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations may be subject to differing interpretations, which adds to the complexity of processing personal data. Guidance on implementation and compliance practices are often updated or otherwise revised.

In the United States, there are numerous federal and state privacy and data security laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information, including federal and state health information privacy laws, federal and state security breach notification laws and federal and state consumer protection laws. Each of these laws is subject to varying interpretations and constantly evolving. By way of example, HIPAA imposes privacy and security requirements and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain health care providers), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, received, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HIPAA mandates the reporting of certain breaches of health information to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), affected individuals and if the breach is large enough, the media. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (the FTCA), 15 U.S.C § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. By way of example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which went into effect on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.

In the European Union, in May 2018, a new privacy regime, the General Data Protection Regulation, the GDPR, took effect in the European Economic Area, the EEA. The GDPR governs the collection, use, disclosure, transfer or other processing of personal data of European persons. Among

 

62


Table of Contents

other things, the GDPR imposes new requirements regarding the security of personal data and notification of data processing obligations to the competent national data processing authorities, changes the lawful bases on which personal data can be processed, expands the definition of personal data and requires changes to informed consent practices, as well as more detailed notices for clinical trial subjects and investigators. In addition, the GDPR increases the scrutiny of transfers of personal data from clinical trial sites located in the EEA to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not recognize as having “adequate” data protection laws, and imposes substantial fines for breaches and violations (up to the greater of 20 million or 4% of our consolidated annual worldwide gross revenue). The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. Moreover, the United Kingdom leaving the EU could also lead to further legislative and regulatory changes. It remains unclear how the United Kingdom data protection laws or regulations will develop in the medium to longer term and how data transfer to the United Kingdom from the EU will be regulated, especially following the United Kingdom’s departure from the EU on January 31, 2020. However, the United Kingdom has transposed the GDPR into domestic law with the Data Protection Act 2018, which remains in force following the United Kingdom’s departure from the EU. Compliance with these and any other applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. If we fail to comply with any such laws or regulations, we may face significant fines and penalties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our product candidates. As a result, as we seek to use our platform in connection with commercially available products, we may be required to license that software under different license terms, which may not be possible on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to license software components on terms that permit its use for commercial purposes, we may be required to replace those software components, which could result in delays, additional cost and additional regulatory approvals.

Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the software code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This could allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time, and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our product candidates. We could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our product candidates, to re-engineer our product candidates or to discontinue the sale of our product candidates in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

63


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

There has been no public market for our common stock and an active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your common stock at or above the public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market (Nasdaq), an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, an active trading market may not develop following the consummation of this offering or, if it is developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock could be highly volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for stock of biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by those factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and many others, including:

 

   

results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and the results of trials of our competitors or those of other companies in our market sector;

 

   

our ability to enroll subjects in our future clinical trials;

 

   

regulatory approval of our product candidates, or limitations to specific label indications or patient populations for its use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

the success or failure of our efforts to develop, acquire or license additional product candidates;

 

   

innovations, clinical trial results, product approvals and other developments regarding our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

manufacturing, supply or distribution delays or shortages;

 

   

any changes to our relationship with any manufacturers, suppliers, collaborators or other strategic partners;

 

   

achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

market conditions in the biopharmaceutical sector and issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

an inability to obtain additional funding;

 

   

sales of our stock by insiders and stockholders;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control;

 

64


Table of Contents
   

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

   

intellectual property, product liability or other litigation against us.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against biopharmaceutical companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $8.46 per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In the past, we issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders, in the aggregate, will own approximately 36.2% of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants). As a result, such persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to our board of directors or stockholders for approval, including the appointment of our management, the election and removal of directors and approval of any significant transaction, as well as our management and business affairs. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our business, even if such a transaction would benefit other stockholders.

 

65


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation, if any, in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, under the terms of our Loan Agreement, we are prohibited from paying any cash dividends without the consent of the lenders and any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 30,950,798 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, only the 10,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, unless they are purchased by one of our affiliates.

Our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which they may not, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities, without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The underwriters may permit our officers, directors and other securityholders who are subject to the lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements at any time in their sole discretion. See “Underwriting.” Sales of these shares, or perceptions that they will be sold, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional 20,950,798 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which 12,484,330 shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, as of March 31, 2020, 2,413,583 shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, the holders of 19,957,505 shares of our outstanding common stock, or approximately 64.5% of our total outstanding common stock based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2020, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting and the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act,

 

66


Table of Contents

except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, unless the SEC determines the new rules are necessary for protecting the public;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year.

 

67


Table of Contents

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq to implement provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management will be required to report upon the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. When we lose our status as an “emerging growth company” and reach an accelerated filer threshold, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, we will need to upgrade our information technology systems; implement additional financial and

 

68


Table of Contents

management controls, reporting systems and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we or, if required, our auditors are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.

We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begin its Section 404 reviews, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could significantly reduce the value of our shares to a potential acquiror or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. The provisions in our charter documents will include the following:

 

   

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

the exclusive right of our board of directors, unless the board of directors grants such right to the stockholders, to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

the required approval of at least 66-2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to remove a director for cause, and the prohibition on removal of directors without cause;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

   

the required approval of at least 66-2/3% of the shares entitled to vote to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

an exclusive forum provision providing that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain actions and proceedings;

 

   

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

69


Table of Contents
   

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. By agreeing to this provision, however, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us, because biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

70


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, research and development plans, the anticipated timing, costs, design and conduct of our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and planned clinical trials for our product candidates, our plans to use our AOC product platform to expand our pipeline of product candidates and develop marketable products, the timing and likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals for our product candidates, the impact of COVID-19 on our business, our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, the potential to develop future product candidates, the potential benefits of strategic collaborations and our intent to enter into any strategic arrangements, the timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of anticipated product development efforts, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to rely unduly upon them.

 

71


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Internal estimates are derived from publicly available information released by industry analysts and third-party sources, our internal research and our industry experience, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of our industry and market, which we believe to be reasonable. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. In addition, while we believe the industry, market and competitive position data included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.

 

72


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $136.6 million (or $157.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $9.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately $65.0 million to advance the development of AOC 1001 for DM1 through the completion of our planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial;

 

   

approximately $35.0 million to advance the development of our AOC for DMD into clinical development;

 

   

approximately $25.0 million to advance the development of our AOC for muscle atrophy into clinical development; and

 

   

the remainder for other development work associated with advancing our AOC platform and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds and our existing cash and cash equivalents to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 36 months from the date of this prospectus. However, our expected use of proceeds from this offering described above represents our current intentions based on our present plans and business condition. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds from this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. The net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, will not be sufficient for us to fund all of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of each of our product candidates.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the time and cost necessary to conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and planned clinical

 

73


Table of Contents

trials, the results of such studies and trials, and other factors described in “Risk Factors,” as well as the amount of cash used in our operations and any unforeseen cash needs. Therefore, our actual expenditures may differ materially from the estimates described above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, investment grade interest-bearing instruments.

 

74


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments. In addition, under the terms of our Loan Agreement, we are prohibited from paying any cash dividends without the consent of SVB.

 

75


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrant liabilities to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

                                                                                
     As of March 31, 2020  
(in thousands, except share and par value data)    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
           (unaudited)        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88,751     $ 88,751     $ 225,301  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 38,054,628 shares authorized, 17,921,069 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 136,920     $        

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     45              

Long-term debt

     3,878       3,878       3,878  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 40,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                  

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 52,042,016 shares authorized, 3,029,729 shares issued and outstanding, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase, actual; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 20,950,798 shares issued and outstanding, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase, pro forma; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 30,950,798 shares issued and outstanding, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase, pro forma as adjusted

           2       3  

Additional paid-in capital

     (42,693     94,270       230,819  
      

Accumulated deficit

     (28,270     (28,270     (28,270
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (70,963     66,002       202,552  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 69,880     $ 69,880     $ 206,430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $9.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on 20,950,798 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

2,413,583 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.17 per share;

 

   

345,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after March 31, 2020, at an exercise price of $8.82 per share;

 

   

17,251 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.45 per share;

 

   

3,900,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our the 2020 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2020 Plan); and

 

   

325,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the ESPP).

 

77


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of March 31, 2020, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $(71.0) million, or $(23.42) per share of our common stock, based on 3,029,729 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of such date, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at March 31, 2020.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrant liabilities to permanent equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 would have been approximately $66.0 million, or approximately $3.15 per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale of 10,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 would have been approximately $202.6 million, or approximately $6.54 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $3.39 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $8.46 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

    $ 15.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2020

  $ (23.42  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020 attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

    26.57    
 

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020

    3.15    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    3.39    
 

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

      6.54  
   

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

    $ 8.46  
   

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $9.3 million, and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.30, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set

 

78


Table of Contents

forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.24 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.24 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be approximately $6.89 per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be approximately $3.74 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $8.11 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of March 31, 2020, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The which is calculations below are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Weighted-
Average
Price

Per Share
 
    Number    Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

  20,950,798      67.7   $ 131,600,000        46.7   $ 6.28  

New investors participating in this offering

  10,000,000      32.3       150,000,000        53.3     $ 15.00  
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

  30,950,798      100.0   $ 281,600,000        100.0  
 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

 

   

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders before this offering will decrease to approximately 64.6% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the number of shares held by new investors participating in this offering will increase to 11,500,000, or approximately 35.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis are based on 20,950,798 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, including 141,686 shares subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and exclude:

 

   

2,413,583 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.17 per share;

 

   

345,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted after March 31, 2020, at an exercise price of $8.82 per share;

 

79


Table of Contents
   

17,251 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.45 per share;

 

   

3,900,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our the 2020 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the 2020 Plan); and

 

   

325,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering (which number does not include any potential evergreen increases pursuant to the terms of the ESPP).

To the extent any outstanding options, warrants or other rights are exercised, or we issue additional equity or convertible securities in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

80


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly state our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and our financial position as of March 31, 2020. You should read these data together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)   2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

     

Revenue:

       

Collaboration and contract research

  $ 379     $ 2,319     $     $ 1,358  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    379       2,319             1,358  

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    8,436       14,539       1,262       5,544  

General and administrative

    2,441       5,112       912       1,964  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,877       19,651       2,174       7,508  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (10,498     (17,332     (2,174     (6,150

Interest and other income (expense):

       

Interest income

                      143  

Interest expense

    (718     (7,387     (372     (78

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

          (15     (3      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense)

    (718     (7,402     (375     65  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (11,216   $ (24,734   $ (2,549   $ (6,085
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share/unit, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (4.53)     $ (9.12)     $ (0.97)     $ (2.14)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares/units outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

    2,476,774       2,713,460       2,633,144       2,844,860  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

    $ (1.44)       $ (0.29)  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

      12,431,662         20,681,971  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical net loss per share/unit, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

    As of
December 31,
    As of
March 31,

2020
 
(in thousands)   2018     2019  
                (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,090     $ 94,578     $ 88,751  

Working capital (deficit)(1)

    (1,374     85,440       78,916  

Total assets

    3,982       96,907       92,678  

Convertible notes (including accrued interest)

    3,184              

Long-term debt, including current portion

    7,140       4,544       3,878  

Convertible preferred units/stock

    32,693       134,720       136,920  

Predecessor’s/accumulated deficit

    (41,555     (22,185     (28,270

Total members’/stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (41,129     (65,357     (70,963

 

(1)

We define working capital (deficit) as total current assets less total current liabilities. See our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis are set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, and includes forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in “Risk Factors,” our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are pioneering a new class of oligonucleotide-based therapies called AOCs designed to overcome the current limitations of oligonucleotide therapies in order to treat a wide range of serious diseases. We utilize our proprietary AOC platform to design, engineer and develop therapeutics that combine the tissue selectivity of mAbs and the precision of oligonucleotide therapies in order to access previously undruggable tissue and cell types and more effectively target underlying genetic drivers of diseases. We are initially focused on muscle diseases to demonstrate the capabilities of our AOCs, and our muscle franchise consists of five programs. Our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, is designed to treat DM1, a rare monogenic muscle disease. We expect to submit an IND for AOC 1001 in 2021 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial by the end of the same year. We also intend to advance AOC product candidates in our four other muscle programs focused on the treatment of muscle atrophy, DMD, FSHD and Pompe disease. In addition to our muscle franchise, we have development efforts focused on immune and other cell types.

Since our inception in 2012, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our proprietary AOC platform, identifying potential product candidates, establishing our intellectual property portfolio and conducting research and preclinical studies, and providing other general and administrative support for these operations. We have not generated any revenue from product sales and, as of March 31, 2020, we have raised a total of $166.2 million to fund our operations, comprised of aggregate gross proceeds of $131.6 million from the sale and issuance of convertible preferred units and stock and convertible notes, $27.6 million from funding under collaboration and research services agreements, and $7.0 million from loans under our credit facility with SVB. As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $88.8 million.

We have incurred operating losses in each year since inception. Our net losses were $11.2 million and $24.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $28.3 million. We expect our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially as we conduct our ongoing and planned preclinical studies and clinical trials, continue our research and development activities, utilize third parties to manufacture our product candidates and related raw materials, hire additional personnel, protect our intellectual property and incur additional costs associated with being a public company, including audit, legal, regulatory, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing of our preclinical studies and clinical trials and our expenditures on other research and development activities, as well as the generation of any collaboration and services revenue.

 

83


Table of Contents

Based upon our current operating plans, we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 36 months from the date of this offering. While we may generate revenue under our current and/or future collaboration agreements, we do not expect to generate any revenues from product sales until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years and may never occur. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Accordingly, until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of our product candidates, if ever, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Agreement and Plan of Conversion

In April 2019, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Conversion, pursuant to which we converted from Avidity Biosciences LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Avidity LLC), into Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Avidity Inc.). All of the membership interests of Avidity LLC were converted into securities of Avidity Inc., as follows: (i) each outstanding common unit of Avidity LLC converted into one share of Avidity Inc.’s common stock; (ii) each outstanding Series A convertible preferred unit of Avidity LLC converted into one share of Avidity Inc.’s Series A convertible preferred stock; and (iii) each outstanding Series B convertible preferred unit of Avidity LLC converted into one share of Avidity Inc.’s Series B convertible preferred stock. Outstanding convertible notes, warrants and stock awards under Avidity LLC’s employee benefit and incentive compensation plans continued on the same terms and conditions and became binding upon Avidity Inc.

Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Lilly

In April 2019, we entered into the Lilly Agreement with Lilly for the discovery, development and commercialization of AOC products in immunology and other select indications on a worldwide basis. Under the Lilly Agreement, we and Lilly will collaborate on preclinical research and discovery activities for such products, with Lilly being responsible for funding the cost of such activities by both parties. Lilly will also lead the clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization of all such products, at its sole cost. We granted Lilly an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license, with the right to sublicense, under our technology to research, develop, manufacture, and sell products containing AOCs that are directed to up to six mRNA targets. We retain the right to use our technology to perform our obligations under the agreement and for all purposes not granted to Lilly.

Lilly paid us an upfront license fee of $20.0 million in 2019, and we are eligible to receive up to $60.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $140.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $205.0 million in commercialization milestone payments per target. We are eligible to receive a tiered royalty ranging from the mid-single to low-double digits from Lilly on worldwide annual net sales of licensed products, subject to specified and capped reductions for the market entry of biosimilar products, loss of patent coverage of licensed products and for payments owed to third parties for additional rights necessary to commercialize licensed products in the territory.

Concurrently with the Lilly Agreement, we issued a convertible promissory note to Lilly (the Lilly Note) and received cash proceeds of $15.0 million in 2019. The Lilly Note accrued simple interest of 8.0% per annum and, if not converted, would have matured in October 2020. In connection with the sale of our Series C convertible preferred stock in November 2019, all outstanding principal and

 

84


Table of Contents

interest accrued under the Lilly Note converted into 4,576,342 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the per share cash price paid by the investors in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Our revenue to date has been derived from payments received under the Lilly Agreement and payments for research services under other research services agreements. Our services under these other research services agreements were substantially completed in early 2018, and therefore no related revenue was recognized in 2019 or is expected in future periods. For the foreseeable future, we may generate revenue from reimbursements of services under the Lilly Agreement, as well as a combination of upfront payments and milestone payments under our current and/or future collaboration agreements. We do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products unless and until such time that our product candidates have advanced through clinical development and regulatory approval, if ever. We expect that any revenue we generate, if at all, will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter as a result of the timing and amount of payments relating to such services and milestones and the extent to which any of our products are approved and successfully commercialized. If we fail to complete preclinical and clinical development of product candidates or obtain regulatory approval for them, our ability to generate future revenues, and our results of operations and financial position would be adversely affected.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of external and internal costs associated with our research and development activities, including our discovery and research efforts, and the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates. Our research and development expenses include:

 

   

external costs, including expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties, such as CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants and our scientific advisors; and

 

   

internal costs, including:

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation;

 

   

the costs of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing preclinical study materials; and

 

   

facilities, information technology and depreciation, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and depreciation of leasehold improvements and equipment.

Research and development costs, including third-party costs reimbursed under our collaboration with Lilly, are expensed as incurred, with reimbursements of such amounts being recognized as revenue. We account for nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities as expenses when the service has been performed or when the goods have been received.

 

85


Table of Contents

At any one time, we are working on multiple programs. Our internal resources, employees and infrastructure are not directly tied to any one research or drug discovery program and are typically deployed across multiple programs. As such, we do not track internal costs on a specific program basis. The following table summarizes our external costs and internal costs for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

                                                   
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

External costs

   $ 1,448      $ 6,634      $ 40      $ 3,006  

Internal costs:

           

Salaries and benefits

     3,582        5,011        940        1,582  

Facilities and other unallocated costs

     3,406        2,894        282        956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total internal costs

     6,988        7,905        1,222        2,538  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $   8,436      $   14,539      $   1,262      $   5,544  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to conduct our ongoing research and development activities, advance our preclinical research programs toward clinical development, including conducting IND-enabling studies, and conduct clinical trials. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for any of our product candidates.

The timelines and costs with research and development activities are uncertain can vary significantly for each product candidate and development program and are difficult to predict. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which programs to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program on an ongoing basis in response to preclinical and clinical results, regulatory developments, ongoing assessments as to each program’s commercial potential, and our ability to maintain or enter into new collaborations, to the extent we determine the resources or expertise of a collaborator would be beneficial for a given program. We will need to raise substantial additional capital in the future. In addition, we cannot forecast which development programs may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.

Our development costs may vary significantly based on factors such as:

 

   

the number and scope of preclinical and IND-enabling studies;

 

   

per patient trial costs;

 

   

the number of trials required for approval;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

   

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

   

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

   

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of patient participation in the trials and follow-up;

 

   

the cost and timing of manufacturing our product candidates;

 

86


Table of Contents
   

the phase of development of our product candidates; and

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of our product candidates.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, for employees in our finance, accounting, legal, business development and support functions. Other general and administrative expenses include allocated facility, information technology and depreciation related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses and professional fees for auditing, tax, intellectual property and legal services. Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recognized as general and administrative expenses as incurred since recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase for the foreseeable future to support our increased research and development activities and increased costs of operating as a public company. These increased costs will likely include increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with operating as a public company.

Interest and Other Income (Expense)

Interest income

Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of cash and non-cash interest expense associated with our financing arrangements, which include borrowings under our Loan Agreement with SVB and convertible notes with certain of our investors.

Other expense

We classify our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock as liabilities on our balance sheets at their estimated fair value since the underlying convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity. At the end of each reporting period, changes in the estimated fair value during the period are recorded as a component of interest and other expense.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2019     2020  
     (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $     $ 1,358  

Research and development expenses

     1,262       5,544  

General and administrative expenses

     912       1,964  

Interest and other income (expense)

     (375     65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $   (2,549   $   (6,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue was $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2020 was derived from the Lilly Agreement, which was entered into in April 2019.

 

87


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to $5.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase of $4.2 million was primarily driven by a $3.6 million increase in expenses incurred in connection with research and preclinical studies, including manufacturing activities, related to AOC 1001 and our other development programs, as well as a $0.6 million increase in personnel costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019

compared to $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase of $1.1 million was primarily driven by increases of $0.7 million in personnel costs and $0.4 million in intellectual property patent filing costs.

Interest and Other Income (Expense)

Interest and other expense was $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to interest and other income of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease of expense was primarily related to reduced interest expense as a result of the conversion in November 2019 of all outstanding convertible notes issued to certain of our investors.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018      2019  

Revenue

  $ 379      $ 2,319  

Research and development expenses

    8,436        14,539  

General and administrative expenses

    2,441        5,112  

Interest and other expense

    718        7,402  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (11,216    $ (24,734
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2019 was derived from the Lilly Agreement, which was entered into in April 2019. Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2018 was derived from the performance of research and development activities pursuant to agreements with other parties, which were substantially completed in early 2018.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $6.1 million was primarily driven by a $4.7 million increase in expenses incurred in connection with research and preclinical studies, including manufacturing activities, related to AOC 1001 and our other development programs, as well as a $1.4 million increase in personnel costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $2.7 million in 2019 was primarily driven by increases of $1.1 million in personnel costs, $0.4 million in professional services, $0.3 million in legal costs incurred in connection with the Lilly Agreement and $0.2 million in intellectual property patent filing costs.

Interest and Other Expense

Interest and other expense was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase of $6.7 million was primarily related

 

88


Table of Contents

to interest expense incurred in 2019 in connection with our outstanding convertible notes issued to certain of our investors, including $5.7 million of noncash interest expense representing the accretion of debt premium and issuance costs, and additional interest in connection with the Loan Agreement.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

From our inception through March 31, 2020, we have received aggregate gross proceeds of $131.6 million from the sale of convertible preferred units and stock and convertible notes, $27.6 million from research funding under the Lilly Agreement and other research services agreements and $7.0 million from loans under the Loan Agreement.

Convertible Promissory Notes

In July 2018 and February 2019, we issued convertible promissory notes to certain of our existing investors and received proceeds of $3.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively (the 2018 Notes and 2019 Notes, respectively). The 2018 Notes and 2019 Notes accrued simple interest at a rate of 8% and 10% per annum, respectively, and had a maturity date in December 2020, subject to earlier conversion.

In addition, in April 2019, as described above, in connection with the Lilly Agreement, we issued the Lilly Note and received cash proceeds of $15.0 million.

In November 2019, in connection with our Series C financing transaction, all outstanding amounts of principal and accrued interest from the 2018 Notes, 2019 Notes and Lilly Note, which totaled $23.8 million, were converted into an aggregate of 6,893,036 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

SVB Loan and Security Agreement

In June 2017, we entered into an amendment to our Loan Agreement with SVB, which provided up to $7.0 million in available borrowings in two tranches. In 2017, we drew the first tranche of $5.0 million, of which $4.6 million was used to repay our existing debt obligations to SVB. In August 2018, we drew the second tranche of $2.0 million. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal balance at an adjustable annual rate of the prime rate per the Wall Street Journal plus 0.20%. In addition to our monthly payments of principal and interest, our repayment obligations include a final payment of 6.5% of the original principal advanced which is due upon final maturity of the loan in June 2021. As of March 31, 2020, $3.5 million of principal was outstanding under the Loan Agreement and no amounts remained available for us to borrow thereunder.

The Loan Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge. The Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us to maintain governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain insurance coverage and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on us transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying cash dividends or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets and making any payment on subordinated debt, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

In connection with execution of the Loan Agreement, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 16,474 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.2615 per share, exercisable at any time following issuance. The preferred stock warrant has a term of ten years. The warrant will become exercisable for an aggregate of 7,809 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering at an exercise price of $4.77 per share. In connection with the First

 

89


Table of Contents

Amendment in June 2017, we issued SVB an additional warrant to purchase 9,442 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, exercisable at any time following issuance. The common stock warrant has a term of seven years.

Future Capital Requirements

As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $88.8 million. Based upon our current operating plans, we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 36 months from the date of this prospectus. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, the process of conducting preclinical studies and testing product candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress and expenses in these studies and trials is uncertain.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

 

   

the type, number, scope, progress, expansions, results, costs and timing of, discovery, preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates which we are pursuing or may choose to pursue in the future;

 

   

the costs and timing of manufacturing for our product candidates and commercial manufacturing if any product candidate is approved;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

   

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements;

 

   

the costs of obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our efforts to enhance operational systems and hire additional personnel to satisfy our obligations as a public company, including enhanced internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

the costs associated with hiring additional personnel and consultants as our preclinical and clinical activities increase;

 

   

the timing and amount of the milestone or other payments made to us under the Lilly Agreement Lilly or any future collaboration agreements;

 

   

the costs and timing of establishing or securing sales and marketing capabilities if any product candidate is approved;

 

   

our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share and revenue for any approved products;

 

   

the terms and timing of establishing and maintaining collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements; and

 

   

costs associated with any products or technologies that we may in-license or acquire.

We currently have no additional borrowing available under our Loan Agreement with SVB or other committed sources of capital. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, if ever, we expect to finance our future cash needs primarily through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be or could be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences

 

90


Table of Contents

that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through other collaborations or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates to third parties that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Cash Flows

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $   (9,655   $ 2,490     $   (2,086   $ (7,140

Investing activities

     (49     (235           (10

Financing activities

     5,144       89,233       3,822       1,323  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

   $ (4,560   $   91,488     $ 1,736     $   (5,827
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 as compared to $7.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase of $5.1 million was the result of an increase in our net loss adjusted for increases in non-cash items totaling $3.5 million and an increase in the net changes in working capital totaling $1.6 million.

Cash provided by operating activities was $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to cash used in operating activities of $9.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase of $12.1 million was the result of an increase in deferred revenue of $18.9 million, partially offset by a $13.5 million increase in net loss adjusted for increases in non-cash items totaling $7.2 million and a decrease in the net changes in working capital totaling $0.5 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $10,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2020 as compared to $0 during the three months ended March 31, 2019. This change primarily was the result of additional purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $49,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018. This change primarily was the result of additional purchases of property and equipment in 2019.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 as compared to $1.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020. During the three months ended March 31, 2019, we received $4.5 million from the issuance of convertible notes and made principal payments on our Loan Agreement of $0.7 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2020, we received $2.2 million from the sale of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, made principal payments on our Loan Agreement of $0.7 million and paid $0.2 million of deferred financing costs.

 

91


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities was $89.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $5.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. During 2019, we received $92.1 million from the sale of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and the issuance of convertible notes. During 2018, we received $3.0 million from the issuance of convertible notes and $2.0 million from a draw under the Loan Agreement.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less
than

1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More
than

5 Years
 

Long-term debt obligations, including interest and final payment(1)

   $ 4,822      $ 2,947      $ 1,875      $      $  

Operating lease obligations(2)

     798        393        405                

Non-cancellable purchase obligations(3)

     6,092        5,950        142                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   11,712      $   9,290      $   2,422      $         –      $         –  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

We will make principal and interest payments to SVB in accordance with the required payment schedule.

(2)

Represents monthly payments under our operating lease obligations which relate to our corporate headquarters in San Diego, California. We lease 8,561 square feet of office space under an operating lease that expires in December 2021.

(3)

Represents purchase commitments with two contract manufacturing organizations for the manufacture of materials used in our preclinical and planned clinical trials.

As of March 31, 2020, we had $8.4 million of outstanding non-cancellable purchase commitments with two contract manufacturing organizations for the manufacture of materials for use in our preclinical and planned clinical trials. Approximately $8.2 million of the purchase commitments are expected to be paid within the next twelve months.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business for contract research services, contract manufacturing services, professional services and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts and not included in the table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

This management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities revenue and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our historical and future performance.

 

92


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

To date, all of our revenue has been derived from our collaboration and research agreements entered into with Lilly and other various parties. The terms of these arrangements include payments to us for the following: non-refundable, up-front license fees; development, regulatory and commercial milestone payments; payments for research and development services provided by us or for manufacturing supply services we may provide through our contract manufacturers; and royalties on net sales of licensed products.

Effective January 1, 2019, we began recognizing revenue in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The adoption of Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows as we did not have any revenue-generating arrangements in effect at January 1, 2019. In accordance with Topic 606, we perform the following five steps in determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as we fulfill our obligations under each of these agreements: (i) identification of the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including any constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy each performance obligation.

If an agreement includes a license to our intellectual property and that license is determined to be distinct from the other performance obligations identified in the arrangement, we recognize revenues allocated to the license when the license is transferred to the customer and the customer is able to use and benefit from the license. For licenses that are bundled with other promises, we utilize judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time and, if over time, the appropriate method of measuring progress for purposes of recognizing revenue from non-refundable, up-front fees. We evaluate the measure of progress each reporting period and, if necessary, adjust the measure of performance and related revenue recognition.

With respect to our assessment of the Lilly Agreement, we identified multiple promises to deliver goods and services, which include at inception of the agreement: (i) a license to technology and patents, information and know-how; and (ii) collaboration, including research services, technical and regulatory support provided by the Company. The Company has identified one performance obligation for all the deliverables under the agreement since the delivered elements are either not capable of being distinct or are not distinct within the context of the contract. Accordingly, the Company will recognize revenue for the fixed or determinable collaboration in an amount proportional to the collaboration expenses incurred and the total estimated collaboration expense over the five-year period over which it expects to deliver its performance obligations. We periodically review and update the estimated collaboration expenses, when appropriate, which adjusts the percentage of revenue that is recognized for the period. While such changes to our estimates have no impact on our reported cash flows, the amount of revenue recorded in the period could be materially impacted.

Through December 31, 2018, we recognized revenue from upfront payments for licenses or options to obtain licenses in the future, milestone payments that were generated from defined research or development events, as well as amounts for other research and development services under strategic alliance and collaboration agreements. We recognized revenue when all four of the following criteria were met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) products have been delivered or services rendered; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

93


Table of Contents

For all periods presented, amounts received prior to satisfying the above revenue recognition criteria were recognized as deferred revenue until all applicable revenue recognition criteria were met. Deferred revenue represented the portion of payments received that have not been earned.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of equity awards recognized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. We estimate the fair value of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of stock options, the expected dividend yield and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require judgment to develop. See Note 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020. Stock-based compensation totaled approximately $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $4,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively.

As of March 31, 2020, the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $7.6 million which is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.6 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2020 was approximately $33.4 million, based on the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $1.6 million related to vested options and approximately $31.8 million related to unvested options.

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our equity awards when performing fair value calculations. The fair value of the common stock underlying our equity awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, taking into account input from management and independent third-party valuation analyses. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants. Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the Practice Aid).

Our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from

management, to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

valuations of our common stock performed with the assistance of independent third-party valuation specialists;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy, including the status of research and development efforts of our product candidates, and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

   

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

   

the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

trends and developments in our industry; and

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of our future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. Each valuation methodology was considered in our valuations.

Historically, we estimated the enterprise value of our business and underlying stock option grants using the back-solve method and used the Option Pricing Method (OPM) to allocate enterprise value. The back-solve method is a market approach that assigns an implied enterprise value based on the most recent round of funding or investment and allows for the incorporation of the implied future benefits and risks of the investment decision assigned by an outside investor. Under OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options. We believed the OPM was the most appropriate method at that time given the expectation of various potential liquidity outcomes and the difficulty of selecting and supporting appropriate enterprise values given our early stage of development. In March 2020, we changed to a hybrid of the OPM and Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM). The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class. Under this hybrid method, we considered the expected initial public offering liquidity scenario, but also used the OPM to capture all other scenarios in the event a near-term initial public offering does not occur.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to complete an initial public offering or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

Following the completion of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

 

95


Table of Contents

Accrued Research and Development Costs

We are required to make estimates of our accrued expenses resulting from our obligations under contracts with CROs, manufacturers, vendors and consultants, in connection with conducting research and development activities. The financial terms of these contracts vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided under such contracts. We reflect research and development expenses in our financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which services and efforts are expended. We account for these expenses according to the progress of the preclinical study as measured by the timing of various aspects of the study or related activities. In accruing for these activities, we obtain information from various sources and estimates level of effort or expense allocated to each period.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Other Company Information

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Carryforwards and Other Income Tax Information

As of December 31, 2019, we had federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $15.3 million and $15.0 million, respectively. The net loss generated in 2019 will carryforward indefinitely but the federal NOL carryforwards generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 will only be available to offset up to 80% of future tax income. The state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2039, unless previously utilized.

As of December 31, 2019, we also had federal and state research credit carryforwards of $0.3 million. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards expire beginning in 2039 unless previously utilized, and the state research and development tax credit carryforwards do not expire. We have not completed a Section 382 study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since our formation due to the complexity and cost associated with such a study and the fact that there may be additional such ownership changes in the future. Pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, annual use of our NOL and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in readily available checking accounts and money market accounts. We do not hold any short-term investments. As a result, the fair value of our portfolio is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. Due to the nature of our cash and cash equivalents, an immediate hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair value of our cash and cash equivalents.

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We contract with vendors that are located outside the United States and certain invoices are denominated in foreign currencies. We are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with these arrangements. To date, these fluctuations have not been significant and based on our expected

 

96


Table of Contents

volumes with these vendors in fiscal year 2020, a movement of 10% in the exchange rates would not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and research and development contract costs. We do not believe inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations during the periods presented.

JOBS Act

As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We also intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are pioneering a new class of oligonucleotide-based therapies called Antibody Oligonucleotide Conjugates (AOCs) designed to overcome the current limitations of oligonucleotide therapies in order to treat a wide range of serious diseases. We utilize our proprietary AOC platform to design, engineer and develop therapeutics that combine the tissue selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and the precision of oligonucleotide therapies in order to access previously undruggable tissue and cell types and more effectively target underlying genetic drivers of diseases. We are initially focused on muscle diseases to demonstrate the capabilities of our AOCs, and our muscle franchise consists of five programs. Our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, is designed to treat myotonic dystrophy type 1 (DM1), a rare monogenic muscle disease. We expect to submit an investigational new drug application (IND) for AOC 1001 in 2021 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial by the end of the same year. We also intend to advance AOC product candidates in our four other muscle programs focused on the treatment of muscle atrophy, Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD), facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy (FSHD) and Pompe disease. In addition to our muscle franchise, we have development efforts focused on immune and other cell types.

Our AOC Platform

Oligonucleotide therapeutics are designed based on genomic information to specifically inhibit or modify the expression of disease-related proteins and RNAs. Considerable progress has been made toward harnessing the potential of oligonucleotides, and multiple oligonucleotide therapies have been approved for the treatment of several diseases. However, in light of their physical properties, effective systemic delivery of oligonucleotides to a broad range of cells and organs has been one of the most significant factors limiting their utility. Our deep experience with oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques provide the foundation for our efforts to address some of the key limitations of oligonucleotide therapies. We collectively refer to the know-how and proprietary technology born out of this experience, and their systematic application in the design and development of our product candidates, as our AOC platform.

Using our AOC platform, we have established a framework for screening potential cell surface protein-mAb pairs to determine which pairs are well-suited to deliver oligonucleotides to specific cell types to induce pharmacologic changes. In addition to engineering optimized mAbs, we are able to engineer and deploy various types of oligonucleotides whose specific mechanisms of action are designed to modify RNA function in different ways. This flexibility allows us to use oligonucleotides tailored to have the potential to modulate a given disease process, and we further engineer our oligonucleotides to maximize their specificity, potency and stability. Beyond the specific mAb and oligonucleotide components of our engineered AOCs, we also optimize the antibody conjugate design, including the linker, for stability and durability.

We believe that the product candidates derived from our AOC platform will have the potential to offer the following distinct advantages:

 

   

Expand scope of diseases addressable with oligonucleotides: (i) utilize identified cell surface protein-antibody pairs to design oligonucleotides in order to address various previously undruggable tissue and cell types to induce pharmacologic changes in those tissues and cells; (ii) flexibility to deploy an appropriate oligonucleotide type for different diseases; and (iii) optimize all structural components of our AOCs for effective delivery—the oligonucleotide, the mAb and the antibody conjugate design.

 

   

Potential to mitigate toxicity by limiting drug exposure: (i) selection of the most potent oligonucleotide type; (ii) targeted delivery to tissues and cells; and (iii) infrequent administration.

 

98


Table of Contents
   

Less frequent dosing: (i) ability to deliver oligonucleotides to tissues and cells at concentrations that produce pronounced and prolonged pharmacodynamic effects as observed in our preclinical models; and (ii) ability to select appropriate oligonucleotide mechanisms to maximize durability.

 

   

Readily reproducible and scalable: (i) AOCs synthesized using well-established and scalable methods for manufacturing mAbs and oligonucleotides; and (ii) ability to use a single mAb across multiple programs provides significant leverage around development costs and timelines associated with each incremental muscle program. For example, we use the same mAb targeting TfR1 across all our muscle programs.

We are initially focused on muscle diseases for which we believe our AOC approach can overcome the limitations of current oligonucleotide therapies. For example, a single dose of an AOC administered to mice demonstrated a 95% reduction of target gene expression in mouse skeletal muscle, which in part led us to focus on developing a pipeline of AOCs in muscle diseases.

The first program in our muscle franchise is focused on the treatment of DM1 and we are developing our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, as a potentially disease modifying treatment. DM1 is a monogenic, autosomal dominant, progressive disease that primarily affects skeletal and cardiac muscle and is caused by a mutation in the dystrophy myotonic protein kinase (DMPK) gene product or DMPK RNA. DM1 is estimated to affect over 40,000 people in the United States and there are similar prevalence estimates for Europe. However, we believe that, consistent with other rare diseases, the patient population is currently underdiagnosed due to the lack of available therapies. AOC 1001 consists of a proprietary mAb that binds to a transporter protein, transferrin receptor 1 (TfR1), conjugated with a small interfering RNA (siRNA) that is designed to address the underlying cause of DM1 by reducing the levels of DMPK RNA. In preclinical studies, we observed the ability of our AOC to deliver siRNAs to muscle cells, and reduce levels of messenger RNA (mRNA) for the DMPK gene, the molecular driver of the disease, in a durable, dose-dependent manner, meaning a long-lasting effect that is proportional to the amount of the AOC administered. We expect to submit an IND for AOC 1001 in 2021 and we plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in DM1 patients by the end of the same year to assess the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and exploratory clinical measures associated with AOC 1001. Due to the lack of available therapies in this rare disease, should our trial be successful, we plan to explore the potential to advance AOC 1001 into registrational trials in order to expedite making AOC 1001 available for a patient population in severe need.

The second program in our muscle franchise is focused on muscle atrophy. Muscle atrophy is the loss of skeletal muscle mass that leads to muscle weakness and physical disability and can be caused by malnutrition, medications, injury or diseases such as sarcopenia, cachexia and many rare genetic muscle disorders. Our AOC consists of our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 conjugated with an siRNA designed to downregulate the levels of muscle RING-finger protein-1 (MuRF1) mRNA, a muscle-specific ubiquitin ligase (E3 ligase) that has been shown to be upregulated upon induction of muscle atrophy. By targeting MuRF1, we have focused on an approach employing common effectors of both the catabolic and anabolic pathways associated with the degradation of protein in muscle cells, unlike prior attempts to find therapeutics that primarily addressed either catabolic or anabolic pathways. In preclinical studies, we observed that a single 3 mg/kg dose of the siRNA in our AOC resulted in a greater than 50% reduction in MuRF1 mRNA for over 20 weeks. We are in the process of selecting a product candidate for the treatment of muscle atrophy. Following regulatory clearance, in 2022, we plan to advance a product candidate into a clinical trial. Our continued development activities will inform our view on the indications and development path to pursue.

 

99


Table of Contents

The third program in our muscle franchise is focused on DMD, which is the most common and severe form of muscular dystrophy and is progressive, irreversible and ultimately fatal. DMD occurs in approximately one in every 3,500 to 5,000 live male births and is estimated to affect 10,000 to 15,000 people in the United States. DMD is caused by mutations in the DMD gene that encodes for the gene product dystrophin, a protein critical for the normal function of muscle cells. These mutations lead to certain exons being misread resulting in the loss of function of the dystrophin protein. Our oligonucleotides are designed to promote the skipping of those exons to restore a functional version of the dystrophin protein. We are focusing our initial efforts on the development of AOCs for mutations amenable to skipping Exon 44, Exon 45 and Exon 51. We intend to conjugate the oligonucleotides to our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1. In a preclinical model of DMD, the mdx mouse model, we observed that treatment of mdx mice with an AOC caused a greater than 50-fold increase in exon skipping compared to an equimolar dose of the unconjugated oligonucleotide. Following regulatory clearance, we plan to commence a clinical trial for DMD in 2022.

We are also pursuing programs in FSHD and Pompe disease, both rare muscle diseases. FSHD is one of the most common forms of muscular dystrophy, with onset typically in teens and young adults. FSHD is caused by aberrant expression of a gene, double homeobox 4 (DUX4), in adult skeletal muscle and is characterized by progressive skeletal muscle loss. Our therapeutic strategy in FSHD is to use an AOC based on our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 to deliver an siRNA targeted to the DUX4 mRNA. Pompe disease is a rare, autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disease caused by a mutation in the gene that encodes for acid alpha-glucosidase (GAA) that results in the buildup of glycogen in the body’s cells, causing impairment of normal tissue and organ function. Pompe disease is currently treated with enzyme replacement therapy (ERT), which does not adequately address the breakdown of muscle tissue associated with the disease. Our program in Pompe disease also utilizes an AOC based on our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 to deliver an siRNA targeting the glycogen synthetase 1 (GYS1) mRNA to diminish the toxic accumulation of glycogen in muscle. We are in the process of developing lead candidates for both FSHD and Pompe disease.

We also intend to pursue the development of AOCs in cell types in addition to muscle. In preclinical models, we observed the ability of AOCs not only to deliver to the liver, skeletal and cardiac muscle, but also to other tissue and cell types, including immune cells. For example, we have identified multiple receptor-antibody pairs that could be used in our AOCs in order to deliver siRNAs into different immune cells, including those related to immuno-oncology. In preclinical studies, we observed significant AOC-mediated mRNA knockdown in CD8+ and CD4+ tumor infiltrating lymphocytes and T-regs in vivo, while also observing no effect on mRNA levels in T or B cells in the spleen. These observations around the specificity and selectivity of our AOCs are the basis for our interest in exploring the utility of our AOCs in immunology. We plan to continue to invest in our AOC platform in order to explore the potential of our AOCs in previously inaccessible tissue and cell types in order to develop next generation oligonucleotide therapies.

We hold worldwide development and commercialization rights to all our muscle programs. We have a disciplined strategy to maximize the value of our pipeline whereby we plan to retain development and commercialization rights to those product candidates, indications and geographies that we believe we can ultimately commercialize successfully on our own. We plan to collaborate on product candidates that we believe have promising utility in disease areas or patient populations that are better served by the resources or specific expertise of other biopharmaceutical companies. For example, in April 2019, we entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (the Lilly Agreement) with Eli Lilly and Company (Lilly) for the discovery, development and commercialization of AOCs directed to up to six mRNA targets initially in immunology and other select indications on a worldwide basis.

 

100


Table of Contents

We have assembled a management team with deep experience in the discovery, development and commercialization of RNA therapeutics, including an extensive knowledge of oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques. Our President and CEO, Sarah Boyce, has significant experience in the development and commercialization of RNA therapeutics and in building global organizations, most recently having served as President of Akcea Therapeutics. Our Chief Scientific Officer, Arthur A. Levin, Ph.D., is a key opinion leader in the RNA therapeutics field who led teams responsible for the development of many oligonucleotides including the first approved antisense drugs and the first micro-RNA targeted therapeutic to enter clinical trials. Our Chief Operating Officer, Joseph Baroldi, brings a depth of business development experience in RNA therapeutics having led more than twenty strategic transactions, most recently as Vice President, Business Development at Ionis Pharmaceuticals.

In addition, our investors include leading life science institutions including RTW Investments, Alethea Capital, Alexandria Venture Investments, Boxer Capital of Tavistock Group, Brace Pharma Capital, Cormorant Asset Management, LP, CureDuchenne, EcoR1 Capital, Logos Capital, Partner Fund Management, Perceptive Advisors LLC, ST Pharm and Takeda Ventures.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to discover, develop and commercialize novel AOC therapeutics that overcome current barriers to the delivery of oligonucleotides and unlock their potential to treat a wide range of serious diseases currently lacking adequate treatment options. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are to:

 

   

Advance our lead product candidate AOC 1001 through clinical proof-of-concept to approval.  We are developing AOC 1001 for the treatment of DM1, a serious rare monogenic disease for which there are no available therapies. Therefore, we are highly focused on a development path that could enable us to deliver a therapy to patients in need as soon as possible. AOC 1001 is specifically designed to reduce levels of DMPK mRNA, the gene product that when mutated causes DM1. In preclinical studies, we observed the ability of our AOC to deliver siRNAs to muscle cells, and reduce levels of mRNA for the DMPK gene, the molecular driver of the disease, in a durable, dose-dependent manner. We expect to submit an IND for AOC 1001 in 2021 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial by the end of the same year. Assuming that the results of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial are positive, we plan to explore the potential to advance AOC 1001 into registrational trials in order to expedite making AOC 1001 available for a patient population in severe need.

 

   

Achieve clinical proof-of-mechanism for our muscle atrophy program.  We are in the process of selecting a lead candidate for the treatment of muscle atrophy, a condition associated with several diseases including sarcopenia, cachexia and rare genetic muscle diseases. By targeting MuRF1, a muscle-specific E3 ligase that has been shown to be upregulated upon induction of muscle atrophy, we are developing a solution employing common effectors of both the catabolic and anabolic pathways associated with the degradation of protein in muscle cells, unlike prior attempts to find a solution by addressing only one of these pathways. Following regulatory clearance, in 2022, we plan to advance a product candidate into a clinical trial. Our continued development activities will inform our view on the indications and development path to pursue.

 

   

Progress our DMD program into clinical development and advance our other rare muscle disease programs.  We are developing AOCs to treat the underlying cause of DMD. We employ oligonucleotides to promote the skipping of specific exons in order to address a number of specific mutations in the dystrophin gene. Our initial development efforts are expected to be in boys with DMD mutations amenable to skipping Exon 44, Exon 45 and Exon 51. In preclinical studies, we observed that treatment with an AOC caused an approximately 50-fold increase in exon skipping compared to the unconjugated oligonucleotide. In 2022,

 

101


Table of Contents
 

following regulatory clearance, we plan to commence a clinical trial. Our deep muscle pipeline is further supplemented by our efforts to explore the utility of AOCs in both FSHD and Pompe disease on the premise that our AOCs are well-suited to address muscle diseases caused by aberrant expression of a single gene.

 

   

Expand our pipeline into additional tissue and cell types.  In preclinical models, we have observed the ability to deliver AOCs not only to the liver, skeletal and cardiac muscle, but also to immune cells and other tissue and cell types. In regards to potential in immuno-oncology, in preclinical studies we observed significant AOC-mediated mRNA reduction in CD8+ and CD4+ tumor infiltrating lymphocytes and T-regs in vivo. These observations with respect to the specificity and selectivity of our AOCs are the basis for our interest in exploring the utility of our AOCs in immunology and also serve as the basis for our collaboration with Lilly. We plan to continue to invest in our AOC platform to explore the full potential of our AOCs in additional previously inaccessible tissue and cell types.

 

   

Independently commercialize any approved products in indications and geographies where we believe we can maximize value and pursue other options to realize the full potential of our platform.  We have a disciplined strategy to maximize the value of our pipeline by retaining development and commercialization rights to those product candidates, indications and geographies that we believe we can ultimately commercialize successfully on our own if they are approved. We plan to collaborate on product candidates that we believe have promising utility in disease areas or patient populations that are better served by the resources or specific expertise of other biopharmaceutical companies. Our collaboration with Lilly is an example of where we believe that the development of certain immunology targets is well served by a strategic collaboration.

Our AOC Product Platform

Overview

We are pioneering a new class of oligonucleotide-based therapies called Antibody Oligonucleotide Conjugates (AOCs) designed to overcome the current limitations of oligonucleotide therapies in order to treat a wide range of serious diseases. We utilize our proprietary AOC platform to design, engineer and develop therapeutics that combine the tissue selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and the precision of oligonucleotide therapies in order to access previously undruggable tissue and cell types and more effectively target underlying genetic drivers of diseases. All of our oligonucleotides target disease-related RNA. RNA is a polymeric molecule essential in the coding, decoding, regulation and expression of genes. We have accumulated deep experience regarding oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques. We collectively refer to the know-how and proprietary technology born out of this experience, and their systematic application in the design and development of our product candidates, as our AOC Platform.

Evolution of Oligonucleotide Therapeutics

Oligonucleotide therapeutics are typically short strands of modified RNA or DNA that are manufactured by chemical synthesis. They are designed, based on genomic information using Watson and Crick base pairing rules, to inhibit or modify the expression of specific disease-related proteins and RNAs. Because messenger RNA (mRNA) serves as the template for synthesis of all proteins, modulating the levels or function of a disease-related RNA alters the production of disease-associated proteins in a highly specific fashion which, in turn, alters disease processes. When delivered to the cells where the functional change is needed, oligonucleotides have been shown to be effective at modifying the molecular basis of the disease.

Considerable progress has been made toward harnessing the potential of oligonucleotides, and multiple oligonucleotide therapies have been approved for the treatment of several diseases. However,

 

102


Table of Contents

in light of their physical properties, such as their size and water solubility, effective systemic delivery of oligonucleotides to a broad range of cells and organs has been one of the most significant factors limiting their utility.

Single-stranded phosphorothioate oligonucleotides (often referred to as antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs)) bind nonspecifically to plasma and cell surface proteins. As a result, ASOs accumulate in the liver and the kidney as part of the natural filtering function of those organs. However, even when the liver is the target organ for delivery, the ASO’s non-specific binding and uptake results in most of the drug being delivered to non-parenchymal cells rather than the true target for therapeutic activity, hepatic parenchymal cells. As a result, many early ASO-based therapeutics were limited to organs where site-specific delivery to cells was an effective therapeutic approach, for example by intrathecal administration to the central nervous system (CNS) or by intravitreal administration to the retina.

Unlike ASOs, the physical properties of small interfering RNA (siRNA) and phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers (PMOs) render them so they can only weakly bind to either plasma or cell surface proteins. Thus, they are ultimately cleared rapidly from plasma by renal filtration, with fractional reabsorption in the kidney. If unconjugated, or unformulated, these oligonucleotides have minimal uptake into target organs. Therefore, they require high doses to be administered frequently that increase the potential for toxicity, while yielding limited activity.

Despite the limitations of these early unconjugated oligonucleotide technologies, companies have employed these approaches to commercialize oligonucleotide drugs that generated an aggregate of over two billion dollars of sales in 2019.

Following these early approaches, the field turned towards finding appropriate conjugates to aid in delivery of oligonucleotides in order to increase uptake. Third parties have conjugated PMO-based oligonucleotides to charged peptides in order to penetrate cells. These peptide PMOs (PPMOs) help increase uptake into cells such as muscle, but clearance remains relatively rapid and the accumulation of these highly-charged, cell penetrating peptides has been associated with renal functional changes. In clinical trials, these compounds have not yet demonstrated an improvement in efficacy over unconjugated PMOs or established a long-term safety profile.

More recently, researchers have begun to engage proteins on cell surfaces to enhance the delivery of oligonucleotides using a process called receptor-mediated uptake. Conjugating sugar molecules (GalNAc) to oligonucleotides in order to engage asiaglycoprotein (ASGPR), a transporter protein expressed primarily on the surface of hepatic parenchymal cells, facilitates intracellular delivery of oligonucleotide therapeutics, resulting in increased efficiency as compared to unconjugated oligonucleotides. The emerging preclinical and clinical data around the GalNAc-ASGPR approach and recent FDA approval of givosiran, which uses this approach, supports the thesis that receptor-mediated uptake is a viable delivery strategy for oligonucleotides therapies.

In order to increase the uptake of oligonucleotides, efforts have also been made to use antibody conjugates as a means of delivering oligonucleotides into cells. Antibodies are naturally occurring proteins produced by the immune system that first identify and then neutralize or clear antigens, such as bacteria, viruses and other substances, by selectively binding to these foreign substances. A mAb is a single, homogeneous entity that recognizes a specific molecular entity, for example a cell surface protein. Today, mAbs are frequently engineered for desired characteristics, such as high selectivity and high affinity for their target cell surface proteins and, therefore, theoretically could facilitate the trafficking of oligonucleotide therapeutics into those cells. However, we believe that others have tried and failed to make viable antibody conjugated oligonucleotides because of the failure to optimize each of the mAb, the oligonucleotide and the antibody conjugate design. Finding the right transport protein and the right mAb requires an understanding of whether there is sufficient density of

 

103


Table of Contents

the targeted cell surface receptor to move the required number of therapeutic molecules into the cell and how to traffic the therapeutic molecules appropriately.

Overall, we believe the advancements in the oligonucleotide field support the hypothesis that delivery of oligonucleotides can be greatly enhanced by using appropriate conjugates that are recognized by specific proteins on the surface of cells.

Our Approach

Our AOC platform was developed out of our deep experience with oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques. Based on the data-driven hypothesis that the delivery of oligonucleotides can be greatly enhanced by using antibodies as conjugates, our scientists have established a framework for screening potential cell surface protein-mAb pairs to determine which pairs we believe are well suited to deliver active oligonucleotides to specific cell types. We have identified multiple cell surface protein-mAb pairs that can deliver oligonucleotides into various tissue and cell types to induce pharmacologic changes. For example, we have employed AOCs built on a scaffold of a mAb or mAb fragment that binds with high selectivity and affinity to transferrin receptor 1 (TfR1) to deliver oligonucleotides to cell types outside of the liver, in particular to muscle.

Our AOC platform also affords us the option to deploy various types of oligonucleotides, including siRNAs and PMOs, whose specific mechanisms of action modify RNA function in different ways. This flexibility allows us to use oligonucleotides that are tailored to modulate a given disease process. Mechanisms of these oligonucleotides can range from reducing the expression of a disease-related RNA with siRNAs, to correction of aberrant processing of RNAs with splice modifying oligonucleotides.

In preclinical studies, our AOCs have demonstrated pharmacologic responses as measured by mRNA reduction in liver, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, B- and T-cells and lymphocyte subsets, as well as macrophages (see Figure 1 below).

Figure 1: Percent Reduction of Target Gene Expression

 

LOGO

Different AOCs and controls were used in each cell type, which were studied independently. The mAb/siRNA for each tissue are as follows: Liver: ASGPR/Factor VII; Muscle/Heart: TfR1/myostatin; B Cells: TfR1/HPRT; Tregs: mAbx/HPRT; CD8+TILs: TfR1/SHP2; and Macrophages: Aby/HPRT.

Our AOC Platform Proprietary Chemistry

Successfully engineering an active AOC requires a sophisticated understanding of the precise characteristics of each of the components of the AOC, as well as their behavior when acting in concert. We have deployed significant know-how towards optimizing our AOCs, beginning with their individual oligonucleotide and mAb components.

 

104


Table of Contents

Optimization of the oligonucleotide. We have engineered our oligonucleotides to maximize their stability, potency and specificity. For many of our applications, the oligonucleotide we employ is a double-stranded siRNA, comprised of a passenger and guide strand. Modifications to the passenger strand are designed to reduce loading into the RNA Induced Silencing Complex (RISC), decreasing inadvertent RNA interference (RNAi) activity. In comparison, modifications to the guide strand, also known as the active strand, are designed to enhance RISC loading, increasing the potential for matching sequences in newly transcribed RNA. Following a match, enzymes in the RISC will cleave the targeted mRNA, thereby effectively destroying it and reducing disease-related RNA levels (see Figure 2 below). Our siRNAs have been stabilized to withstand the nucleases in lysosomes, enhancing their ability to escape the lysosome after AOC internalization and antibody degradation.

Figure 2: Mechanisms of Action of Oligonucleotides Used in our AOCs

 

LOGO

In preclinical studies, we observed that AOCs in circulation were stable for at least seven days. The biologic activity of the AOC was independent of plasma circulation times because the AOCs were cleared from plasma more rapidly than tissues. Once delivered into cells, our oligonucleotide therapeutics were stabilized and, particularly when loaded into the RISC, had prolonged activity. In mice treated with our AOC, the half-life of siRNA in muscle tissue was approximately 12 days (see left panel of Figure 3 below). In comparison, the half-life of siRNA in RISC had a projected half-life of approximately 80 days, suggesting that, once in tissues, the siRNA is stabilized in RISC, prolonging the duration of action (see right panel of Figure 3 below).

Figure 3: Half-life of siRNA in Mice Muscle Tissue and RISC

 

LOGO

Ln represents the logarithm of tissue concentration.

 

105


Table of Contents

We believe that chemical modifications to the siRNA drive their long-lived pharmacologic activity. We observed that a single dose of 3 mg/kg of an siRNA in an AOC administered to mice reduced the level of muscle RING-finger protein-1 (MuRF1), the targeted mRNA in muscle, for more than five months (see Figure 4 below). We believe that these results suggest that AOCs for muscle diseases may be given as infrequent intravenous doses similar to those that are being used with other siRNA therapeutics in the liver.

Figure 4: Duration of Response to Single 3 mg/kg Dose

 

LOGO

Data are expressed as mean (SE) compared to saline controls.

Optimization of the mAb. Because the mAb is the key delivery agent for our oligonucleotides, we are focused on identifying and tailoring mAbs to enhance their selectivity and minimize toxicity. For example, all our muscle programs employ our proprietary, effector function null, fully humanized IgG1 mAb targeting human TfR1. This antibody was selected to minimize interference with transferrin binding, minimizing alterations of iron uptake by the targeted cells. Further, our antibody is selective to TfR1 and does not cross-react with TfR2, which is widely expressed in the liver. Selectivity of our anti-transferrin receptor antibody for human and cynomolgus monkey TfR1 can be attributed to our antibody binding domain, to an epitope that is conserved between human TfR1 and cynomolgus monkey TfR1. To minimize antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement fixation, we introduced mutations to eliminate effector functions. Reduction of ADCC has been shown for the lead clones. The final clone-expressing cell was selected based on high production yields and optimized physical and chemical properties. The selected mAb demonstrated good delivery into human skeletal muscle cells in vitro and favorable bioconjugation with an siRNA, and polyclonal versions of the mAb showed favorable delivery and pharmacodynamics in studies in cynomolgus monkeys.

 

106


Table of Contents

Optimization of the antibody conjugate design. In addition to the oligonucleotide and the mAb, we have also optimized the conjugation of the two, including the linker. Our linkers are optimized for stability and durability, as evidenced by preclinical studies in which we observed enhanced stability of some linkers over others (see Figure 5 below).

Figure 5: AOCs with Different Linkers at 0.5 mg/kg

 

LOGO

In addition to optimizing our linker, we optimize several other key aspects including sites of conjugation and the ratio of oligonucleotides to antibodies.

Advantages of our AOC Product Platform

We believe that the product candidates derived from our AOC platform will have the potential to offer the following distinct advantages:

 

   

Expand scope of diseases addressable with oligonucleotides: (i) utilize identified cell surface protein-antibody pairs to design oligonucleotides in order to address various previously undruggable tissue and cell types to induce pharmacologic changes in those tissues and cells; (ii) flexibility to deploy an appropriate oligonucleotide type for different diseases; and (iii) optimize all structural components of our AOCs for effective delivery—the oligonucleotide, the mAb and the antibody conjugate design.

 

   

Potential to mitigate toxicity by limiting drug exposure: (i) selection of the most potent oligonucleotide type; (ii) targeted delivery to tissues and cells; and (iii) infrequent administration.

 

   

Less frequent dosing: (i) ability to deliver oligonucleotides to tissues and cells at concentrations that produce pronounced and prolonged pharmacodynamic effects as observed in our preclinical models; and (ii) ability to select appropriate oligonucleotide mechanisms to maximize durability.

 

   

Readily reproducible and scalable: (i) AOCs synthesized using well-established and scalable methods for manufacturing mAbs and oligonucleotides; and (ii) ability to use a single mAb across multiple programs provides significant leverage around development costs and timelines associated with each incremental muscle program. For example, we use the same mAb targeting TfR1 across all our muscle programs.

 

107


Table of Contents

Our Development Programs

We have leveraged our deep experience with oligonucleotide therapeutics, modulation of RNA processes, antibody engineering and conjugation, and drug delivery techniques to build a pipeline of AOC development programs. Leveraging our access to extensive mAb libraries and our framework for screening potential cell surface protein-mAb pairs, we have studied over 100 different mAbs and dozens of siRNA sequences to form the basis of our growing pipeline. The chart below represents a summary of our wholly owned development programs, which are focused on muscle disease:

 

LOGO

In addition to our wholly owned programs in muscle disease, we also have development efforts focused on immune and other cell types. Under the Lilly Agreement, we are collaborating with Lilly for the discovery, development and commercialization of AOCs directed to up to six selected mRNA targets, in immunology and other select indications outside of muscle.

Our Muscle Disease Franchise

We have selected muscle as the first tissue type in which to explore the potential of our AOCs. In our early screening efforts, we observed a 95% reduction of target gene expression in mouse skeletal muscle with the AOC we tested, which in part led us to focus on developing a deep pipeline of AOCs that are designed to address five muscle diseases—DM1, muscle atrophy, DMD, FSHD and Pompe disease. We use the same proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 across our muscle programs, which we believe gives us significant leverage of development costs and timelines associated with each incremental muscle program.

AOC 1001 for the Treatment of Myotonic Dystrophy Type 1 (DM1)

Our lead product candidate, AOC 1001, is a potentially disease-modifying treatment for DM1. AOC 1001 consists of a proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 conjugated with an siRNA that is designed to reduce levels of dystrophy myotonic protein kinase (DMPK) RNA, the gene product that when mutated causes DM1. In preclinical studies in mice and cynomolgus monkeys, we observed the ability of AOC 1001 to deliver siRNAs to muscle cells and reduce the levels of DMPK RNA. We expect to submit an IND for AOC 1001 in 2021 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial by the end of the same year. Due to the lack of available therapies for this rare disease, should our trial be successful, we plan to explore the potential to advance AOC 1001 into registrational trials in order to expedite availability of AOC 1001 to patients.

 

108


Table of Contents

Disease Overview

DM1 is a monogenic, autosomal dominant, progressive disease that primarily affects skeletal and cardiac muscle. DM1 patients can suffer from various manifestations of the disease including myotonia and muscle weakness, respiratory problems, fatigue, hypersomnia, cardiac abnormalities, severe gastrointestinal (GI) complications, and cognitive and behavioral impairment.

DM1 is caused by an increase in the number of CUG triplet repeats found in the 3’ non-coding region of the DMPK gene product. The number of repeats ranges from up to approximately 35 in healthy individuals to many thousands in DM1 patients. The higher than normal number of CUG repeats form large hairpin loops that entrap the DMPK pre-mRNA in the nucleus and impart toxic activity, referred to as a toxic gain-of-function. Specifically, mutant DMPK pre-mRNA sequesters a critical CUG-binding protein, muscle blind-like protein (MBNL), forming nuclear foci and inhibiting its ability to perform its normal function of guiding pre-mRNA processing of gene transcripts from many other genes. As a result, multiple pre-mRNAs that encode key proteins are mis-processed. The resulting atypical proteins that are translated ultimately cause DM1. When DMPK and CUG levels are reduced as result of DPMK mRNA level reductions, nuclear foci are diminished and MBNL can perform its normal function. This disease process is illustrated in Figure 6 below.

Figure 6: DM1 Disease Process

 

LOGO

DM1 is estimated to affect over 40,000 people in the United States and there are similar prevalence estimates for Europe. However, we believe that, consistent with other rare diseases, the patient population is currently underdiagnosed due to lack of available therapies. DM1 is highly variable with respect to disease severity, presentation, and age of onset. As we advance our own efforts to better characterize the actual DM1 patient population and as the diagnoses rate improves with the advent of new therapies, we believe that the overall prevalence estimates will increase. Based on age of onset and severity of symptoms, DM1 is typically categorized into four overlapping phenotypes: late-onset; classical (adult-onset); childhood; and congenital (cDM1).

All forms of DM1, except the late-onset form, are associated with high levels of disease burden and premature mortality. Excluding neonatal cDM1 deaths, life expectancy ranges from 45 years to 60 years. Seventy percent of early mortality is caused by cardiorespiratory complications. Respiratory failure due to muscle weakness (especially diaphragmatic weakness), causes at least 40% of early mortality, and cardiac abnormalities, including sudden death, account for approximately 30%. The clinical course of DM1 is usually slowly progressive, but may become extremely disabling, especially when more generalized limb weakness and respiratory muscle involvement develops. Systemic manifestations such as fatigue, GI complications, incontinence and excessive daytime sleepiness greatly impact a patient’s quality of life. As a result, DM1 leads to physical impairment, activity limitations and decreased participation in social activities and work.

 

109


Table of Contents

Table 2: DM1 Phenotypes

 

Phenotype

  

Principal Clinical Signs

  

Estimated % of
DM1 Patients
(Approx.)

  

Age of Onset

Late-onset   

Myotonia

 

Mild muscle weakness

 

 

Cataracts

   <10%    20-70 years

Classical

(Adult-onset)

  

Muscle weakness and wasting

 

Myotonia

 

Cardiac conduction abnormalities

 

Respiratory insufficiency

 

Fatigue/Excessive daytime sleepiness

 

GI disturbance

 

Cataracts

   75%    10-30 years
Childhood   

Psychosocial problems

 

Low IQ

 

Incontinence

   <10%    1 to 10 years
Congenital (cDM1)   

Infantile hypotonia

 

Severe generalized weakness

 

Respiratory deficits

 

Intellectual disability

 

Classic signs present in adults

   15%    Birth

Current Treatment Landscape and Limitations

There are currently no approved therapies to treat DM1, and treatment is focused largely on symptom management. Due to the well-known challenges of delivery, a previous attempt at treating DM1 with an unconjugated antisense oligonucleotide was discontinued. Therefore, there remains a high unmet medical need for new disease modifying therapies.

Tideglusib, an inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase 3 (GSK3-ß), is in late-stage clinical development for the cDM1. Another product candidate, ERX-963, is in a Phase 1 clinical trial for the treatment of excessive daytime sleepiness in DM1 patients. However, neither product candidate addresses the underlying genetic cause of the DM1. We are also aware of preclinical efforts in gene therapy for the treatment of DM1.

Our Solution

AOC 1001 consists of a proprietary mAb that binds to TfR1 conjugated with an siRNA, siDMPK.19, targeted to DMPK RNA, and is designed to be administered to the patient as an intravenous infusion. We believe that the following specific characteristics of AOC 1001 position it to have advantages over historical and current efforts to develop an effective therapy for DM1 patients:

 

 

Addresses the underlying cause of the disease—DM1 is caused by an increase in the number of CUG triplet repeats occurring in the DMPK gene product. AOC 1001 is designed to inhibit the level of toxic DMPK RNA, thereby reducing the CUG burden in the nucleus and thereby releasing MBNL to allow for normal mRNA processing (see Figures 7 and 8 below).

 

 

Efficient delivery of drug substance to diseased cells—In an effort to solve for challenges identified in prior unsuccessful efforts to deliver an unconjugated oligonucleotide into muscle cells, the TfR1 antibody component of AOC 1001 facilitates efficient delivery of AOC 1001 to skeletal and cardiac

 

110


Table of Contents
 

muscle cells. Once inside the muscle cells, the siRNA component of AOC 1001, siDMPK.19, acts to reduce levels of DMPK mRNA in both the nucleus and the cytoplasm. In preclinical studies in cynomolgus monkeys, we observed that treatment with an AOC containing siDMPK.19 produced a greater than 50% reduction of DMPK mRNA across a wide range of skeletal muscles at a concentration of 1 nM or less, approximately 1,000 fold more potent than has been reported for an unconjugated antisense oligonucleotide. We also observed reductions in DMPK mRNA in the GI tract.

 

 

Reproducible and scalable therapeutic—As with all our AOCs, AOC 1001 is readily synthesized using well-established and scalable methods for manufacturing mAbs and oligonucleotides.

Our preclinical studies to date support our hypotheses on the potential advantages of AOC 1001. In in vitro experiments in cells from patients with DM1, after treatment with siDMPK.19, we observed reductions in nuclear foci, and a return to more normal splicing patterns for key genes. Additionally, marked and prolonged reduction in DMPK mRNA levels was observed in cynomolgus monkeys after administration of a single intravenous dose of an AOC consisting of the lead TfR1-Ab conjugated to siDMPK.19. Treatment in these monkeys was well-tolerated and no clinically meaningful changes in hematology, serum biochemistry or histology were observed at a dose of 6 mg/kg. Taken together, we believe these data suggest that AOC 1001 has potential to be a disease modifying therapy for the treatment of DM1, and has the potential advantage of infrequent administration.

Preclinical Data and Next Steps

We have observed dose-dependent and long-lasting reductions in the levels of DMPK in cynomolgus monkeys. We observed that a single dose of 2 mg/kg of siDMPK.19 included in AOC 1001 produced an approximately 75% reduction of DMPK mRNA in skeletal muscles from cynomolgus monkeys (see Figure 7 below). Similar effects were observed in cardiac muscle and the diaphragm, where we observed between a 50% to greater than 75% reduction in DMPK levels with single doses of 1 to 5 mg/kg of siDMPK.19 measured six weeks after administration (see left panel of Figure 8 below). Durability of response in the heart and diaphragm was observed in monkeys administered a single dose of 2 mg/kg where there were approximately 50% and 65% reductions in DMPK mRNA levels in cardiac muscle and diaphragm, respectively, 12 weeks after administration (see right panel of Figure 8 below).

Figure 7: DMPK mRNA Levels in Skeletal Muscle from Cynomolgus Monkey

After a Single Dose of 2mg/kg of siDMPK.19

 

LOGO

 

111


Table of Contents

Figure 8: DMPK mRNA Levels in Heart and Diaphragm

 

LOGO

In preclinical studies in cynomolgus monkeys, we observed that treatment with an AOC containing siDMPK.19 produced a greater than 50% reduction of DMPK mRNA across a wide range of skeletal muscles at a concentration of 1 nM or less and we also observed reductions in DMPK mRNA in the jejunum and ileum (see Figure 9 below).

Figure 9: DMPK mRNA Expression in Skeletal Muscle and GI Tissue

 

LOGO

 

112


Table of Contents

LOGO

There is substantial evidence that siRNA is active in the nucleus of cells and we believe that our RISC-based mechanism is preferable over other strategies. In preclinical studies, we observed that DM1 patient cells have approximately 30-times more metastasis associated lung adenocarcinoma transcript 1 (Malat1), a long non-coding RNA in the nucleus than in the cytoplasm. In incubation of DM1 patient cells with an siRNA targeting two different concentrations of Malat1, we observed reductions in the levels of Malat1, consistent with the literature. We also observed that incubating DM1 patient cells with siDMPK.19 for seven hours reduced levels of the DMPK mRNA in both the nucleus and the cytoplasm as compared to a control (see Figure 10 below).

Figure 10: Nuclear and Cytoplasmic DMPK mRNA Levels in DM1 Patient-Derived Muscle Cells

 

LOGO

Because siRNA is active in the nucleus, we observed in preclinical studies that it is possible to reduce the number of MBNL-associated nuclear foci after incubation with siDMPK.19. Using fluorescence microscopy, we observed that incubation of DM1 patient cells with siDMPK.19 resulted in a release of the MBNL and quantifiable reductions in nuclear foci. In addition, we observed substantial improvements in disease-related biomarkers as measured by the splice score in the cells of DM1 patients following treatment with siDMPK.19. We used RNA-sequence (RNA-seq) analysis of the myotubes from DM1 patients to create a splice score for control human subjects’ cells treated with siDMPK.19 or the inactive siRNA, siDMPK.29. When patient myotubes were analyzed, there was a marked improvement in the splice score of the myotubes treated with the siDMPK.19 compared to the inactive siDMPK.29 (see Figure 11 below). The splice signature approached that of control myotubes.

 

113


Table of Contents

Figure 11: Correction of Treatment Signature in DM1 Myotubes as Determined by RNA-seq

 

LOGO

Splice score of treated DM1 myotubes was observed to be improved towards normal by incubation with siDMPK.19 (blue open circles). Mock treated DM1 myotubes (open black diamonds) show the full splice derangement. The filled circles represent the splice scores in myotubes from normal subjects treated with siDMPK. The filled black diamonds represent mock transfected myotubes from healthy individuals.

These data above demonstrating marked and prolonged reductions in levels of DMPK mRNA expression, nM potency, along with reductions in nuclear foci and a return to more normal splicing patterns for key genes, suggest that AOC 1001 has potential to be a potent, infrequently dosed, disease modifying therapy in DM1. The mAb targeting TfR1 conjugated with siDMPK.19 dosed in monkeys has been well tolerated and no clinically meaningful changes in hematology, serum biochemistry or histology have been observed after administration of a dose of 6 mg/kg.

We are currently conducting toxicity studies in preparation for clinical development. We plan to submit an IND in 2021 and expect to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial by the end of the same year. Initially we plan to evaluate multiple dose levels of AOC 1001 in adult-onset patients with genetically confirmed DM1 who have measurable muscle strength deficits. We will assess several measures including safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and exploratory clinical measures associated with AOC 1001. We also plan to explore the potential of AOC 1001 in the cDM1 and childhood onset patient populations. Because AOC 1001 targets the underlying cause of DM1 by reducing the level of mutant DMPK mRNA in muscle and heart tissue regardless of the number of CUG repeats, we believe it has the potential to clinically benefit all phenotypes of DM1 patients.

Our Muscle Atrophy Program

We are in the process of selecting a product candidate for the treatment of muscle atrophy. Our product candidate will consist of our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1 conjugated with an siRNA designed to downregulate the expression of MuRF1 RNA. By targeting MuRF1, a muscle-specific ubiquitin ligase (E3 ligase) that has been shown by third parties to be upregulated upon induction of muscle atrophy, we are developing a solution employing common effectors of both the catabolic and anabolic pathways associated with the degradation of protein in muscle cells. While several historical attempts at developing a therapy to treat muscle atrophy have failed, those attempts followed a different approach than we are taking. In preclinical studies, we observed that a single 3 mg/kg dose of the siRNA in our AOC resulted in a greater than 50% reduction of MuRF1 in gastrocnemius skeletal muscle for over 20 weeks. Following regulatory clearance, we plan to advance our product candidate

 

114


Table of Contents

into a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2022. The strength and scope of emerging data over this period will inform our view on ideal indications to pursue for advanced development and therefore, also our decision on the most appropriate future development path for our muscle atrophy product candidate.

Disease Overview

Muscle atrophy is the loss of skeletal muscle mass that leads to muscle weakness and physical disability. Muscle atrophy can be caused by immobility, aging, malnutrition, medications, or a wide range of injuries or diseases that impact the musculoskeletal or nervous system. Examples of diseases that cause muscle atrophy include those characterized by large patient populations such as sarcopenia and cachexia, as well as many rare genetic muscle diseases.

Muscle atrophy is caused by a change in the balance between catabolic (protein breakdown) and anabolic (protein synthesis) signals that activate pro-inflammatory cytokine pathways that induce protein degradation or inhibit growth factor pathways that promote protein synthesis, respectively (see Figure 12 below). Genetic profiling of atrophic muscles has identified a group of E3 ligases that are upregulated upon induction of muscle atrophy. Of these, the muscle-specific E3 ligase MuRF1 has been shown to be upregulated in most in vivo models, as well as in clinical trials. Inhibiting MuRF1 expression diminishes the impact from the pro inflammatory factor side of the pathway and diminishes the growth-inhibiting effects of the growth factor pathway (see Figure 12 below). Furthermore, genetic ablation of MuRF1 in mice has been shown by third parties to render muscles partially resistant to muscle atrophy.

Figure 12: Pathways for the Induction of Muscle Atrophy

 

LOGO

The prevalence of muscle atrophy is widespread, spanning multiple diseases and conditions. Cachexia, a muscle wasting syndrome caused by an underlying disease such as cancer, is estimated to affect 50% to 80% of all cancer patients, and contributes to a significant portion of all cancer deaths. Sarcopenia is another disease characterized by the involuntary loss of muscle, typically associated with the aging process. In the United States, sarcopenia is estimated to affect 5% to 13% of people aged 60 years to 70 years and up to 50% of people aged over 80 years.

Current Treatment Landscape and Limitations

Current treatments for muscle atrophy primarily focus on nutritional intake and physical exercise. Historically, attempts to develop a therapy addressing the underlying disease have included anti-inflammatory agents and drugs that either activate protein synthesis (including myostatin inhibitors) or inhibit protein degradation. None of these approaches have been successful in clinical trials. We

 

115


Table of Contents

believe that these approaches failed in clinical trials because they focused on single pathways and on the regulation of either catabolic or anabolic mechanisms. Muscle atrophy involves multiple pathways and the simultaneous activation and inhibition of catabolic and anabolic mechanisms, respectively. Contrary to previous attempts, by targeting E3 ligases such as MuRF1, we are regulating common effectors of both the catabolic and anabolic pathways involved in the induction of muscle atrophy.

Preclinical Data and Next Steps

In a commonly used model of muscle atrophy (denervation), pre-treatment of mice with an AOC comprised of the mouse mAb targeting TfR1 conjugated with an siRNA targeted against MuRF1 (at 6 mg/kg) showed a 54% sparing of muscle cross sectional area (CSA) on Day 28 after dosing (see left panel of Figure 13 below) and 35% sparing of weight (see right panel of Figure 13 below) on Day 17 compared to mice treated with an AOC with a control siRNA. The results of this study replicate data from the same model in mice with MuRF1 genetically ablated.

Figure 13: Impact of Downregulation of MuRF1 on Denervation-Induced Muscle Atrophy in Mice

 

LOGO

The duration of action of an siRNA against MuRF1 delivered as an AOC was observed to be prolonged in preclinical studies. After a single dose of 3 mg/kg of siRNA against MuRF1, we observed a greater than 50% reduction of MuRF1 mRNA in gastrocnemius skeletal muscle compared to control, which lasted longer than 20 weeks in the heart and even longer in skeletal muscle (see Figure 14 below).

Figure 14: Single 3 mg/kg Dose of siRNA Against MuRF1

 

LOGO

Data are expressed as mean (SE) compared to saline controls.

We are currently in the process of selecting a product candidate to advance into clinical development. Following additional preparatory preclinical studies and regulatory clearance, we plan to advance our product candidate into a clinical trial.

 

116


Table of Contents

The strength and scope of emerging data over this period will inform our view on ideal indications to pursue and the most appropriate future development path for our muscle atrophy product candidate. Should we determine that our product candidate is best used for muscle atrophy associated with certain rare diseases, we will likely retain rights for later stage development and potential commercialization. Should we find that its utility is best served in diseases underpinned by large patient populations, we may elect to leverage the resources or specific expertise of another biopharmaceutical company via a strategic collaboration.

Our Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy (DMD) Programs

We are developing AOCs to treat the underlying cause of DMD. DMD is caused by mutations in the gene that encodes for dystrophin, a protein critical for the normal function of muscle cells. The oligonucleotides in our AOCs are designed to promote the skipping of specific exons to allow the production of the dystrophin gene product. We are focusing our initial efforts on the development of AOCs for mutations amenable to skipping Exon 44, Exon 45 and Exon 51 and we intend to conjugate these individual oligonucleotides to our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1. In preclinical studies, we observed that treatment of an mdx mouse with an AOC caused a greater than 50-fold increase in exon skipping compared to an equimolar dose of the unconjugated oligonucleotide. In 2022, following regulatory clearance, we plan to commence a clinical trial.

Disease Overview

DMD is a monogenic, X-linked, recessive disease caused by mutations in the gene that encodes for dystrophin. DMD almost exclusively occurs in boys and is progressive, irreversible and ultimately fatal. In DMD patients, mutations in the affected gene hinder the production of normal levels of dystrophin protein, which is needed to maintain the integrity of muscle fibers. Dystrophin protein acts as a shock absorber through its role as the foundation of the dystrophin associated glycoprotein complex (DAPC), a group of proteins that connects the inner and outer elements of muscle cells to ensure proper muscle function. The absence of functional dystrophin leads to stresses and tears of muscle cell membranes, resulting in muscle cell death and the progressive loss of muscle function.

For patients suffering from DMD, symptoms usually begin to manifest between three and five years of age. Affected boys fail to reach developmental milestones or experience motor function challenges, such as difficulty walking or climbing stairs. Muscle wasting initially presents in the legs and pelvic area and later affects the muscles of the shoulders, neck and arms. As the disease progresses, patients with DMD fall frequently, can no longer run, play sports or perform most daily functions, and are further weakened by physical activity. By their early teens, DMD patients typically lose their ability to walk and become dependent on a wheelchair for mobility. By their twenties, patients essentially become paralyzed from the neck down and require a ventilator to breathe. Though disease severity and life expectancy vary, a patient’s quality of life dramatically decreases over time, and death typically occurs by early adulthood from either cardiac or respiratory complications.

DMD occurs in approximately one in every 3,500 to 5,000 live male births and is estimated to affect 10,000 to 15,000 people in the United States. The estimated prevalence of DMD in the European Union is similar to or higher than that in the United States. A global database analysis characterized over 7,000 genetic mutations that cause DMD. Exons 44, 45 and 51 represent approximately 30% of the total mutations observed in DMD that are amenable to skipping (see Figure 15 below).

 

117


Table of Contents

Figure 15: Overview of DMD Exons Amenable to Skipping

 

LOGO

Current Treatment Landscape and Limitations

Currently patients with DMD are treated with corticosteroids to manage the inflammatory component of the disease. There are two approved unconjugated phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer (PMO)-based oligonucleotide therapies, each addressing a specific mutation—eteplirsen approved for DMD patients amenable to Exon 51 skipping and golodirsen for the treatment of DMD patients amenable to Exon 53 skipping. However, both drugs, in addition to requiring weekly intravenous infusions, have demonstrated a less than 1% mean increase in dystrophin in clinical trials. The FDA approved labels for both drugs state that a clinical benefit has not yet been established and continued approval may be contingent upon the verification of such clinical benefit in confirmatory clinical trials. Ataluren is a small molecule drug, conditionally approved in the European Union, Iceland and South Korea for non-sense mutations in DMD in ambulatory patients aged five years and older. However, in multiple clinical trials, ataluren failed to meet the both the primary endpoint of improvements in the six-minute walk test, as well as additional secondary outcome measures. The FDA issued a complete response letter for ataluren in October 2017, requesting additional evidence of effectiveness. Additional approaches currently in clinical development include peptide-conjugated PMO-based oligonucleotides (PPMOs) and gene therapy.

Our Solution

Our initial development efforts in DMD are focused on AOCs based on PMOs that can induce exon skipping specifically for Exons 44, 45 and 51 conjugated to our proprietary mAb targeting TfR1. We believe that our AOCs have the potential to increase the production of dystrophin in DMD patients for two reasons. First, because of recent advances in the understanding of the splicing process and placement of skipping agents on pre-mRNA described in published literature and based on these advances, we have screened for and identified PMOs with optimized skipping activity. Second, the mAb targeting TfR1 allows for more efficient delivery to muscle cells, therefore allowing for better uptake of the PMO. In preclinical studies, we also observed that our TfR1-based AOCs induced exon skipping in cardiac muscle, which we believe may address some of the cardiomyopathies in patients with DMD, a key complication of the disease. Based on their mechanism of action, we believe that our AOCs could have utility in several additional DMD mutations beyond these first three.

Preclinical Data and Next Steps

In an mdx mouse model of DMD, a widely accepted mouse model in DMD, we observed that conjugating an oligonucleotide designed to bind to a specific exon can induce exon skipping and production of dystrophin protein more efficiently than unconjugated oligonucleotides. Fourteen days following treatment with a single 8mg/kg dose of a mouse Exon 23-targeting PMO conjugated to a

 

118


Table of Contents

mouse-specific-mAb targeting TfR1, we observed an approximately 50-fold increase in the degree of splice switching as compared to an equimolar dose of the unconjugated PMO (see Figure 16 below).

Figure 16: AOC Treatment Exon Skipping

Compared to an Unconjugated Oligonucleotide in Mouse DMD Model

 

LOGO

In the gastrocnemius of mdx mice treated with varying doses of the AOC, we observed near-maximum benefit at concentrations of approximately 50-100 nM, providing us with a framework for establishing target concentration in clinical trials (see Figure 17 below). We further observed that administering the PMO conjugated to a control non-binding mAb failed to increase splice skipping to the same degree as conjugating the same oligonucleotide to the mAb targeting TfR1 (see Figure 17 below), despite achieving concentrations of PMO in the muscle in the active range of 50-100 nM. The absence of meaningful skipping with a non-targeting mAb demonstrated that non-specific uptake is inefficient compared to receptor-mediated uptake associated with the mAb targeting TfR1. We have also observed that TfR1-based AOCs induce exon skipping in cardiac muscle, which we believe may address some of the cardiomyopathies in patients with DMD.

Figure 17: Exon Skipping versus Concentration After Treatment

with a TfR1 mAb AOC or Control mAb AOC

 

LOGO

The PMO conjugated to a non-targeting mAb (black square) allowed for uptake into muscle, but skipping was substantially less compared to the TfR1 targeted AOC.

 

119


Table of Contents

In a preclinical study of human primary myocytes incubated with two different unconjugated PMOs (44 Seq 5 and 44 Seq 7), we observed substantial skipping of Exon 44 of dystrophin (see Figure 18 below).

Figure 18: Dystrophin Skipping with Lead Candidates for Exon 44

 

LOGO

Our Facioscapulohumeral Muscular Dystrophy (FSHD) Program

FSHD is one of the most common forms of muscular dystrophy and affects both sexes equally, with onset typically in teenage and young adult years. FSHD is characterized by progressive skeletal muscle loss that initially causes weakness in muscles in the face, shoulders, arms and trunk and progresses to weakness in muscles in lower extremities and the pelvic girdle. FSHD is caused by aberrant expression of a gene, double homeobox 4 (DUX4), in adult skeletal muscle. DUX4 is the major molecular signature that distinguishes muscle tissue affected by FSHD from healthy muscle.

The FSH Society estimated FSHD affects approximately one in 20,000 people in the United States. A recent study conducted in the Netherlands reported a more frequent prevalence of one in 8,333 people. We believe that the patient population is between 16,000 to 38,000 in the United States. As is typical in diseases with no approved therapies, we believe that these patient population estimates are conservative. Losmapimod is a p38 MAPK inhibitor, which may modulate DUX4 expression, and is being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial by a third party. Creatine monohydrate, a supplement that enhances muscle performance, is also being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial by a third party. Our therapeutic strategy in FSHD is to use an AOC based on our proprietary mAb that targets TfR1 to deliver an siRNA targeted to the DUX4 mRNA. In preclinical models, we observed siRNA-mediated DUX4 silencing in FSHD patient-derived muscle cells.

Our Pompe Disease Program

Pompe disease is a rare, autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disease caused by a mutation in the gene that encodes for glucosidase alpha acid (GAA) that results in the buildup of glycogen in the body’s cells. The accumulation of glycogen in certain organs and tissues, especially muscles, impairs normal tissue and organ function. Patients with Pompe disease experience serious muscle-related problems, including progressive muscle weakness, especially in the legs, trunk and diaphragm. As the disorder progresses, breathing problems can lead to respiratory failure. To date, more than 300 mutations have been identified in GAA that are pathogenic in nature. In general, GAA enzyme activity correlates with the age of onset and rate of progression. Pompe disease affects an estimated one in 40,000 people in the United States, ranging from one in 14,000 in African Americans to one in 100,000 in individuals of European decent. Pompe disease is estimated to affect between 5,000 and 10,000 patients worldwide.

The only approved therapy for Pompe disease is Lumizyme, a form of enzyme replacement therapy (ERT), known as Myozyme outside of the United States, which is delivered by bi-weekly

 

120


Table of Contents

intravenous infusion. However, ERT does not adequately address the breakdown of muscle tissue associated with the disease. We are also aware of gene therapies in clinical development designed to increase GAA levels in patients.

Our program in Pompe disease utilizes an AOC based on our mAb that targets TfR1 to deliver an siRNA targeting the mRNA encoding glycogen synthetase 1 (GYS1), a protein required for the synthesis of glycogen in muscle. Reducing glycogen synthesis in muscle will reduce the toxic accumulation of glycogen in the disease. We believe that an siRNA-based approach is well suited to the treatment of Pompe disease because of the ability to specifically inhibit GYS1 and not the closely related liver form of the enzyme, glycogen synthetase 2, the latter being critical to glucose regulation in the body. We believe that our approach to address the breakdown of muscle tissue associated with Pompe disease may be complementary to ERT, as well as future gene therapies.

Opportunities in Immunology and Other Areas

We intend to pursue the development of AOCs in other tissue and cell types, including immune cells. In the field of immunology, we believe AOCs have the potential to target a broader set of cell types and diseases than traditional oligonucleotide therapies. We believe oligonucleotide therapies have the potential to address the challenges of immune responses at the RNA level; however, the ability to modulate immune responses has been hampered by the inappropriate delivery of these agents to immune cells. By identifying and optimizing antibodies for specific immune cells, our goal is to leverage our AOC platform to develop product candidates that can deliver siRNAs to disease-driving subsets of immune cells.

In studies designed to explore AOCs in immuno-oncology, we observed significant AOC-mediated mRNA reduction in CD8+ tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs) in vivo in the syngeneic CT-26 tumor model with an intravenous dose of 6 mg/kg siRNA. However, we observed that the AOCs had no effect on the mRNA levels in T or B cells in the spleen (see Figure 19 below), suggesting that activity can be limited to only the cell populations involved in immune-responses to tumors without affecting lymphocytes outside the tumor. We believe this specificity was driven by the fact that the AOC employed our mAb targeting TfR1, and TfR1 is over expressed only on activated lymphocytes. We also observed significant AOC-mediated mRNA reduction in CD4+ TILs and T-regs from mice treated with an AOC comprised of a mAb targeting TfR1 and an siRNA targeting SHP2.

Figure 19: Target mRNA Levels in CD8+ TILs, Splenic T Cells and Splenic B Cells from Mice Treated in vivo with an AOC

 

LOGO

We have also identified a mAb that binds to macrophages specifically, and when conjugated with an siRNA, produces reduction in levels of the target mRNA in that cell both in vitro and in vivo. We believe this finding supports the development of AOCs for diseases where macrophages play a

 

121


Table of Contents

significant role, like autoimmune disorders. We are in the process of generating data to demonstrate the pharmacologic effects of siRNA reduction in animal models of immune disorders, which will help inform our future development plans. Our internal efforts are focused on finding additional surface protein-mAb pairs and demonstrating reduction in the expression of key targets in subsets of immune cells. As we identify appropriate product candidates in immunology, we may choose to advance these on our own or seek a strategic collaborator based on the nature of potential indications. Our findings in immunology served as one of the key bases of our collaboration with Lilly who has access to a defined set of up to six mRNA targets initially in immunology and other select indications on a worldwide basis.

Beyond immune cells, we plan to continue to invest in our AOC platform to explore the full potential of our AOCs in cardiomyopathies, as well as in additional previously inaccessible tissue and cell types. Our goal is to discover, develop and commercialize novel AOC therapeutics that overcome current barriers to the delivery of oligonucleotides and unlock their potential to treat a wide range of serious diseases currently lacking adequate treatment options.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities. We currently rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers for the antibodies, oligonucleotides and linkers used to make our AOCs, and we expect to continue to do so to meet our preclinical, clinical and commercial activities. Our third-party manufacturers are required to manufacture our product candidates under current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) requirements and other applicable laws and regulations. We believe there are multiple sources for all of the materials required for the manufacture of our product candidates.

Competition

The biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapid technological advancement, significant competition and an emphasis on intellectual property. We face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with current therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

With respect to AOC 1001, there are currently no approved therapies to treat the underlying cause of DM1. Products currently in development to treat DM1 include: tideglusib, a GSK3-ß inhibitor in late-stage clinical development by AMO Pharma for the congenital phenotype of DM1; ERX-963, which is in early clinical development by Expansion Therapeutics, Inc. for the treatment of excessive daytime sleepiness in DM1; AT466, which is an AAV-antisense candidate in preclinical development by Audentes Therapeutics, Inc.; an antibody linked oligonucleotide in preclinical development by Dyne Therapeutics Inc.; gene editing treatments in preclinical development by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; an RNA-targeting gene therapy in preclinical development by Locana, Inc.; and small molecules interacting with RNA in preclinical development by Expansion Therapeutics.

Current treatments for muscle atrophy are primarily focused on nutritional intake and physical exercise. Other products in developments for muscle atrophy in cachexia include: adlumiz and AEZS-130, which are ghrelin agonists in a Phase 3 clinical trial by Helsinn Healthcare SA and a Phase 2 trial by Aeterna Zentaris Inc., respectively; GSK2881078, an androgen receptor modulator in Phase 2 clinical in development by GlaxoSmithKline plc; NGM120, a GSF15 inhibitor by NGM Biopharmaceuticals Inc.; and PF-06946860 in Phase 1 clinical development by Pfizer Inc.

Currently patients with DMD are treated with corticosteroids to manage the inflammatory component of the disease. Deflazacort is an FDA approved corticosteroid marketed by PTC Therapeutics, Inc. In addition, there are two FDA approved exon skipping drugs marketed by Sarepta

 

122


Table of Contents

Therapeutics, Inc.: Eteplirsen, an unconjugated PMO approved for DMD patients amenable to skipping Exon 51; and golodirsen for the treatment of DMD patients amenable to skipping Exon 53. Companies focused on developing treatments for DMD that target dystrophin mechanisms, as does our DMD program, include Sarepta Therapeutics with SRP-5051, a PPMO currently being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial for patients amenable to Exon 51 skipping 51, and PTC Therapeutics with ataluren, a small molecule targeting nonsense mutations in a Phase 3 clinical trial. In addition, several companies are developing gene therapies, including Milo Biotechnology (AAV1-FS344), Pfizer (PF-06939926), Sarepta Therapeutics (SRP-9001 and Galgt2 gene therapy program), and Solid Biosciences Inc. (SGT-001). We are also aware of several companies targeting non-dystrophin mechanisms for the treatment of DMD.

There are currently no therapies to treat the underlying cause of FSHD. Products currently in development to treat FSHD include: creatine monohydrate, a supplement that enhances muscle performance, which is being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial by Murdoch Children’s Research Institute, and losmapimod, a p38 MAPK inhibitor that may modulate DUX4 expression, which is being evaluated in a Phase 2 clinical trial by Fulcrum Therapeutics Inc. The only approved therapy for Pompe disease is Lumizyme (known as Myozyme outside of the United States), an ERT delivered by bi-weekly intravenous infusion, and marketed by Sanofi Genzyme. We are aware of multiple ERT therapies in clinical development, including AT-GAA, which uses a pharmacological chaperone, in a Phase 3 clinical trial by Amicus Therapeutics, Inc., and neoGAA in a Phase 3 clinical trial by Sanofi Genzyme. In addition, several companies are developing gene therapies, including Actus Therapeutics, Inc. (ACTUS101), Asklepios BioPharmaceutical, Inc. (AAV2/8-LSPhGAA), Audentes Therapeutics (AT845) and Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (SPK-3006).

We will also compete more generally with other companies developing alternative scientific and technological approaches, including other companies working to develop conjugates with oligonucleotides for extra-hepatic delivery, including Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Aro Biotherapeutics, Arrowhead Therapeutics, Dyne Therapeutics, Ionis Pharmaceuticals and Sarepta Therapeutics, as well as gene therapy and CRISPR approaches.

Many of our competitors, either alone or with strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than us in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining approval for treatments and achieving widespread market acceptance, rendering our treatments obsolete or non-competitive. Merger and acquisition activity in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These companies also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials and acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Our commercial opportunity could be substantially limited if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, safer, less toxic, more convenient or less expensive than our comparable products. In geographies that are critical to our commercial success, competitors may also obtain regulatory approvals before us, resulting in our competitors building a strong market position in advance of the entry of our products. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of other drugs. The key competitive factors affecting the success of our programs are likely to be their efficacy, safety profile, convenience, level of promotional activity, intellectual property protection and availability of reimbursement.

 

123


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect our product candidates and our AOC product platform through a variety of methods, including seeking and maintaining patents intended to cover our AOC product platform, our products and compositions, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture, and any other inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business. We also rely on know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We also rely on trade secrets and know-how that may be important to the development of our business. We seek to obtain domestic and international patent protection and endeavor to promptly file patent applications for new commercially valuable inventions to expand our intellectual property portfolio.

We believe that we have a significant global intellectual property position and substantial know-how relating to our AOC product candidates and our technology platform. As of May 31, 2020, our intellectual property portfolio consisted of two issued U.S. patents and over 20 pending U.S. patent applications that we own. Collectively, these patent rights relate to various aspects of our AOC product candidates and technology platform. In addition, we have an exclusive option to an exclusive license to certain patent rights from the University of Alberta. In addition to filing and prosecuting patent applications in the United States, we often file counterpart patent applications in additional countries where we believe such foreign filing is likely to be beneficial, including Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, and South Korea. We also file patent applications pursuant to the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). Our PCT patent applications are in the first phase of the PCT process, which is the international phase, in which patent protection is pending under a single patent application filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) as a contracting state of the PCT. These PCT patent applications have not yet entered the second phase of the PCT process, which is the national and regional phase, in which rights are continued by filing necessary documents with the patent offices of separate contracting states of the PCT. The national phase of the PCT patent application process occurs 30 months after the earliest priority date of the PCT patent application.

We continually assess and refine our intellectual property strategy as we develop new product candidates and platform technologies. To that end, we are prepared to file additional patent applications in any appropriate fields if our intellectual property strategy requires such filings, or where we seek to adapt to competition or seize business opportunities. Further, we are prepared to file patent applications, as we consider appropriate under the circumstances, relating to the new technologies that we develop.

We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications we may own or license in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents we may own or license in the future will be useful in protecting our technology. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for additional information on the risks associated with our intellectual property strategy and portfolio.

Intellectual Property Relating to AOC 1001

With regard to AOC 1001, as of May 31, 2020, we owned two pending U.S. patent applications and one pending patent application filed pursuant to the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). These patent rights relate to AOC 1001 composition of matter, formulations containing AOC 1001, methods of manufacturing, and methods of treating diseases, using AOC 1001. Any patents issued from these applications are expected to expire in 2038-2041, however, a patent term extension may be available.

Intellectual Property Relating to Our DMD AOC Product Candidates

With regard to our DMD AOC product candidates, as of May 31, 2020, we owned three pending U.S. patent applications and 19 pending patent applications in various countries and regions including

 

124


Table of Contents

Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, and South Korea. These patent rights relate to the DMD AOCs composition of matter, formulations containing the DMD AOCs, methods of manufacturing, and methods of treating diseases, using our DMD AOCs. Any patents issued from these applications are expected to expire in 2038; however, a patent term extension may be available.

Intellectual Property Relating to Our Muscle Atrophy AOC Product Candidate

With regard to our muscle atrophy AOC product candidate, as of May 31, 2020 we owned one pending U.S. patent application and one pending PCT patent application. These patent rights relate to the muscle atrophy AOC composition of matter, formulations containing the muscle atrophy AOC, methods of manufacturing, and methods of treating diseases, using our muscle atrophy AOC. Any patents issued from these applications are expected to expire in 2038; however, a patent term extension may be available.

Intellectual Property Relating to Our FSHD AOC Product Candidate

With regard to our FSHD AOC product candidate, as of May 31, 2020 we owned one pending U.S. patent application. These patent rights relate to the FSHD AOC composition of matter, formulations containing the FSHD AOC, methods of manufacturing, and methods of treating diseases, using our FSHD AOC. Any patents issued from these applications are expected to expire in 2041; however, a patent term extension may be available.

Intellectual Property Relating to Our Pompe AOC Product Candidate

With regard to our Pompe AOC product candidate, as of May 31, 2020, we owned one pending U.S. patent application. This application relates to the Pompe disease AOC composition of matter, formulations containing the Pompe disease AOC, methods of manufacturing, and method of treating diseases, using our Pompe disease AOC. Any patents issued from this application are expected to expire in 2041; however, a patent term extension may be available.

Intellectual Property Relating to Our AOC Product Platform

As of May 31, 2020, we owned 14 families of U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications generally covering our AOC product platform. These families include two issued U.S. patents, 14 pending U.S. patent applications, three PCT patent applications and 24 foreign patent applications in the European Patent Office, Australia, Canada, China, Israel, Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea, Mexico, Singapore, and Taiwan, relating to key aspects and components of our AOC product platform systems. Our patent applications contain claims covering (i) proprietary antibodies; (ii) proprietary oligonucleotide chemical structures; (iii) proprietary oligonucleotide sequences; (iv) proprietary AOC structures; and (v) methods for manufacturing and using our AOC technologies. Some of these AOC platform cases generically cover our various product candidates. The issued U.S. patents and any U.S. patents issuing from our pending U.S. patent applications are expected to expire between 2037 and 2040.

The term of individual patents depends upon the laws of the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. However, the term of United States patents may be extended for delays incurred due to compliance with the FDA requirements or by delays encountered during prosecution that are caused by the USPTO. For example, for drugs that are regulated by the FDA under the Hatch-Waxman Act, it is permitted to extend the term of a patent that covers such drug for up to five years beyond the normal expiration date of the patent. In the future, if and when our biopharmaceutical product candidates receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those product candidates. We intend to seek patent term extensions to any of our issued patents in any jurisdiction where these are available; however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the USPTO and FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions

 

125


Table of Contents

should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions. If patents are issued on our pending patent applications, the resulting patents are projected to expire on dates ranging from 2038 to 2041, unless we receive patent term extension or patent term adjustment, or both.

However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country-to-country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No consistent policy regarding the scope of claims allowable in patents in the field of oligonucleotide therapy has emerged in the United States. The patent situation outside of the United States is even more uncertain. Changes in the patent laws and rules, either by legislation, judicial decisions, or regulatory interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions and enforce our intellectual property rights, and more generally could affect the value of our intellectual property. In particular, our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or otherwise commercializing any of our patented inventions, either directly or indirectly, will depend in part on our success in obtaining, defending and enforcing patent claims that cover our technology, inventions, and improvements. With respect to both licensed and company-owned intellectual property, we cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our platform and product candidates and the methods used to manufacture them. Moreover, our issued patents and those that may issue in the future may not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in relation to the commercialization of our platform’s product candidates. The area of patent and other intellectual property rights in biotechnology is an evolving one with many risks and uncertainties, and third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our AOC product platform and product candidates and practicing our proprietary technology. Our issued patents and those that may issue in the future may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or invalidated, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related platforms or product candidates or limit the length of the term of patent protection that we may have for our AOC product platform and product candidates. In addition, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. For these reasons, we may have competition for our AOC product platform and product candidates. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that before any product candidate can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent. For this and other risks related to our proprietary technology, inventions, improvements, platforms and product candidates, please see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

We intend to file applications for trademark registrations in connection with our product candidates in various jurisdictions, including the United States. We have filed for trademark protection of the Avidity Biosciences mark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent and trademark organizations.

We also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information. Although we take steps to protect our confidential and proprietary information as trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our

 

126


Table of Contents

technology. Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements under the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual during the individual’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and which are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. In many cases our confidentiality and other agreements with consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors require them to assign or grant us licenses to inventions they invent as a result of the work or services they render under such agreements or grant us an option to negotiate a license to use such inventions. Despite these efforts, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our proprietary technology and processes by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Although we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. To the extent that our employees, contractors, consultants, collaborators and advisors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in relation to the resulting know-how or inventions. For more information, please see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Lilly

In April 2019, we entered into the Lilly Agreement with Lilly for the discovery, development and commercialization of antibody-oligonucleotide conjugate products (Products) in immunology and other select indications on a worldwide basis. Under the Lilly Agreement, the parties will collaborate on preclinical research and discovery activities for Products and Lilly will be responsible for funding the cost of preclinical research and discovery activities of both parties for all Products. Lilly will lead the clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization of all Products, at Lilly’s sole cost.

Under the Lilly Agreement, we granted Lilly an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under our technology to research, develop, manufacture, and sell Products directed to up to six mRNA targets. Lilly has the right to sublicense its rights under the Lilly Agreement subject to certain conditions. Lilly granted us a non-exclusive license under certain Lilly technology solely to conduct research under the Lilly Agreement. We retain the right to use our technology to perform our obligations under the Lilly Agreement and for all purposes not granted to Lilly. We agreed that we will not, ourselves or with a third party, research, develop, manufacture or commercialize or otherwise exploit any compound or product directed against targets subject to the collaboration.

Lilly paid us an upfront license fee of $20.0 million, and we are eligible to receive up to $60.0 million in development milestone payments, up to $140.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $205.0 million in commercialization milestone payments per target. In addition, Lilly is obligated to pay us a tiered royalty ranging from the mid-single to low-double digits on worldwide annual net sales of licensed Products, subject to specified and capped reductions for the market entry of biosimilar products, loss of patent coverage of licensed Products and for payments owed to third parties for additional rights necessary to commercialize licensed Products in the territory. Lilly’s royalty obligations and the Lilly Agreement will expire on a licensed Product-by-licensed Product and

 

127


Table of Contents

country-by-country basis on the later of ten years from the date of the first commercial sale or when there is no longer a valid patent claim covering such licensed Product in such country.

The Lilly Agreement may be terminated either by us or Lilly in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. Lilly may terminate the Lilly Agreement on a target-by-target basis or in its entirety without cause, subject to certain limitations, including that Lilly may not terminate the Lilly Agreement on a target-by-target basis within the first three years of the effective date of the Lilly Agreement if doing so would reduce the number of Products subject to the collaboration to fewer than a certain number. In the event either party commences a legal action challenging the validity or enforceability of any licensed patents, the other party will have the right to terminate the Lilly Agreement with respect to the challenged patents.

The Lilly Agreement includes various representations, warranties, covenants, dispute resolution mechanisms, indemnities and other provisions customary for transactions of this nature.

Concurrently with the Lilly Agreement, we issued a convertible promissory note to Lilly (the Lilly Note), and received cash proceeds of $15.0 million. The Lilly Note accrued simple interest of 8.0% per annum and converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in November 2019.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are developing. A new drug must be approved by the FDA through the new drug application (NDA) process before it may be legally marketed in the United States.

We believe our AOC product candidates may be subject to regulation in the United States as combination products. If marketed individually, each component of our product candidates would be subject to different regulatory pathways and would require approval of independent marketing applications by the FDA. A combination product, however, is assigned to an FDA center that will have primary jurisdiction over its regulation based on a determination of the combination product’s primary mode of action, which is the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic effect. In the case of our AOC product candidates, we believe that the primary mode of action is attributable to the drug component of the product. Accordingly, we believe the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER), will have primary jurisdiction over premarket development of our product candidates. We expect to seek approval of AOC 1001 and each of our other AOC product candidates through submission of a single NDA reviewed by CDER, and we do not expect that the FDA will require a separate marketing authorization for each constituent of AOC 1001 or our other AOC product candidates.

U.S. Drug Development Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA) and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

128


Table of Contents

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in accordance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) regulations and other applicable regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an independent institutional review board (IRB) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with Good Clinical Practice (GCP) requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA after completion of all pivotal trials;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with current GMP (cGMP) requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCP; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Once a pharmaceutical candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The sponsor will also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the first phase of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated, if the first phase lends itself to an efficacy evaluation. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns about ongoing or proposed clinical trials or non-compliance with specific FDA requirements, and the trials may not begin or continue until the FDA notifies the sponsor that the hold has been lifted. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with GCP regulations, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. They must be conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the safety and effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND as well as any subsequent protocol amendments, and timely safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events. An IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve each protocol before a clinical trial commences at that institution and must also approve the information regarding the trial and the consent form that must be provided to each trial subject or his or her legal representative, monitor the study until completed and otherwise comply with IRB regulations.

 

129


Table of Contents

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1:  The product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human volunteers and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, such as cancer, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.

 

   

Phase 2:  The product candidate is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage. Multiple Phase 2 trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 trials.

 

   

Phase 3:  The product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy, and to further test for safety in an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical study sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide, if appropriate, an adequate basis for product approval and labeling.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 studies, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA.

The FDA or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. In addition, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. Depending on its charter, this group may determine whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice, and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the meetings at the end of the Phase 2 trial to discuss Phase 2 clinical results and present plans for the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials that they believe will support approval of the new drug.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug. In addition, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

 

130


Table of Contents

While the IND is active and before approval, progress reports summarizing the results of the clinical trials and nonclinical studies performed since the last progress report must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the same or similar drugs, findings from animal or in vitro testing suggesting a significant risk to humans, and any clinically important increased incidence of a serious suspected adverse reaction compared to that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed trial results to public registries. Sponsors of certain clinical trials of FDA-regulated products are required to register and disclose specified clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, trial sites and investigators and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved.

NDA Review and Approval Process

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development, preclinical and other non-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of substantial user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision after it the application is submitted. The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding

 

131


Table of Contents

the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

After the FDA evaluates an NDA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes the specific deficiencies in the NDA identified by the FDA and may require additional clinical data, such as an additional pivotal Phase 3 trial or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, nonclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the sponsor must resubmit the NDA or, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. In addition, the FDA may require a sponsor to conduct Phase 4 testing, which involves clinical trials designed to further assess a drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval, and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products which have been commercialized. The FDA may also place other conditions on approval including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (REMS) to assure the safe use of the drug. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Marketing approval may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory requirements or if problems occur following initial marketing.

In addition, the Pediatric Research Equity Act (PREA) requires a sponsor to conduct pediatric clinical trials for most drugs, for a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration. Under PREA, original NDAs and supplements must contain a pediatric assessment unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver. The required assessment must evaluate the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The sponsor or FDA may request a deferral of pediatric clinical trials for some or all of the pediatric subpopulations. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the drug is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric clinical trials are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data needs to be collected before the pediatric clinical trials begin. The FDA must send a non-compliance letter to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, keep a deferral current or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

A sponsor may seek approval of its product candidate under programs designed to expedite FDA’s review and approval of new drugs and biological products that meet certain criteria. The FDA has a fast track designation program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drug products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. With regard to a fast track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the NDA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the

 

132


Table of Contents

NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

Any product submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with a fast track designation, may also be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. The FDA endeavors to review applications with priority review designations within six months of the filing date as compared to ten months for review of new molecular entity NDAs under its current PDUFA review goals.

In addition, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Drug products intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may be eligible for accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. FDA may withdraw approval of a drug or indication approved under accelerated approval on an expedited basis if, for example, the sponsor fails to conduct the required confirmatory trial or if such confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit of the product.

The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act established a category of drugs referred to as “breakthrough therapies” that may be eligible to receive breakthrough therapy designation. A sponsor may seek FDA designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy” if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. If the FDA designates a product as breakthrough therapy, it may take actions appropriate to expedite the development and review of the application, which may include holding meetings with the sponsor and the review team throughout the development of the therapy; providing timely advice to, and interactive communication with, the sponsor regarding the development of the drug to ensure that the development program to gather the nonclinical and clinical data necessary for approval is as efficient as practicable; involving senior managers and experienced review staff, as appropriate, in a collaborative, cross-disciplinary review; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the FDA review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program and to serve as a scientific liaison between the review team and the sponsor; and considering alternative clinical trial designs when scientifically appropriate, which may result in smaller trials or more efficient trials that require less time to complete and may minimize the number of patients exposed to a potentially less efficacious treatment. The breakthrough therapy designation also includes all of the fast track program features, which means that the sponsor may file sections of the NDA for review on a rolling basis if certain conditions are satisfied, including an agreement with FDA on the proposed schedule for submission of portions of the application and the payment of applicable user fees before the FDA may initiate a review. The breakthrough therapy designation is a distinct status from both accelerated approval and priority review, which can also be granted to the same drug if relevant criteria are met.

Fast track designation, priority review and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if a product

 

133


Table of Contents

qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our product candidates as appropriate.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual program fees for any marketed products. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks, or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters, or untitled letters;

 

   

clinical holds on clinical studies;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;

 

   

consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs;

 

   

mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and the issuance of corrective information;

 

   

the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases and other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

In addition, the FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of drug products. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may

 

134


Table of Contents

prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by the manufacturer and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States or, if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity or inability to manufacture the product in sufficient quantities. The designation of such drug also entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. However, competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our product candidates for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same drug as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. In addition, if an orphan designated product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan exclusivity.

Marketing Exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain marketing applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to obtain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve or even accept for review an abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) or an NDA submitted under Section 505(b)(2)(505(b)(2) NDA) submitted by another company for another drug based on the same active moiety, regardless of whether the drug is intended for the same indication as the original innovative drug or for another indication, where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder.

The FDCA alternatively provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the modification for which the drug received approval on the basis of the new clinical

 

135


Table of Contents

investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for drugs containing the active agent for the original indication or condition of use. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of marketing exclusivity available in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity provides for an additional six months of marketing exclusivity attached to another period of exclusivity if a sponsor conducts clinical trials in children in response to a written request from the FDA. The issuance of a written request does not require the sponsor to undertake the described clinical trials. In addition, orphan drug exclusivity, as described above, may offer a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity, except in certain circumstances.

U.S. Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws and Compliance Requirements

In addition to FDA regulation of pharmaceutical products, U.S. federal and state healthcare laws and regulations restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our current and future business operations, including our clinical research activities, and constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships with healthcare providers and other parties. These laws include anti-kickback and false claims laws, civil monetary penalties laws, and physician payment transparency laws. In addition to the federal laws summarized below, we may also be subject to similar state and local laws and regulations that may apply to business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws prohibit, among other things, any individual or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act and the civil monetary penalties statute.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute implemented under HIPAA or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the

 

136


Table of Contents

Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) information related to payments or other transfers of value made during the previous year to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain other health care providers beginning in 2022, and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held during the previous year by such health care providers as defined under statute and their immediate family members.

Similar state and local laws and regulations may also restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industry, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information or which require tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to physicians, other healthcare providers and entities; and state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties including damages, fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

U.S. Coverage and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidate for which we may seek regulatory approval. Sales in the United States will depend, in part, on the availability of sufficient coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which include government health programs such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE and the Veterans Administration, as well as managed care organizations and private health insurers. Prices at which we or our customers seek reimbursement for our product candidates can be subject to challenge, reduction or denial by third-party payors. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs.

The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product is typically separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. In the United States, there is no uniform policy among payors for coverage or reimbursement. Decisions regarding whether to cover any of a product, the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval processes. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that can require manufacturers to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of a product to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

 

137


Table of Contents

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product that receives approval. Third-party payors may not consider our product candidates to be medically necessary or cost-effective compared to other available therapies, or the rebate percentages required to secure favorable coverage may not yield an adequate margin over cost or may not enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in drug development. Additionally, decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the product.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

In the United States, there has been, and continues to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect the profitable sale of product candidates.

Among policy makers and payors in the United States, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the ACA) was passed, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly affected the pharmaceutical industry. The ACA increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%; required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations; required manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell certain “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs, implemented a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; creates a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.

There remain judicial and political challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (Tax Act) includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, or the Texas District Court Judge, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the United States Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review this case, and has allotted one hour for oral arguments, which are expected

 

138


Table of Contents

to occur in the fall. It is unclear how such litigation, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, will remain in effect through 2029 unless additional Congressional action is taken. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was signed into law on March 27, 2020 and suspended these Medicare sequester reductions from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and extended the sequester by one year, through 2030. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. At the federal level, the current U.S. administration’s budget proposal for the fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. On March 10, 2020, the Trump administration sent “principles” for drug pricing to Congress, calling for legislation that would, among other things, cap Medicare Part D beneficiary out-of-pocket pharmacy expenses, provide an option to cap Medicare Part D beneficiary monthly out-of-pocket expenses, and place limits on pharmaceutical price increases. The Trump Administration previously released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contained proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of pharmaceutical products paid by consumers. Although a number of these and other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine which drugs and suppliers will be included in their healthcare programs Furthermore, there has been increased interest by third party payors and governmental authorities in reference pricing systems and publication of discounts and list prices.

Foreign Regulation

In order to market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in foreign countries and jurisdictions. Although many of the issues discussed above with respect to the United States apply similarly in the context of the European Union (EU) the approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods.

 

139


Table of Contents

The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

To market a medicinal product in the European Economic Area (EEA) (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the EU plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), we must obtain a Marketing Authorization (MA). There are two types of marketing authorizations:

 

   

the Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use of the EMA and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment certain diseases, such as AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU; and

 

   

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member State through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Data and marketing exclusivity

In the EEA, new products authorized for marketing, or reference products, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity upon marketing authorization. The data exclusivity period prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from relying on the pre-clinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization in the EU during a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EU. The market exclusivity period prevents a successful generic or biosimilar applicant from commercializing its product in the EU until 10 years have elapsed from the initial authorization of the reference product in the EU. The 10-year market exclusivity period can be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

Pediatric investigation plan

In the EEA, marketing authorization applications for new medicinal products not authorized have to include the results of studies conducted in the pediatric population, in compliance with a pediatric investigation plan (PIP) agreed with the EMA’s Pediatric Committee (PDCO). The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The PDCO can grant a deferral of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and

 

140


Table of Contents

safety of the product in adults. Further, the obligation to provide pediatric clinical trial data can be waived by the PDCO when these data is not needed or appropriate because the product is likely to be ineffective or unsafe in children, the disease or condition for which the product is intended occurs only in adult populations, or when the product does not represent a significant therapeutic benefit over existing treatments for pediatric patients. Once the marketing authorization is obtained in all Member States of the EU and study results are included in the product information, even when negative, the product is eligible for six months’ supplementary protection certificate extension.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials of medicinal products in the European Union must be conducted in accordance with European Union and national regulations and the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) guidelines on GCPs. Additional GCP guidelines from the European Commission, focusing in particular on traceability, apply to clinical trials of advanced therapy medicinal products. If the sponsor of the clinical trial is not established within the European Union, it must appoint an entity within the European Union to act as its legal representative. The sponsor must take out a clinical trial insurance policy, and in most EU countries, the sponsor is liable to provide ‘no fault’ compensation to any study subject injured in the clinical trial.

Prior to commencing a clinical trial, the sponsor must obtain a clinical trial authorization from the competent authority, and a positive opinion from an independent ethics committee. The application for a clinical trial authorization must include, among other things, a copy of the trial protocol and an investigational medicinal product dossier containing information about the manufacture and quality of the medicinal product under investigation. Currently, clinical trial authorization applications must be submitted to the competent authority in each EU Member State in which the trial will be conducted. Under the new Regulation on Clinical Trials, which is currently expected to take effect in 2019, there will be a centralized application procedure where one national authority takes the lead in reviewing the application and the other national authorities have only a limited involvement. Any substantial changes to the trial protocol or other information submitted with the clinical trial applications must be notified to or approved by the relevant competent authorities and ethics committees. Medicines used in clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP. Other national and European Union-wide regulatory requirements also apply.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

We are subject to laws and regulations governing data privacy and the protection of health-related and other personal information. In the United States, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and their implementing regulations, impose certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of protected health information on HIPAA covered entities, which include certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, and their business associates who conduct certain activities for or on their behalf involving protected health information. In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which went into effect on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability.

EU member states and other jurisdictions have also adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply

 

141


Table of Contents

broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, processing and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, contact information, and sensitive personal data such as health data. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become more stringent over time.

As of May 25, 2018, Regulation 2016/676, known as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the processing of personal data in the European Union. The GDPR imposes many requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR allows EU member states to make additional laws and regulations further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to 20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. Additionally, following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union, we will have to comply with the GDPR and the United Kingdom GDPR, each regime having the ability to fine up to the greater of 20 million/ £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, for example around how data can lawfully be transferred between each jurisdiction, which exposes us to further compliance risk.

The challenges we could face under the GDPR may also apply to other jurisdictions outside the EU that adopt laws similar in construction to the GDPR or regulatory frameworks of equivalent complexity. For example, the CCPA has been characterized as the first “GDPR-like” privacy statute to be enacted in the United States because it mirrors a number of the key provisions in the GDPR. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States

Employees

As of May 31, 2020, we had 38 full-time employees, 19 of whom have a Ph.D. or M.D. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We currently lease approximately 8,561 square feet of office and laboratory space in La Jolla, California, under a lease that expires in 2021. In June 2020, we entered into a new lease to replace our current space for approximately 23,596 square feet of office and laboratory space with an expected occupancy in July 2021. Our current lease will terminate on the date 15 days after the commencement of the new lease. We believe that these facilities will meet our current and near-term needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of management, would have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us due to defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, negative publicity and reputation harm, and other factors.

 

142


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of May 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Sarah Boyce

     48     

President and Chief Executive Officer

Joseph Baroldi

     42     

Chief Operating Officer

Arthur A. Levin, Ph.D.

     66     

Chief Scientific Officer

Michael F. MacLean

     54      Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D.

     51     

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

Carsten Boess(1)

     53     

Director

Todd Brady(1)

     41     

Director

Noreen Henig, M.D.(2)(3)

     55     

Director

Edward Kaye, M.D.(2)(3)

     71     

Director

Michael Martin, Ph.D.(1)(2)

     46     

Director

Roderick Wong, M.D.(3)

     43     

Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee

 

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

 

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Sarah Boyce has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since October 2019. Prior to joining Avidity, she served as President and a member of the board of directors of Akcea Therapeutics, Inc. from April 2018 through September 2019, where she led the commercialization of the company’s rare disease products. Ms. Boyce served as Chief Business Officer of Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from January 2015 to April 2018, and Vice President, Head of International Business Strategy and Operations at Forest Laboratories, Inc. from 2012 to 2014. She previously held various positions with Alexion Pharmaceuticals Inc., Novartis Group AG, Bayer AG and F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG. Ms. Boyce currently serves on the board of directors of Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated. Ms. Boyce holds a B.S. in Microbiology from the University of Manchester, England. Ms. Boyce’s knowledge of our business, as well as her extensive development, commercial and executive management experience, contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

Joseph Baroldi has served as our Chief Operating Officer since February 2020. Mr. Baroldi has over twenty years of experience in the life sciences industry. Most recently, Mr. Baroldi was Vice President of Business Development at Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from February 2009 to January 2020, where he held several roles of increasing responsibility over the last decade. Previously, Mr. Baroldi held several roles in strategic planning and scientific research at Hologic, Inc. (formerly Gen-Probe Inc.) from April 2005 to January 2009. Mr. Baroldi holds an M.B.A. from the Rady School of Management at the University of California, San Diego and a B.S. in Biological Sciences from the University of California, Irvine.

Arthur A. Levin, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since October 2019, and prior to that as our Executive Vice President of Research and Development since January 2014. Dr. Levin has a combined three decades of experience in all aspects of drug development from discovery through drug registration and has played key roles in the development of numerous oligonucleotides. From

 

143


Table of Contents

April 2012 to January 2014, he served as Executive Vice President at miRagen Therapeutics, Inc. Prior to that, Dr. Levin held various senior management positions at Santaris Pharma A/S Corp. and Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Since September 2015, Dr. Levin has served as a member of the board of directors of Stoke Therapeutics, Inc. Dr. Levin holds a Ph.D. in Toxicology from the University of Rochester and a B.S. in Biology from Muhlenberg College.

Michael F. MacLean has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2020. Most recently, Mr. MacLean served as Chief Financial Officer of Akcea Therapeutics, Inc. from September 2017 to March 2020. Prior to joining Akcea Therapeutics, from September 2015 to August 2017, Mr. MacLean was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of PureTech Health plc. Previously, Mr. MacLean was Chief Financial Officer of Iron Mountain Inc.’s North American business from July 2014 to June 2015 and was Senior Vice President, Worldwide Controller at Iron Mountain from October 2012 to June 2014. Prior to Iron Mountain, Mr. MacLean previously served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer of Biogen Inc., where he led the company’s worldwide finance organization. Mr. MacLean holds a B.S. in Accounting from Boston College.

Non-Employee Directors

Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D., is our co-founder and has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2012 and as Executive Chairman since February 2019. Dr. Wilson served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from November 2012 to February 2019. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Kura Oncology, Inc. since August 2014 and has served as a member of the board of directors of Puma Biotechnology, Inc. since October 2013. He has also served as Executive Chairman of the board of directors of Wellspring Biosciences, Inc., a privately-held biopharmaceutical company, since July 2012, and has served as the sole managing member of Wellspring Biosciences’ parent company, Araxes Pharma LLC, since May 2012. Previously, Dr. Wilson served as a director of Zosano Pharma Corporation from June 2014 to October 2019. He also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Wellspring Biosciences and Araxes Pharma from July 2012 to March 2019, and as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Intellikine, Inc. Dr. Wilson holds a J.D. from New York University and a Ph.D. in Bioorganic Chemistry and a B.A. in Biophysics from the University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Wilson’s knowledge of our business and his senior executive and board-level experience at biopharmaceutical companies contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as Executive Chairman of our company.

Carsten Boess has served on our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Boess has also served on the board of directors of Rocket Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since January 2016. Previously, Mr. Boess was the Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs at Kiniksa Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. from August 2015 until February 2020. Before Kiniksa, Mr. Boess was the Chief Financial Officer at Alexion Pharmaceuticals from 2004 to 2005 and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Synageva BioPharma Corp. from 2011 until the company’s acquisition by Alexion Pharmaceuticals in 2015. Previously, Mr. Boess served in multiple roles with increasing responsibility at Insulet Corporation, including Chief Financial Officer from 2006 to 2009 and Vice President of International Operations from 2009 to 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Boess served as Executive Vice President of Finance at Serono Inc. from 2005 to 2006. In addition, he was a member of the Geneva-based World Wide Executive Finance Management Team while at Serono. Mr. Boess also held several financial executive roles at Novozymes of North America and Novo Nordisk in France, Switzerland and China. During his tenure at Novo Nordisk, he served on Novo Nordisk’s Global Finance Board. Mr. Boess received a Bachelor’s degree and Master’s degree in Economics and Finance, specializing in Accounting and Finance from the University of Odense, Denmark. Mr. Boess’ business, financial and corporate governance experience in the biotechnology industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

 

144


Table of Contents

Todd Brady has served on our board of directors since December 2016. Mr. Brady has served as the Director of Finance and Investments at Brace Pharma Capital, Inc., a healthcare-focused investment firm, since April 2014. He also serves as a director for Vero Biotech, LLC, Pipeline Therapeutics, Inc., and Tyrogenex, Inc., and formerly served as a director for Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. and as a board observer for Precision Biosciences Inc. and miRagen Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Brady has an extensive and diverse background in capital markets, working in equity research, asset management, private equity and corporate banking. He holds an M.B.A. from the Schulich School of Business (York University) and is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA). Mr. Brady’s extensive financial experience and service as a director of other biotechnology companies contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Noreen Henig, M.D., has served on our board of directors since August 2019. Since May 2020, Dr. Henig has served as the Chief Medical Officer of Kezar Life Sciences, Inc. Previously, from July 2018 to March 2020, Dr. Henig served as the Chief Medical Officer of Breath Therapeutics GmbH, which is now Zambon SpA following an acquisition in July 2019. Previously, Dr. Henig served as the Chief Development Officer of ProQR Therapeutics N.V. where she oversaw preclinical and clinical drug development from March 2014 to November 2017. Before joining ProQR, Dr. Henig was Senior Director, Global Respiratory, from 2011 to 2014, and Director, Respiratory Therapeutics, from 2008 to 2011, at Gilead Sciences, Inc. Dr. Henig’s specialties as a physician include pulmonary, critical care, allergy and immunology. Dr. Henig holds an M.D. with a distinction in immunology from the Albert Einstein College of Medicine of Yeshiva University and a B.A. from Yale University. She also completed training in internal medicine at the University of California, San Francisco and in pulmonary and critical care medicine at the University of Washington. Dr. Henig’s drug development and clinical trial experience contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

Edward M. Kaye, M.D., has served on our board of directors since August 2019. Dr. Kaye has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Stoke Therapeutics Inc. since October 2017. Dr. Kaye joined Stoke from Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. where he served as a member of the board of directors from September 2016 to August 2017, President and Chief Executive Officer from September 2016 to July 2017, Interim Chief Executive Officer from April 2015 to September 2016 and Chief Medical Officer from June 2011 to March 2017. From 2001 to 2007, Dr. Kaye served in various positions at Genzyme Corporation, including most recently as Group Vice President of Clinical Development. Previously, Dr. Kaye served as Chief of Biochemical Genetics at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, Chief of Neurology at St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children and as a member of the research staff at Massachusetts General Hospital and Tufts University Medical Center. Dr. Kaye currently serves as a Neurological Consultant at the Children’s Hospital of Boston. Dr. Kaye is also a member of the board of directors of Cytokinetics, Inc. Dr. Kaye holds an M.D. from the Loyola University Stritch School of Medicine and a B.S. in Biology/Chemistry from Loyola University. Dr. Kaye’s extensive leadership and clinical experience in the medical and biotechnology fields contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Michael Martin, Ph.D., has served on our board of directors since December 2016 and has been the President of Takeda Ventures, Inc., the corporate venture arm of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, since January 2017. He previously served as Senior Investment Director of Takeda Ventures from April 2015 to January 2017. Prior to joining Takeda Ventures, Dr. Martin was a member of Global Licensing and Business Development at Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited from October 2012 to April 2015, where he led efforts for sourcing and transacting technologies and early stage pipeline programs. He has also held executive and scientific roles with Intellikine Inc. (acquired by Takeda), TargeGen, Inc. (acquired by Sanofi-Aventis), Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Monsanto Corporation. Dr. Martin holds a Ph.D. in Medicinal Chemistry from University of Illinois, a M.S. in Analytical Chemistry from Saint Louis University and B.S. degrees in Chemistry and Mathematics from Saint

 

145


Table of Contents

Louis University. Dr. Martin’s extensive biotechnology investment and industry experience contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Roderick Wong, M.D., has served on our board of directors since November 2019. Dr. Wong has over fifteen years of healthcare investment experience. Since 2010, he has served as Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of RTW Investments, LP, a healthcare-centered investment firm. Prior to RTW Investments, Dr. Wong was a Managing Director and the Portfolio Manager for the Davidson Kempner Healthcare Funds. Previously, Dr. Wong held various healthcare investment and healthcare research roles at SAC Capital Advisors and Cowen & Company. Since July 2015, Dr. Wong has served as Chairman of the board of directors of Rocket Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Wong also previously served on the board of directors of Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. He holds an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Medical School, an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. in Economics from Duke University. Dr. Wong’s years of experience investing in the biopharmaceutical industry contributed to our board of directors’ conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Ms. Boyce and Dr. Wilson, are independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market (Nasdaq). Nasdaq’s independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of the director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors whose terms then expire will be eligible for reelection until the third annual meeting following reelection. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Mr. Boess, Ms. Boyce and Dr. Wilson, and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Mr. Brady and Dr. Wong, and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Dr. Henig, Dr. Kaye and Dr. Martin, and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes

 

146


Table of Contents

with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our board of directors or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in an election of directors.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently led by our Executive Chairman, Dr. Wilson. Our board of directors recognizes that it is important to determine an optimal board leadership structure to ensure the independent oversight of management as the company continues to grow. We separate the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors in recognition of the differences between the two roles. The chief executive officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for our company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of our company, while the chairman of the board of directors provides guidance to the chief executive officer and presides over meetings of the full board of directors. We believe that this separation of responsibilities provides a balanced approach to managing the board of directors and overseeing our company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating and corporate governance committee manages risks associated with the independence of the board of directors, corporate disclosure practices and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees—audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance—each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

appointing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

147


Table of Contents
   

evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

   

discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

   

reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, any investment policy and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such investment policy;

 

   

reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding our results of operations;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and approving any related party transactions and reviewing and monitoring compliance with our code of conduct and ethics; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Boess, Mr. Brady and Dr. Martin. Mr. Boess serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Boess is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards. Our board of directors has determined each of Mr. Boess, Mr. Brady and Dr. Martin is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and Nasdaq. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are Dr. Kaye, Dr. Henig and Dr. Martin. Dr. Kaye serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Kaye, Dr. Henig and Dr. Martin is independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board of directors’ responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our

 

148


Table of Contents

annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Dr. Henig, Dr. Kaye and Dr. Wong. Dr. Henig serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Henig, Dr. Kaye and Dr. Wong is independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has at any time been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the past fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members) for election or appointment, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the board of directors will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

   

personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

   

experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

   

experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

   

strong finance experience;

 

   

diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

   

diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

   

experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

   

relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, which will be effective upon the closing of

 

149


Table of Contents

this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.aviditybiosciences.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

150


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below, whom we refer to as our NEOs.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs for services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Name and principal

position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
awards
($)
    Option
awards
($)(1)
    Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)(2)
    All other
compensation
($)(3)
    Total
($)
 

Sarah Boyce

    2019       103,512                   4,295,649       50,630       117       4,449,908  

President and Chief Executive Officer

               

Troy Wilson, Ph.D.(4)

    2019       348,935                         140,000       64,671       553,606  

Former Chief Executive Officer; Executive Chairman

               

Arthur A. Levin, Ph.D.

    2019       394,311                         148,000       702       543,013  

Chief Scientific Officer

               

P. Kent Hawryluk(5)

    2019       287,219                   5,612       85,000       420,924       798,755  

Former Chief Business Officer

               

 

(1)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC 718. See Note 8 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the assumptions used in valuing our stock options.

 

(2)

Represents annual bonuses for 2019 paid in early 2020 under our annual bonus plan, as described below.

 

(3)

Includes life insurance premiums for all of our NEOs. For Mr. Hawryluk, also includes (i) $380,792 in severance paid to him in early 2020 pursuant to his release agreement and (ii) $39,430 representing accrued but unused vacation payout. For Dr. Wilson, also includes (a) a $10,175 car allowance, (b) $23,045 representing accrued but unused vacation payout and (c) and $30,866 paid as a retainer for his service as Executive Chairman following his termination of employment.

 

(4)

Dr. Wilson ceased serving as our Chief Executive Officer on October 7, 2019, at which time he transitioned to the role of non-employee Executive Chairman. Dr. Wilson’s salary reflects his salary as Chief Executive Officer from January 1, 2019 through October 6, 2019.

 

(5)

Mr. Hawryluk’s employment terminated on December 19, 2019.

Narrative Disclosure to Compensation Tables

The primary elements of compensation for our NEOs are base salary, annual performance bonuses and equity awards. The NEOs also participate in employee benefit plans and programs that we offer to our other employees, as described below.

Annual Base Salary

We pay our NEOs a base salary to compensate them for the satisfactory performance of services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for our NEOs have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent.

Dr. Wilson’s base salary during 2019 was $360,600 for the portion of such year he served as our Chief Executive Officer. Following his transition to non-employee Executive Chairman in October 2019, he received an annual retainer of $132,000 for such service.

 

151


Table of Contents

Ms. Boyce’s annual base salary of $440,000 was established in connection with her commencement of employment in October 2019. Ms. Boyce’s annual base salary will increase to $520,000 upon the closing of this offering.

Dr. Levin’s annual base salary for 2019 was $394,000, which was increased for 2020 to $414,000.

Bonus Compensation

From time to time our board of directors or compensation committee may approve bonuses for our NEOs based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined appropriate.

For 2019, annual bonuses were based on such factors as the board and the compensation committee deemed appropriate, including the achievement of certain corporate performance goals, and each individual NEO’s performance as it relates to his or her area of responsibility. The annual bonuses paid to our NEOs for 2019 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Each NEO has an established target annual bonus amount. The 2020 target annual bonus amounts for each NEO, expressed as a percentage of annual base salary, are 40% for Ms. Boyce (increasing to 50% upon the closing of this offering) and 30% for Dr. Levin (increasing to 40% upon the closing of this offering). Dr. Wilson is not eligible for an annual bonus in his capacity as Executive Chairman.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and the interests of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. The board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants. We typically grant equity awards to new hires upon their commencing employment with us. Generally, our equity awards vest over four years, subject to the employee’s continued employment with us on each vesting date.

In December 2019, in connection with her commencement of employment, we granted Ms. Boyce an option to purchase 1,197,015 shares of our common stock under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the 2013 Plan). Twenty-five percent of the options vest on the first anniversary of her employment commencement date and 1/48th of the options vest monthly thereafter, subject to Ms. Boyce’s continuous service through each such vesting date. The options were granted at an exercise price of $1.24 per share, which was the fair market value of a share on the grant date.

In March 2019, we granted Mr. Hawryluk an option to purchase 23,702 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.34 per share, which was the fair market value of a share on the grant date. The options were eligible to vest in 24 equal monthly installments following the grant date, subject to his continuous service through each such vesting date. Mr. Hawryluk early exercised these options for restricted shares subject to the same vesting schedule, which restricted shares were subject to repurchase by us at the original purchase price per share of $0.34 pursuant to the terms of the award agreements. Mr. Hawryluk held 15,802 restricted shares from such award at the time of his termination in December 2019, which we repurchased from him in February 2020.

Agreements with Our NEOs

Employment Agreement with Ms. Boyce

We have entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Boyce, which governs the terms of her employment with us. Pursuant to her agreement, Ms. Boyce is entitled to an annual base salary of $440,000 (increasing to $520,000 upon the closing of this offering) and, commencing in 2020, is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus with a target amount of 40% (increasing to 50% upon the closing of this offering) of her base salary. Ms. Boyce’s employment is at will.

 

152


Table of Contents

Regardless of the manner in which Ms. Boyce’s employment terminates, she is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during her employment, including unpaid salary and cash out of unused vacation. In addition, Ms. Boyce is entitled to certain severance benefits under her employment agreement, subject to her execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Ms. Boyce’s employment agreement provides for severance benefits for certain terminations that arise during and outside a change of control period. Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason outside of a change of control period (as such terms are defined below), Ms. Boyce is entitled to: (i) continuation of her base salary for 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period), and (ii) payment of the COBRA premiums for her and her eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end the severance period, (b) expiration of her eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date she becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with her new employment.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 59 days prior to or 12 months after a change of control (such period, the change of control period), Ms. Boyce is entitled to: (i) continuation of her base salary for 18 months, (ii) an amount equal to her target annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, paid in a lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for her and her eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end such 18-month period, (b) expiration of her eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date she becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with her new employment, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards.

For purposes of Ms. Boyce’s employment agreement:

 

   

“cause” means (i) executive’s willful failure substantially to perform executive’s duties and responsibilities to us or deliberate violation of our policy; (ii) executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to us; (iii) executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of ours or any other party to whom executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of executive’s relationship with us; or (iv) executive’s willful breach of any of executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us;

 

   

“change of control” has the same meaning given to “company transaction” in our 2013 Plan, as described below provided that, upon the closing of this offering, “change of control” will have the same meaning given to such term in our 2020 Incentive Award Plan; and

 

   

“good reason” means executive’s resignation from employment with us if we take any of the following actions without executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material reduction in executive’s base salary, unless pursuant to a salary reduction program applicable generally to our similarly situated employees; (ii) a material reduction in executive’s duties, including responsibilities and/or authorities, provided that it shall not constitute good reason if such reduction is a mere change of title alone or change in reporting relationship; (iii) relocation of executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases executive’s one-way commute by more than 50 miles as compared to executive’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; or (iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us of any agreement under which executive provides services.

Executive Chairman Agreement with Dr. Wilson

In connection with his transition from Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman in October 2019, we entered into a letter agreement with Dr. Wilson. Pursuant to his letter agreement, Dr. Wilson will receive an annual retainer of $132,000.

 

153


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement with Dr. Levin

We have entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Levin, which sets forth the terms of Dr. Levin’s employment. Dr. Levin serves as our Chief Scientific Officer. He receives an annual base salary of $414,000. Dr. Levin is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 30% (increasing to 40% upon the closing of this offering) of his then-current annual base salary.

Regardless of the manner in which his service terminates, Dr. Levin is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during his term of service, including unpaid salary and cash out of unused vacation. In addition, Dr. Levin is entitled to certain severance benefits under his employment agreement, subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Dr. Levin’s employment agreement provides for severance benefits for certain terminations that arise during and outside a change of control period. Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason outside of a change of control period (as such terms are defined below), Dr. Levin is entitled to: (i) payment equal to 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period) of his then-current base salary, paid in a lump sum, and (ii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end the severance period, (b) expiration of his eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 59 days prior to or 12 months after a change of control (such period, the change of control period), Dr. Levin is entitled to: (i) payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary, paid in a lump sum, (ii) an amount equal to his target annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, paid in a lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end of such 12-month period, (b) expiration of his eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards.

For purposes of Dr. Levin’s employment agreement,

 

   

“cause” means executive has (i) been convicted of or pled guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; (ii) participated in a fraud or act of dishonesty against us; (iii) materially breached any agreement between executive and us or any written policy of ours; (iv) engaged in conduct that demonstrates gross unfitness to serve; or (v) engaged in willful misconduct; or (vi) refused to comply with any lawful directive of ours and, with respect to clauses (iii) and (vi), executive has not cured such noncompliance or breach within 30 days of receipt of our written notice of such noncompliance or breach;

 

   

“change of control” has the same meaning as given to the term in Ms. Boyce’s employment agreement, as described above; and

 

   

“good reason” means executive’s resignation from employment with us if we take any of the following actions without executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material reduction in executive’s base salary, unless pursuant to a salary reduction program applicable generally to our similarly situated employees; (ii) a material reduction in executive’s duties, including responsibilities and/or authorities; (iii) relocation of executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases executive’s one-way commute by more than 50 miles as compared to executive’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; (iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us of any agreement under which executive provides services; or (v) any material reduction in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom executive is required to report.

 

154


Table of Contents

Release Agreement with Mr. Hawryluk

On December 19, 2019, P. Kent Hawryluk’s employment as our Chief Business Officer terminated. In connection with his separation, we entered into a release agreement with Mr. Hawryluk, pursuant to which we agreed to pay him the following severance benefits: (i) cash severance in the amount of $292,917, payable in a lump sum following the effectiveness of his release; (ii) his annual bonus for 2019 in the amount of $87,875, payable in a lump sum following the effectiveness of his release; and (iii) continued health insurance coverage at Company’s expense for 12 months following his termination date.

Employment Agreements with Other Executives

Employment Agreement with Mr. Baroldi

We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Baroldi, which sets forth the terms of Mr. Baroldi’s employment. Mr. Baroldi serves as our Chief Operating Officer. He receives an annual base salary of $340,000 (increasing to $425,000 upon the closing of this offering). Mr. Baroldi is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 30% (increasing to 40% upon the closing of this offering) of his then-current annual base salary.

Regardless of the manner in which his service terminates, Mr. Baroldi is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during his term of service, including unpaid salary and cash out of unused vacation. In addition, Mr. Baroldi is entitled to certain severance benefits under his employment agreement, subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Mr. Baroldi’s employment agreement provides for severance benefits for certain terminations that arise during and outside a change of control period. Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason outside of a change of control period (as such terms are defined below), Mr. Baroldi is entitled to: (i) continuation of his base salary for 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period), and (ii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end the severance period, (b) expiration of his eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 59 days prior to or 12 months after a change of control (such period, the change of control period), Mr. Baroldi is entitled to: (i) continuation of his base salary for 12 months, (ii) an amount equal to his target annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, paid in a lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end of such 12-month period, (b) expiration of his eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards.

For purposes of Mr. Baroldi’s employment agreement, “cause,” “change of control” and “good reason” have the same meaning as given to the terms in Ms. Boyce’s employment agreement, as described above.

Employment Agreement with Mr. MacLean

We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. MacLean, which sets forth the terms of Mr. MacLean’s employment. Mr. MacLean serves as our Chief Financial Officer. He receives an annual base salary of $394,000. Mr. MacLean is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 40% (pro-rated for 2020) of his then-current annual base salary.

Regardless of the manner in which his service terminates, Mr. MacLean is entitled to receive amounts previously earned during his term of service, including unpaid salary and cash out of unused

 

155


Table of Contents

vacation. In addition, Mr. MacLean is entitled to certain severance benefits under his employment agreement, subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with post-termination obligations.

Mr. MacLean’s employment agreement provides for severance benefits for certain terminations that arise during and outside a change of control period. Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason outside of a change of control period (as such terms are defined below), Mr. MacLean is entitled to: (i) continuation of his base salary for 12 months (such applicable period, the severance period), (ii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end the severance period, (b) expiration of his eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment, and (iii) any vested equity awards remaining exercisable.

Upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 59 days prior to or 12 months after a change of control (such period, the change of control period), Mr. MacLean is entitled to: (i) continuation of his base salary for 12 months, (ii) an amount equal to his target annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, paid in a lump sum, (iii) payment of the COBRA premiums for him and his eligible dependents until the earliest of (a) the end of such 12-month period, (b) expiration of his eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (c) the date he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage in connection with his new employment, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based vesting equity awards and any vested equity awards remaining exercisable.

For purposes of Mr. MacLean’s employment agreement:

 

   

“cause” means (i) executive’s willful failure substantially to perform executive’s duties and responsibilities to us causing material harm to us after written notice to executive specifying such failure and executive’s failure to cure within 60 days or deliberate violation of our written policy causing material harm to us; (ii) executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to us; (iii) executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of ours or any other party to whom executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of executive’s relationship with us; or (iv) executive’s willful breach of any of executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us;

 

   

“change of control” has the same meaning as given to the term in Ms. Boyce’s employment agreement, as described above; and

 

   

“good reason” means executive’s resignation from employment with us if we take any of the following actions without executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material reduction in executive’s base salary, unless pursuant to a salary reduction program applicable to our executive team at the same reduction percentage; (ii) a material reduction in executive’s duties (including responsibilities and/or authorities) or requirement that executive reports to someone other than our Chief Executive Officer; provided that it shall not constitute good reason if such reduction is a mere change of title alone; (iii) relocation of executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases executive’s one-way commute by more than 50 miles as compared to executive’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; or (iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us of any agreement under which executive provides services.

 

156


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards for each of our NEOs as of December 31, 2019.

 

    Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards  
    Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of

Shares
or
Units of
Stock
That

Have
Not
Vested

(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)(2)
 

Sarah Boyce

    12/18/2019             1,197,015       1.24       12/17/2029              

Troy Wilson, Ph.D.

                                  79,008 (3)      1,185,120  

Arthur Levin, Ph.D.

    8/29/2017       47,405             0.53       8/28/2027              

P. Kent Hawryluk

    8/29/2017                               31,119 (4)      466,785  
    3/29/2019                               15,802 (5)      237,030  

 

(1)

Stock option award granted to Ms. Boyce vests as to 25% of such grant on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date (October 7, 2019) and monthly thereafter in equal installments until fully vested at the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances as described above under “Employment Letter Agreements with our NEOs.” Stock option award granted to Dr. Levin vests in 48 equal monthly installments following the grant date until fully vested at the fourth anniversary of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances as described above under “Agreements with our NEOs.”

 

(2)

Since we have not yet completed our initial public offering, the market value was computed using $15.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(3)

Represents shares of restricted stock issued upon early exercise of a stock option award granted on August 29, 2017. The award vests in 48 equal monthly installments following the vesting commencement date until fully vested at the fourth anniversary of the grant date. Unvested shares are subject to repurchase by us at the original purchase price per share of $0.53 pursuant to the terms of the award agreements in the event of Dr. Wilson’s termination of service prior to the final vesting date.

 

(4)

Represents shares of restricted stock issued upon early exercise of a stock option award granted on August 29, 2017. The award was scheduled to vest in accordance with the standard vesting schedule described in footnote (1) above, with a vesting commencement date of August 29, 2017. These awards ceased vesting upon Mr. Hawryluk’s termination of employment on December 31, 2019, and were repurchased by us at the original purchase price per share of $0.53 pursuant to the terms of the award agreements in February 2020.

 

(5)

Represents shares of restricted stock issued upon early exercise of a stock option award granted on March 29, 2019. The award was scheduled to vest in accordance with the standard vesting schedule described in footnote (1) above, with a vesting commencement date of March 29, 2019. These awards ceased vesting upon Mr. Hawryluk’s termination of employment on December 19, 2019, and were repurchased by us at the original purchase price per share of $0.34 pursuant to the terms of the award agreements in February 2020.

Other Elements of Compensation

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the generally on same basis as all of our other employees. We provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our current named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or non-qualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

 

157


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may make pre-tax deferrals from his or her compensation up to the statutory limit, which is $19,500 for calendar year 2020, and other testing limits. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2020 may be up to an additional $6,500 above the statutory limit. Although the 401(k) plan provides for discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions, we currently do not make either type of contribution to the 401(k) plan. Participant contributions are held and invested, pursuant to the participant’s instructions, by the plan’s trustee.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with non-qualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Termination or Change of Control Benefits

Our executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a qualifying termination and/or a change of control of our company. Each of our executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to certain benefits, upon a qualifying termination and in connection with a change of control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “Agreements with Our NEOs.”

Incentive Award Plans

2020 Incentive Award Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders have adopted the 2020 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering. Under the 2020 Plan, we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2020 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2020 Plan will generally be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2020 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2020 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2020 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

The number of shares initially available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan will be the sum of (i) 3,900,000 shares of our common stock, plus (ii) any shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan as of the effective date of the 2020 Plan that become available for issuance under the 2020 Plan thereafter in accordance with its terms. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares of

 

158


Table of Contents

common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. No more than 40,000,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2020 Plan. Shares issued under the 2020 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2020 Plan or the 2013 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2020 Plan. Awards granted under the 2020 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2020 Plan.

Awards

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options (ISOs), and nonqualified stock options (NSOs), restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units (RSUs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), and other stock or cash-based awards. Certain awards under the 2020 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2020 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options.    Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs generally may be granted only to our employees and employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.

SARs.    SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted stock and RSUs.    Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on

 

159


Table of Contents

continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Other stock or cash-based awards.    Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including, but not limited to, gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to our performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

Provisions of the 2020 Plan Relating to Director Compensation

The 2020 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2020 Plan’s limitations. Prior to commencing this offering, our stockholders will approve the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation program, which is described below under the heading “Director Compensation.” Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with ASC 718, or any successor thereto) of any equity awards granted as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any fiscal year may not exceed $750,000, increased to $1,000,000, in the fiscal year of a non-employee director’s initial service as a non-employee director. The plan administrator may make

 

160


Table of Contents

exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change of control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2020 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards in exchange for either an amount in cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such award or realization of the participant’s rights under the vested portion of such award, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available, replacing awards with other rights or property or terminating awards under the 2020 Plan. In the event of a change of control where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2020 Plan, awards issued under the 2020 Plan may be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, or an “equity restructuring,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2020 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the equity restructuring.

Foreign Participants, Claw-back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments

With respect to foreign participants, the plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2020 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2020 Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2020 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2020 Plan. The plan administrator will have the authority, without the approval of our stockholders, to amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its price per share. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2020 Plan.

Securities Laws

The 2020 Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2020 Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The material federal income tax consequences of the 2020 Plan under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the 2020 Plan. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate

 

161


Table of Contents

and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

Stock options and SARs.    A 2020 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of a stock option or SAR. The tax consequences of exercising a stock option and the subsequent disposition of the shares received upon exercise will depend upon whether the option qualifies as an ISO or an NSO. Upon exercising an NSO when the fair market value of our stock is higher than the exercise price of the option, a 2020 Plan participant generally will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price, and we (or our subsidiaries, if any) generally will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price for the shares. Upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the option shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Upon exercising an ISO, a 2020 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income, and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense. However, upon exercise, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price will be an item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. The participant will recognize taxable income upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the option shares. For federal income tax purposes, dispositions are divided into two categories: qualifying and disqualifying. A qualifying disposition generally occurs if the sale or other disposition is made more than two years after the date the option was granted and more than one year after the date the shares are transferred upon exercise. If the sale or disposition occurs before these two periods are satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition generally will result.

Upon a qualifying disposition of ISO shares, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares over their purchase price. If there is a disqualifying disposition of the shares, then the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if less, the price at which the shares are sold) over their purchase price will be taxable as ordinary income to the participant. If there is a disqualifying disposition in the same year of exercise, it eliminates the item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon the disposition will be recognized as a capital gain or loss by the participant.

We will not be entitled to any tax deduction if the participant makes a qualifying disposition of ISO shares. If the participant makes a disqualifying disposition of the shares, we should be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.

Upon exercising or settling an SAR, a 2020 Plan participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid or value of the shares issued upon exercise or settlement. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Restricted stock and RSUs.    A 2020 Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates and we generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of restricted stock or RSUs. Upon the termination of restrictions on restricted stock or the payment of

 

162


Table of Contents

RSUs, the participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid to the participant or the amount by which the then fair market value of the shares received by the participant exceeds the amount, if any, paid for them. Upon the subsequent disposition of any shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares. However, a 2020 Plan participant granted restricted stock that is subject to forfeiture or repurchase through a vesting schedule such that it is subject to a “risk of forfeiture” (as defined in Section 83 of the Code) may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, at the time of the grant, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of grant, less the amount paid, if any, for such shares. We will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation, in the amount recognized as taxable income by the participant. If a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the participant will not recognize any additional ordinary income on the termination of restrictions on restricted stock, and we will not be entitled to any additional tax deduction.

Other stock or cash-based awards.    A 2020 Plan participant will not recognize taxable income and we will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of other stock or cash-based awards until cash or shares are paid or distributed to the participant. At that time, any cash payments or the fair market value of shares that the participant receives will be taxable to the participant at ordinary income tax rates and we should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2013 Plan in January 2013, and our members approved our 2013 Plan in January 2013. Our 2013 Plan was most recently amended by our board of directors in November 2019 and approved by our stockholders in November 2019. As of March 31, 2020, there were 813,251 shares remaining available for the future grant of stock awards under our 2013 Plan. As of March 31, 2020, there were outstanding stock options covering a total of 2,413,583 shares of our common stock that were granted under our 2013 Plan. Since March 31, 2020, options to purchase a total of 345,706 shares of our common stock have been granted under our 2013 Plan. Following this offering, no additional awards will be granted under the 2013 Plan.

Stock Awards

Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of NSOs and restricted stock awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates. To date, we have only granted stock options (and restricted stock awards issued upon early exercise of stock options) under the 2013 Plan.

Authorized Shares

Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2013 Plan will not exceed 4,771,615 shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2013 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without being exercised in full or that are settled in cash rather than in shares do not reduce or otherwise offset the number of shares available for issuance under our 2013 Plan. Additionally, if any shares issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2013 Plan. This includes shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award.

 

163


Table of Contents

Plan Administration

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors to which the board delegates its administrative authority, will administer our 2013 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. The plan administrator may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (who are not officers) to receive specified options (and to the extent permitted by applicable law, other stock awards) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such stock awards and (ii) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards; provided, however, that the board resolutions regarding such delegation must specify the total number of shares that may be subject to awards granted by such officer, and provided further, that no officer may grant an award under the 2013 Plan to himself or herself. Under our 2013 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, determine award recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award, to construe and interpret the 2013 Plan and awards granted thereunder (and to establish, amend and revoke any rules and regulations for the administration of the 2013 Plan), and to accelerate awards.

Under the 2013 Plan, the plan administrator also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (i) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award; (ii) the cancellation of any outstanding stock award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options

NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2013 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2013 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of up to three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy.

If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of up to 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of up to 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to us, (ii) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (iii) a net exercise of the option, (iv) a deferred payment arrangement, or (v) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

 

164


Table of Contents

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized designee in each case, (i) an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order and (ii) an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

A stock option may include provisions for the early exercise of options by the optionholder, the right of repurchase by us of vested shares acquired by the optionholder upon the exercise of the option, and the right of first refusal by us following receipt of notice from the optionholder of the intent to transfer shares upon the exercise of the option.

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash or cash equivalents, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right. Additionally, rights to acquire shares of common stock under the restricted stock award agreement will be transferrable by the participant only upon the terms and conditions as set forth in such agreement. A restricted stock award may include a provision for the right of first refusal by us following receipt of notice from the participant of the intent to transfer shares pursuant to the restricted stock award agreement.

Changes to Capital Structure

In the event of a capitalization adjustment, the board of directors, in its discretion, will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments to (i) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan, and (ii) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards. For purposes of the 2013 Plan, capitalization adjustment generally means any change that is made in (or other events occurring with respect to) our common stock subject to the 2013 Plan or any award without the receipt of consideration by us through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large non-recurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination or exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or other similar equity restructuring transaction (within the meaning of FASB ASC Topic 718).

Dissolution or Liquidation.    Our 2013 Plan provides that in the event of a dissolution or liquidation, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, all outstanding stock awards (other than those not subject to forfeiture or repurchase) will be terminated, and shares subject to repurchase or forfeiture may be repurchased or reacquired, provided the board of directors may cause some or all stock awards to become vested, exercisable, and no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture.

Company Transactions.    Our 2013 Plan provides that in the event of a company transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, the plan administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to the stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring corporation;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring corporation;

 

165


Table of Contents
   

accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination if not exercised (if applicable) at or before the effective time of the transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or exercised before the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the board of directors may consider appropriate; and

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received on exercise of the award, over (ii) any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, including the vested and unvested portions of a stock award, in the same manner and is not obligated to treat all participants in the same manner.

Under the 2013 Plan, a company transaction is generally defined as the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of: (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (ii) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do not survive the transaction, or (iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change of Control.    A stock award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change of control as may be provided in an applicable award agreement or other written agreement, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur. Under the 2013 Plan, a change of control is generally defined as (i) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction, (ii) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (iii) a consummated sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or (iv) individuals who, on the date the 2013 Plan is adopted by the board of directors, are members of the board of directors ceasing for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of our board of directors.

Plan Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2013 Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. Unless terminated sooner, the 2013 Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the 2013 Plan was adopted by our board of directors, or (ii) the date the 2013 Plan was approved by our stockholders. No stock awards may be granted under our 2013 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders have approved our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which will become effective in connection with this offering. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below.

 

166


Table of Contents

Shares available; administration.    A total of 325,000 shares of our common stock are initially reserved for issuance under our ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, by an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 1% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. In no event will more than 5,000,000 shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the ESPP.

Our board of directors or its committee will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility.    Our employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they meet the eligibility requirements under the ESPP established from time to time by the plan administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

Grant of rights.    The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The number of purchase periods within, and purchase dates during each offering period will be established by the plan administrator prior to the commencement of each offering period. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s gross base compensation for services to us, including overtime payments and excluding sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 50,000 shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will be exercised on the applicable purchase date(s) during the offering period, to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the applicable purchase period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary determination by the plan administrator, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the applicable purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the applicable purchase period. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time at least one week prior to the end of the applicable offering period (or such shorter or longer period specified by the plan administrator), and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

 

167


Table of Contents

Certain Transactions.    In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, such as any stock dividend or other distribution, change of control, reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In addition, in the event of the foregoing transactions or events or certain significant transactions, including a change of control, the plan administrator may provide for (i) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (ii) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (iii) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (iv) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (v) the termination of all outstanding rights. Under the ESPP, a change of control has the same definition as given to such term in the 2020 Plan.

Plan amendment; Termination.    The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP will be obtained for any amendment which increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP or changes the ESPP in any manner that would cause the ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code. The ESPP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date it is initially approved by our board of directors.

Securities Laws.    The ESPP has been designed to comply with various securities laws in the same manner as described above in the description of the 2020 Plan.

Federal Income Taxes.    The material federal income tax consequences of the ESPP under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the ESPP. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code. Under the applicable Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the ESPP. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted an option under the ESPP (i.e., the first day of the offering period). In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition, the participant will generally be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the first day of the offering period during which the shares were purchased and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or his or her estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of: (i) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price; or (ii) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market value of the shares as of the first day of the offering period. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

 

168


Table of Contents

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and we will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

Director Compensation

To date, we have not paid any cash compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors for their services as directors, with the exception of Dr. Wilson, whose 2019 compensation for his service as our non-employee Executive Chairman during 2019 is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table and other executive compensation disclosure above due to his service as an executive officer for a portion of 2019. We have provided stock-based compensation to certain of our non-employee directors. We have reimbursed, and will continue to reimburse, our non-employee directors for their actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings. Sarah Boyce, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors, but does not receive any additional compensation for her service as a director.

Effective August 28, 2019, we granted each of Dr. Henig and Dr. Kaye options to purchase 9,534 shares of our common stock in connection with their appointment to our board of directors under our 2013 Plan. The stock options have a ten-year term and an exercise price of $0.42 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options will vest monthly over a one-year period, subject to continued service with us on each vesting date. On May 15, 2020, we approved the grant to Mr. Boess of an option to purchase 20,858 shares of our common stock in connection with his appointment to our board of directors under our 2013 Plan. In addition, we approved the grant to each of Dr. Henig and Dr. Kaye of additional options to purchase 11,323 shares of our common stock to align their initial option grants with that of Mr. Boess. The options have a ten-year term and an exercise price of $8.82 per share, which our board of directors determined was equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The options will vest in 36 equal monthly installments over three years following the date of each director’s appointment or election to our board of directors, subject to continued service with us on each vesting date.

 

169


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes compensation received by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2019. Dr. Wilson and Ms. Boyce are not included in the following table as they served as executive officers during 2019 and their compensation is included in the Summary Compensation Table in the “Executive Compensation and Other Information” section below. Mr. Boess is not included in the following tables as he was appointed to our board of directors in 2020.

 

Name

  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Total
($)
 

Todd Brady

                   

Noreen Henig, M.D.

           21,794        21,794  

Edward Kaye, M.D.

           21,794        21,794  

Michael Martin, Ph.D.

                   

Roderick Wong, M.D.

                   

 

(1)

Represents the grant date fair value of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. See Note 8 to our financial statements included with this prospectus for a description of the assumptions used in valuing our stock options.

The aggregate number of shares subject to stock options outstanding at December 31, 2019 for the individuals who served as non-employee directors during 2019 was as follows:

 

Name

  Number of Securities
Underlying Options
Outstanding at
December 31, 2019
 

Todd Brady

     

Noreen Henig, M.D.

    9,534  

Edward Kaye, M.D.

    9,534  

Michael Martin, Ph.D.

     

Roderick Wong, M.D.

     

In connection with this offering, our board of directors and our stockholders have approved the terms of our non-employee director compensation program. The material terms of the non-employee director compensation program are summarized below.

The non-employee director compensation policy will provide for annual retainer fees and/or long-term equity awards for our non-employee directors. Each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $35,000, with a non-employee director serving as Chairman of the board of directors (including Executive Chairman) receiving an annual retainer of $132,000. Non-employee directors serving as the chairs of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $15,000, $10,000 and $8,000, respectively. Non-employee directors serving as members of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional annual retainers of $7,500, $5,000 and $4,000, respectively. The non-employee directors will also receive initial grants of options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock, vesting in equal monthly installments over three years, upon initial election or appointment to the board of directors, and thereafter annual grants of options to purchase 15,000 shares of our common stock on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, vesting on the first to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next occurring annual meeting of our stockholders, in each case subject to the non-employee director’s continued service on the applicable vesting date. In addition, equity awards granted to our non-employee directors will vest upon a change of control of our company.

Compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy will be subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2020 Plan, as described above. Our

 

170


Table of Contents

board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, subject to the annual limit on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2020 Plan. As provided in the 2020 Plan, our board of directors or its authorized committee may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the board of directors or its authorized committee may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit

 

171


Table of Contents

against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

172


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2017 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 and one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change of control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Conversion from Limited Liability Company to Corporation

In April 2019, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company named Avidity Biosciences, LLC (formerly known as Avidity NanoMedicines LLC) (Avidity LLC), to Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation. We refer to this activity as the Conversion. As a result, the members of Avidity LLC became our stockholders in the same ownership proportions as immediately prior to the Conversion, and all 2,920,058 common units, 4,350,299 Series A preferred units and 8,108,471 Series B preferred units of Avidity LLC outstanding at the time of the Conversion were converted into 2,920,058 shares of common stock, 4,350,299 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 8,108,471 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, respectively, of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Convertible Promissory Note Financings

2018 Notes.    In July 2018, we issued and sold in a private placement to certain investors an aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million in convertible promissory notes (the 2018 Notes). The 2018 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The 2018 Notes, including an aggregate of approximately $307,000 in accrued interest thereon, were automatically converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing described below.

2019 Notes.    In February 2019, we issued and sold in a private placement to certain investors an aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million in convertible promissory notes (the 2019 Notes, and together with the 2018 Notes, the Notes). The 2019 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The 2019 Notes, including an aggregate of approximately $322,000 in accrued interest thereon, were automatically converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing described below.

Agreements with Lilly

In April 2019, we and Lilly entered into a research collaboration and license agreement, as described in “Business—Research and Collaboration License Agreement with Lilly and Company.” In connection with our entry into the research collaboration and license agreement, we entered into a convertible note purchase agreement with Lilly pursuant to which we issued and sold in a private placement to Lilly a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $15.0 million (the Lilly Note). The Lilly Note accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The Lilly Note, including approximately $674,000 in accrued interest thereon, was automatically converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing described below. Lilly is a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock.

Convertible Preferred Unit and Preferred Stock Financings

Series B Convertible Preferred Unit Financings.    In December 2016, we entered into a Series B preferred unit purchase agreement, pursuant to which we sold to investors in an initial closing and

 

173


Table of Contents

subsequent closings from December 2016 to October 2017 in private placements an aggregate of 8,108,471 Series B preferred units. The per unit purchase price was $2.8269, and we received gross proceeds of approximately $21.3 million, which included the conversion of previously outstanding convertible promissory notes at a discounted price of $2.2615 per unit.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financings.    In November 2019, we entered into a Series C preferred stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we sold to investors in an initial closing and a subsequent closing in November 2019 and January 2020, respectively, in private placements, an aggregate of 25,345,793 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The per share purchase price was $4.2812, and we received gross proceeds of approximately $102.8 million, which included the conversion of the 2018 Notes, the 2019 Notes and the Lilly Note at a discounted purchase price of $3.639, $3.425 and $3.425, respectively.

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of these securities acquired by the listed directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or their affiliates. Each outstanding Series B preferred unit, including the Series B preferred units identified in the following table, was converted into one share of Series B convertible preferred stock in connection with the Conversion. Each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock, including the shares identified in the tables above, will convert into shares of common stock at a ratio of one-for-2.1095 immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Participants

  Principal
Amount of
2018 Notes
     Principal
Amount of
2019 Notes
     Series B
Convertible
Preferred
Units
     Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Shares
 

5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

          

Entities affiliated with ALETHEA Capital Management(2)

  $ 500,000      $ 2,500,000        1,144,753        1,517,733  

Brace Pharmaceuticals LLC(3)

  $ 500,000           1,500,336        151,464  

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Asset Management(4)

             4,671,586  

Entities affiliated with EcoR1 Capital(5)

          176,871        2,335,792  

Eli Lilly and Company

     $ 15,000,000           4,576,342  

Entities affiliated with RTW Investments(6)

             6,423,431  

Takeda Ventures, Inc.(7)

  $ 550,000      $ 1,000,000        1,061,233        479,458  

Officers and Directors

          

Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D.(8)

  $ 100,000      $ 250,000        35,374        108,504  

P. Kent Hawryluk(9)

  $ 100,000      $ 250,000        35,374        108,504  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in “Principal Stockholders.”

 

(2)

Represents securities acquired by ALETHEA Biotech Fund, LP and ALETHEA Fulcrum Fund, LP.

 

(3)

Todd Brady, a member of our board of directors, is the Director of Finance and Investments at Brace Pharma Capital, which is an affiliate of Brace Pharmaceuticals. At the time of our 2018 and 2019 convertible note financings and our Series B convertible preferred unit financing, Mr. Brady served as one of our Managers.

 

(4)

Represents securities acquired by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP, Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP and CRMA SPV, LP.

 

(5)

Represents securities acquired by EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P., EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P. and EcoR1 Venture Opportunity Fund, L.P,

 

(6)

Represents securities acquired by RTW Master Fund, Ltd., RTW Innovation Master Fund, Ltd. and RTW Venture Fund Limited (collectively, RTW). Roderick Wong, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of RTW Investments, LP, an affiliate of RTW.

 

(7)

Michael Martin, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is the President of Takeda Ventures. At the time of our 2018 and 2019 convertible note financings and our Series B convertible preferred unit financing, Mr. Martin served as one of our Managers.

 

174


Table of Contents
(8)

Represents securities acquired by a family trust. Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D., is a trustee of the family trust. Dr. Wilson is currently, and was at the time of the Series C convertible preferred stock financing, our Executive Chairman. At the time of our 2018 and 2019 convertible note financings and our Series B convertible preferred unit financing, Dr. Wilson served as one of our Managers and as our Chief Executive Officer.

 

(9)

Represents securities acquired by an IRA and family trust. Mr. Hawryluk is the beneficiary of the IRA and the trustee of the family trust. At the time of our 2018 and 2019 convertible note financings, our Series B convertible preferred unit financing and the first closing of our Series C convertible preferred stock financing, Mr. Hawryluk served as our Chief Business Officer.

Takeda Evaluation Agreement

In June 2017, we and Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, an affiliate of Takeda Ventures, entered into an evaluation agreement. Michael Martin, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is the President of Takeda Ventures and, at the time we entered into the evaluation agreement, was one of our Managers. Pursuant to the evaluation agreement, we conducted certain work in exchange for payment of approximately $605,000. The evaluation agreement terminated in June 2018.

Registration Rights Agreement

We entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement in April 2019, as amended and restated in November 2019, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. The registration rights agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their convertible preferred stock and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the registration rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate three years after the closing of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

Voting Agreement

We entered into an amended and restated voting agreement in April 2019, as amended and restated in November 2019 and as amended in April 2020, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, pursuant to which the following directors were each elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Carsten Boess, Sarah Boyce, Todd Brady, Noreen Henig, M.D., Edward Kaye, M.D., Michael Martin, Ph.D., Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D. and Roderick Wong, M.D. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Ms. Boyce, as our Chief Executive Officer, serves on our board of directors as the CEO director. Mr. Brady, Dr. Martin and Dr. Wong were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of the holders of our convertible preferred stock, as designated by Brace Pharmaceuticals, Takeda Ventures and RTW Investments LP and its affiliates (RTW), respectively. Mr. Boess and Dr. Wilson were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, as designated by a majority of our common and preferred stockholders, voting together as a single class. Dr. Henig and Dr. Kaye were initially selected to serve on our board of directors by our existing directors.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until they resign, are removed or their successors are duly elected by holders of our common stock. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail under “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.”

 

175


Table of Contents

Public Offering Participation Rights

We entered into a letter agreement in November 2019 with RTW, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock. The letter agreement grants RTW a participation right to purchase a specified percentage of shares of common stock in this offering at the public offering price, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws. The letter agreement further provides that, under certain circumstances in which RTW is unable to participate in this offering, we are required to offer RTW shares of our common stock through a separate private placement to be concurrent with this offering.

Equity Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted restricted stock and stock options to certain of our executive officers and non-employee directors, as more fully described in “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment letter agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these letter agreements, see “Executive and Director Compensation— Agreements with Our NEOs.”

Director and Officer Indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

176


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2020, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

 

   

our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 20,950,798 shares of common stock outstanding on May 31, 2020, which gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and includes 127,658 shares subject to forfeiture or a right of repurchase. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to warrants, options or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Avidity Biosciences, Inc., 10975 N. Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150, La Jolla, California 92037. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

    Number of Shares
Beneficially

Owned
    Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

     

Entities affiliated with RTW Investments(1)

    3,045,000       14.5     9.8

Entities affiliated with Cormorant Asset Management(2)

    2,214,545       10.6     7.2

Eli Lilly and Company

    2,169,396       10.4     7.0

Entities affiliated with ALETHEA Capital Management(3)

    1,723,294       8.2     5.6

Entities affiliated with EcoR1 Capital(4)

    1,295,924       6.2     4.2

Executive Officers and Directors

     

Sarah Boyce

          *       *  

P. Kent Hawryluk(5)

    582,472       2.8     1.9

Arthur Levin, Ph.D.(6)

    358,299       1.7     1.2

Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D.(7)

    994,919       4.7     3.2

Carsten Boess(8)

    1,738       *       *  

Todd Brady

          *       *  

Noreen Henig, M.D.(9)

    12,679       *       *  

Edward Kaye, M.D.(10)

    12,679       *       *  

Michael Martin, Ph.D.(11)

    730,358       3.5     2.4

Roderick Wong, M.D.(1)

    3,045,000       14.5     9.8

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(12)

    5,155,672       24.5     16.6

 

177


Table of Contents

 

*

Less than 1%.

 

(1)

Consists of (i) 467,379 shares of common stock held by RTW Innovation Master Fund, Ltd., (ii) 2,023,985 shares of common stock held by RTW Master Fund, Ltd. and (ii) 553,636 shares of common stock held by RTW Venture Fund Limited. RTW Investments, LP is the manager of RTW Master Fund, Ltd., RTW Venture Fund Limited and RTW Innovation Master Fund. Dr. Wong is the Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of RTW Investments, and as such has sole voting and investment control over such shares. Dr. Wong disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of RTW Investments and Dr. Wong is 412 West 15th Street, Floor 9, New York, New York, 10011.

 

(2)

Consists of (i) 1,762,115 shares of common stock held by Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP (Cormorant Fund II), (ii) 419,887 shares of common stock held by Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP (Cormorant Master Fund), and (iii) 32,553 shares held by CRMA SPV, L.P. (CRMA, and, together with Cormorant Fund II and Cormorant Master Fund, the Cormorant Funds). Cormorant Global Healthcare GP, LLC (Global GP) is the general partner of Cormorant Master Fund and Cormorant Private Healthcare II GP, LLC (Private GP) is the general partner of Cormorant II. Bihua Chen serves as the managing member of both Global GP and Private GP. Cormorant Asset Management LP serves as the investment manager to Cormorant Fund II, Cormorant Master Fund and CRMA, and Ms. Chen serves as the managing member of Cormorant Asset Management GP, LLC. Ms. Chen has sole voting and investment control over the shares held by the Cormorant Funds. Ms. Chen disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of the Cormorant Funds, Global GP, Private GP, Cormorant Asset Management LP, and Ms. Chen is 200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(3)

Consists of (i) 1,446,476 shares of common stock held by ALETHEA Biotech Fund, LP (ALETHEA Biotech) and (ii) 276,818 shares of common stock held by ALETHEA Fulcrum Fund, LP. (ALETHEA Fulcrum). ALETHEA Capital Management, LLC is the general partner of ALETHEA Biotech and ALETHEA Fulcrum. Tony Hsu is the Managing Member of ALETHEA Capital Management. By virtue of such relationships, Mr. Hsu has voting and investment power over the shares held by ALETHEA Biotech and ALETHEA Fulcrum. Mr. Hsu disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by ALETHEA Biotech and ALETHEA Fulcrum, except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest therein if any. The address for ALETHEA Capital Management is 18029 Calle Ambiente, Suite 509, Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067.

 

(4)

Consists of (i) 645,070 shares of common stock held by EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P. (EcoR1 Qualified), (ii) 150,495 shares of common stock held by EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P. (EcoR1 Fund), and (iii) 500,359 shares of common stock held by EcoR1 Venture Opportunity Fund, L.P. (EcoR1 Venture). EcoR1 Capital LLC is the general partner of EcoR1 Qualified and EcoR1 Fund. Biotech Opportunity GP, LLC is the general partner of EcoR1 Venture. Oleg Nodelman owns and controls EcoR1 Capital and Biotech Opportunity GP, LLC and as such may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Nodelman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of EcoR1 and Mr. Nodelman is 357 Tehama Street, Suite 3, San Francisco, California 94103.

 

(5)

Includes (i) 560,213 shares held by a trust and (ii) 14,359 shares held in an IRA account. Mr. Hawryluk is the trustee of the trust and the beneficiary of the IRA account, and in such capacity has the power to vote and dispose of such shares.

 

(6)

Includes (i) 47,405 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Levin that are exercisable as of May 31, 2020 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date, and (ii) 310,894 shares of common stock held by a family trust. Dr. Levin and his spouse, Madeline Butler, are co-trustees of the family trust and in such capacity have joint power to vote and dispose of such shares.

 

(7)

Includes (i) 59,256 shares subject to repurchase and (ii) 805,301 shares of common stock held by a family trust. Dr. Wilson and his spouse, Lemoure Eliasson, are co-trustees of the trust and in such capacity have joint power to vote and dispose of such shares.

(8)

Includes 1,738 shares of common stock subject to underlying options held by Mr. Boess that are exercisable as of May 31, 2020 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(9)

Includes 12,679 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Henig that are exercisable as of May 31, 2020 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(10)

Includes 12,679 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Kaye that are exercisable as of May 31, 2020 or that will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

(11)

Consists of 730,358 shares held by Takeda Ventures, Inc., a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited. Takeda Ventures is owned directly by Takeda Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc., which is owned directly by both Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited (58.09%) and Takeda Pharmaceuticals International AG (41.91%). Takeda Pharmaceuticals International AG is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited. Dr. Martin is the President of Takeda Ventures, and as such may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Dr. Martin disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

 

(12)

Consists of the shares described in footnotes 1 and 6 through 11 above.

 

178


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the registration rights agreement and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and registration rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 400,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Common Stock

As of March 31, 2020, there were 20,950,798 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 108 stockholders, including 141,686 shares of restricted common stock which are subject to forfeiture or our right of repurchase, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of common stock, which will automatically occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, and further assuming the issuance by us of 10,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering, there will be 30,950,798 shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect. Subject to the supermajority votes for some matters, other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. See below under “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws—Amendment of Charter Provisions.”

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

179


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding convertible preferred stock, and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

On August 7, 2015, in connection with the Loan Agreement, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 16,474 Series A preferred units at an exercise price of $2.2615 per unit (the SVB Series A Warrant). On June 9, 2017, in connection with the first amendment to the Loan Agreement, we issued SVB a warrant to purchase 9,442 common units at an exercise price of $0.53 per unit (the SVB Common Warrant and, together with the SVB Series A Warrant, the SVB Warrants). The SVB Series A Warrant and the SVB Common Warrant were converted into warrants to purchase 16,747 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 9,442 shares of common stock, respectively, in connection with our conversion into a corporation in April 2019, and the SVB Series A Warrant will become a warrant to purchase 7,809 shares common stock at an exercise price of $4.77 per share in connection with this offering. The SVB Warrants contain a net exercise provision under which SVB may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive, a net amount of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the net exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The SVB Series A Warrant expires ten years from its date of issuance and the SVB Common Warrant expires seven years from its date of issuance.

Options

As of March 31, 2020, options to purchase 2,413,583 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 111,038 were vested and exercisable as of that date. For additional information regarding the terms of our 2013 Plan, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Incentive Award Plans—2013 Equity Incentive Plan.”

Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2020, upon the closing of this offering holders of 19,957,505 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to the registration rights agreement by and among us and certain investors. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

 

180


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

Form S-1.    If at any time beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the registrable securities then outstanding where the aggregate price to the public of the offering is $10.0 million or more, we may be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, among other things, within the preceding 12 months, we have already effected two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights.

Form S-3.    If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3, the holders of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or a part of the registrable securities then outstanding where the price to the public of the offering is $1.0 million or more, we may be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, among other things, within the preceding 12 months, we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Indemnification

Our registration rights agreement contains customary cross indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling securityholders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expenses of any special audits incident to the registration.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate three years after the closing of this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy

 

181


Table of Contents

contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, with one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.” This system of electing directors may tend to discourage a third party from attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

 

182


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. In any case, stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board of directors and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

183


Table of Contents

Nasdaq Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RNA.”

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

184


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, and assuming (i) the issuance of 10,000,000 shares in this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of common stock and the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity upon the closing of this offering, (iii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (iv) no exercise or vesting of outstanding options, warrants or other rights, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 30,950,798 shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining 20,950,798 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our securities, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sell, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Cowen and Company LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period, in certain cases without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

 

185


Table of Contents

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Following the closing of this offering, certain of our officers, directors and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director or stockholder in connection with this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 309,508 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and Nasdaq concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

 

186


Table of Contents

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2020, upon the closing of this offering holders of 19,957,505 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchase by our affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

187


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in the Code);

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION

 

188


Table of Contents

OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder’s behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

 

189


Table of Contents

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (USRPI), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC), for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. If we are a USRPHC and either our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or a Non-U.S. Holder holds, or is treated as holding, more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be taxed on any gain in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. If we are a USRPHC and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, a Non-U.S. Holder’s proceeds received on the disposition of shares will also generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 15%. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

190


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections are commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would also have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

191


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as the representatives of the several underwriters for the offering named below, have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally, and not jointly, agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

  Number of
Shares
 

Cowen and Company, LLC

                      

SVB Leerink LLC

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 
 

 

 

 

Total

    10,000,000  
 

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares.    We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.

Discounts and Commissions.    The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

           Total  
    Per Share      Without
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
     With Full
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
 

Public offering price

  $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $        $        $    

 

192


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.0 million. We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $40,000 for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the shares of our common stock to securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $                per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

Discretionary Accounts.    The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

Market Information.    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:

 

   

the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our past and present financial information;

 

   

an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have applied for the quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “RNA.”

Stabilization.    In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of our common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

 

   

Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of our common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining

 

193


Table of Contents
 

the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the option to purchase additional shares and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making.    In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, as amended, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, such bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Lock-Up Agreements.    Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our other securityholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of the pricing of the offering.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The exceptions permit us, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (i) issue common stock or options pursuant to employee benefit plans, (ii) issue common stock upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants (iii) issue securities in connection with acquisitions or similar transactions, or (iv) file registration statements on Form S-8. The exceptions permit parties to the “lock-up” agreements, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) make certain gifts, (b) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers to any stockholders, partners, members of, or owners of similar equity interests in, the party, or to an affiliate of the party, if such transfer is not for value, (c) if the party is a corporation,

 

194


Table of Contents

partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers in connection with the sale or transfer of all of the party’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the party’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the “lock-up” agreement, (d) enter into transactions relating to shares of our common stock acquired in open market transactions after completion of the offering, provided that no public announcement or filing is required to be made regarding such transaction during the 180-day lock-up period, (e) enter into a 10b5-1 trading plan, provided that such plan does not permit the sale of any common stock during the 180-day lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is made regarding such plan during the 180-day lock-up period, (f) make transfers to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to our equity incentive plans disclosed in this prospectus, (g) make transfers pursuant to court or regulatory agency order, a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (h) make transfers pursuant to agreements that provide for the repurchase by us or the forfeiture of securities, (i) transfers pursuant to third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, (j) the conversion of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock in connection with the consummation of the offering. In addition, the lock-up provision will not restrict broker-dealers from engaging in market making and similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.

Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares.    A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. Cowen and Company, LLC, SVB Leerink LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships.    Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees. SVB, an affiliate of SVB Leerink LLC, is a lender under our debt facility and holds warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

195


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

Canada.    The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

United Kingdom.    In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Switzerland.    This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the shares. The shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (FinSA) and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of our common stock constitutes a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to, the FinSA, the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility in Switzerland). Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not

 

196


Table of Contents

be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

European Economic Area.    In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a Relevant State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except it may make an offer to the public in that Relevant State of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (i)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (ii)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  (iii)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Hong Kong.    The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the SFO) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies ((Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the CO) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.    Each representative has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each representative has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

  (i)

to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the SFA)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

197


Table of Contents
  (ii)

to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

  (iii)

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (i)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (ii)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (however described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e)

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments)(Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Israel.    In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of our common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the Addressed Investors); or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, subject to certain conditions (the Qualified Investors). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968. In particular, we may request, as a

 

198


Table of Contents

condition to be offered common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us and/or to anyone acting on our behalf: (i) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968; (ii) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued common stock; (iv) that the shares of our common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.

 

199


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California. The underwriters are being represented by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and our common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at the website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.aviditybiosciences.com. Upon the closing of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

 

200


Table of Contents

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock/Units and Stockholders’/Members’ Deficit

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-9  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

San Diego, California

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock/units and stockholders’/members’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Emphasis of a Matter - Coronavirus

As more fully described in Note 10 to the financial statements, the Company may be impacted by the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19), which was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

San Diego, California

April 3, 2020, except for the “Reverse Stock Split” paragraph of Note 11, as to which the date is June 8, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data and par value)

 

    December 31,     March 31,
2020
    Pro
Forma

March 31,
2020
 
    2018     2019  
               

(unaudited)

 

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,090     $ 94,578     $ 88,751                         

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    152       1,098       1,506    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    3,242       95,676       90,257    

Property and equipment, net

    702       631       558    

Other assets

    38       600       1,863    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 3,982     $ 96,907     $ 92,678    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock/Units and Stockholders’/Members’ Equity (Deficit)

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 1,565     $ 2,308     $ 3,540    

Accrued compensation

    305       1,314       641    

Deferred revenue

          3,840       4,380    

Long-term debt, current portion

    2,746       2,774       2,780    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    4,616       10,236       11,341    

Other long-term liabilities

    224       45       45     $  

Lease liability, long term

          393       297    

Deferred revenue

          15,100       13,940    

Convertible notes

    3,184                

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    4,394       1,770       1,098    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

       

Convertible preferred units—12,828,990 units authorized at December 31, 2018 and no units authorized at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020; 12,458,770 units issued at December 31, 2018 and no units issued at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020; liquidation preferences of $32.8 million, $0 and $0 at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively

    32,693                

Convertible preferred stock—$0.0001 par value; no shares authorized at December 31, 2018 and 38,054,628 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020; no shares, 37,267,331 and 37,804,563 shares issued at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively; liquidation preferences of $0, $139.0 million and $141.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

          134,720       136,920        

Stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit):

       

Common units—21,500,000 units authorized at December 31, 2018, no units authorized at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020; 2,841,764 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018, no units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020

    426                    

Common stock—$0.0001 par value; no shares authorized at December 31, 2018, 52,042,016 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively; no shares, 2,988,775 and 3,029,729 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively; 20,950,798 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2020, pro forma (unaudited)

                      2  

Additional-paid in capital

          (43,172     (42,693     94,270  

Predecessor’s deficit

    (41,555                  

Accumulated deficit

          (22,185     (28,270     (28,270
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit)

    (41,129     (65,357     (70,963   $ 66,002  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock/units and stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit)

  $ 3,982     $ 96,907     $ 92,678    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share/unit and per share/unit data)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Revenue:

       

Collaboration and contract research

  $ 379     $ 2,319     $     $ 1,358  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    379       2,319             1,358  

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    8,436       14,539       1,262       5,544  

General and administrative

    2,441       5,112       912       1,964  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,877       19,651       2,174       7,508  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (10,498     (17,332     (2,174     (6,150

Interest and other income (expense):

       

Interest income

                      143  

Interest and other expense

    (718     (7,387     (372     (78

Change in fair value of preferred warrant liabilities

          (15     (3      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense)

    (718     (7,402     (375     65  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (11,216   $ (24,734   $ (2,549   $ (6,085
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share/unit, basic and diluted

  $ (4.53   $ (9.12   $ (0.97   $ (2.14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares/units outstanding, basic and diluted

    2,476,774       2,713,460       2,633,144       2,844,860  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Note 2)

    $ (1.44     $ (0.29
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Note 2)

      12,431,662         20,681,971  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock/Units and Stockholders’/Members’ Deficit

(in thousands, except shares/units and per share/unit data)

 

    Preferred Units     Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Units     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Predecessor’s
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’/
Members’
Deficit
 
    Units     Amount     Shares     Amount           Units     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2017

    12,458,770   $ 32,693         $           2,531,233     $ 267       $     –     $     $     $ (30,339   $ (30,072 )

Issuance of common units upon exercise of unit options

                        310,531       67                           67

Vesting of early exercise options

                            32                           32

Stock-based compensation

                            60                             60

Net loss

                                                (11,216     (11,216
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    12,458,770     32,693                     2,841,764       426                           (41,555     (41,129

Distribution to members

        (106                                            

Issuance of common units upon exercise of unit options

                        78,294       38                         38

Stock-based compensation

                              17                         17  

Net loss to date of conversion

                                                  (2,549     (2,549

Conversion from LLC to C corporation

    (12,458,770     (32,587     12,458,770     32,587         (2,920,058     (481     2,920,058           (43,623         44,104    

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $4.1 million

            17,915,525     72,623                                      

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes

            6,893,036     29,510                                      

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                68,717         26             26

Vesting of early exercise options

                                        36               36

Stock-based compensation

                                        389             389

Net loss

                                            (22,185         (22,185
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock/Units and Stockholders’/Members’ Deficit—(Continued)

(in thousands, except shares/units and per share/unit data)

 

    Preferred Units     Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Units     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Predecessor’s
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’/
Members’
Deficit
 
    Units     Amount     Shares     Amount           Units     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

      $       37,267,331   $ 134,720             $       2,988,775     $   $ (43,172 )   $ (22,185 )   $     $ (65,357 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                            40,954             16                   16  

Vesting of early exercise options (unaudited)

                                                        14                   14  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million (unaudited)

                537,232       2,200                                                      

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                        449                   449  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                              (6,085       (6,085
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

        $       37,804,563     $ 136,920               $       3,029,729     $     $ (42,693   $ (28,270   $     $ (70,963
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock/Units and Stockholders’/Members’ Deficit

(in thousands, except shares/units and per share/unit data)

 

     Preferred Units     Convertible
Preferred Stock
            Common Units      Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
     Predecessor’s
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’/
Members’
Deficit
 
     Units      Amount     Shares      Amount             Units      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

     12,458,770      $ 32,693            $       –             2,841,764      $ 426             $       –      $       –      $       –      $ (41,555   $ (41,129

Distribution to members (unaudited)

            (106                                                                         

Issuance of common units upon exercise of unit options (unaudited)

                                     78,294        38                                          38  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                            17                                          17  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                                               (2,549     (2,549
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2019 (unaudited)

     12,458,770      $ 32,587            $             2,920,058      $ 481             $      $      $      $ (44,104   $ (43,623
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net loss

  $ (11,216   $ (24,734   $ (2,549   $ (6,085

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

       

Depreciation

    383       348       93       83  

Stock-based compensation expenses

    60       406       17       449  

Amortization of discounts and loan issuance costs

    73       71       16       9  

Non-cash interest

    374       7,027       297       38  

Non-cash lease expense

          249       61       57  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    12       (949     108       (406

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    780       451       (84     96  

Accrued compensation related expenses

    127       1,010       35       (673

Change in lease liability

          (329     (80     (88

Deferred rent

    (7                  

Deferred revenue

    (241     18,940             (620
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (9,655     2,490       (2,086     (7,140

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Purchase of property and equipment

    (49     (235           (10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (49     (235           (10

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock/units, net of repurchases

    162       65       39       16  

Proceeds from long-term debt, net of issuance costs

    1,994                    

Payment on long-term debt

          (2,800     (700     (700

Distributions to members

          (106            

Proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

          72,623             2,200  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs

    2,988       19,451       4,483        

Payment of deferred financing cost

                      (193
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    5,144       89,233       3,822       1,323  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (4,560     91,488       1,736       (5,827

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    7,650       3,090       3,090       94,578  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 3,090     $ 94,578     $ 4,826     $ 88,751  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 291     $ 322     $ 96     $ 50  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

       

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock upon conversion of outstanding convertible notes

  $     $ 29,510     $ –       $ –    

Right-of-use asset

  $     $ 807     $ 807     $ –    

Costs incurred, but not paid, in connection with capital expenditures included in accounts payable

  $     $ 43     $ –       $ –    

Costs incurred, but not paid, in connection with deferred financing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $     $     $ –       $ 1,139  

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

1. Business and Business Organization

Description of Business

Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the Company or Avidity) is a biopharmaceutical company pioneering a new class of oligonucleotide-based therapies called Antibody Oligonucleotide Conjugates (AOCs) designed to overcome the current limitations of oligonucleotide-based therapies in order to treat a wide range of serious diseases. The Company utilizes its proprietary AOC platform to design, engineer and develop therapeutics that combine the tissue selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and the precision of oligonucleotide-based therapies.

Formation and Conversion

The Company was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware as Avidity Biosciences LLC in November 2012, and in April 2019, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Conversion, Avidity Biosciences LLC a Delaware limited liability company (Avidity LLC), was converted into Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The entire membership interests of Avidity LLC were converted into securities of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. as follows: (i) each outstanding common unit of Avidity LLC was converted into one share of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.’s common stock; (ii) each outstanding Series A convertible preferred unit of Avidity LLC converted into one share of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.’s Series A preferred stock; and (iii) each outstanding Series B preferred unit of Avidity Biosciences LLC converted into one share of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.’s Series B convertible preferred stock. All the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Avidity LLC vested in Avidity Biosciences, Inc., and all debts, liabilities and duties of Avidity LLC became debts, liabilities and duties of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. Outstanding convertible notes, warrants and stock awards under Avidity LLC’s employee benefit and incentive compensation plans continued on the same terms and conditions and became binding upon Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2020, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to organizing and staffing the company, business planning, raising capital, developing its proprietary AOC platform, identifying potential product candidates, establishing its intellectual property and conducting research and preclinical studies, and providing other general and administrative support for these operations. In addition, the Company has a limited operating history, has incurred operating losses since inception and expects that it will continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as it continues the development of its product candidates and development programs. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $28.3 million and cash and cash equivalents of $88.8 million. Based on the Company’s current business plan, management believes that existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund the Company’s obligations for at least 12 months after these financial statements are issued.

The Company plans to finance its future cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, it may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, and/or delay or reduce the scope of its planned development programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, actual results may materially differ from these estimates and assumptions.

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, primarily related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, fair value of common stock, and accrued research and development costs. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates relating to the valuation of stock require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2020, the statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the statements of convertible preferred stock/units and stockholders’/members’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2020 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 in accordance with GAAP. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma information as of March 31, 2020 has been prepared to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of the Company’ convertible preferred stock into 17,921,069 shares of the Company’s common stock and (ii) the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrant liabilities to permanent equity, all of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s planned initial public offering (IPO). The unaudited pro forma information does not reflect any pro forma adjustments for common stock to be issued in conjunction with the IPO or any related estimated net proceeds.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding convertible preferred stock and convertible notes into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The cash and cash equivalents balance at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 represents cash in readily available checking and money market accounts.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash deposits. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company has deferred offering costs consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs directly attributable to its planned IPO. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the proceeds received upon the completion of the planned IPO. In the event the planned IPO is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within the Company’s statements of operations. As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, $0 and $1.3 million, respectively, of deferred offering costs were recorded within other assets in the accompanying balance sheets.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company has outstanding freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its Series A convertible preferred stock. Since the underlying Series A convertible preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity, these preferred stock warrants are classified as other long-term liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company adjusts the carrying value of such preferred stock warrants to their estimated fair value at each reporting date, with any related increases or decreases in the fair value recorded as an increase or decrease to other income (expense) in the statements of operations. The preferred stock warrant liabilities will continue to be adjusted to fair value until such time as the preferred stock warrants are no longer outstanding or the underlying securities are no longer redeemable outside the control of the Company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

 

  Level 1—

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

  Level 2—

Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

  Level 3—Unobservable

inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

None of the Company’s non-financial assets are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the preferred stock warrant liabilities. No transfers between levels have occurred during the periods presented. The carrying amounts reflected in the Company’s balance sheets for prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Company’s debt approximates fair value due to the interest being reflective of current market rates for debt with similar terms and conditions.

The preferred stock warrant liabilities are recorded at fair value utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using significant unobservable inputs adjusted for the preferred stock warrant’s expected life and the fair value of the underlying preferred stock.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the preferred stock warrant liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2017 and 2018

  $ 30  

Change in fair value

    15  
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020

  $ 45  
 

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which ranges from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance charges that do not increase the useful life of the assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. An impairment loss is recorded if and when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses in any of the periods presented in these financial statements.

Segment Information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company manages its

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

operations as a single operating segment in the United States for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions.

Revenue Recognition

To date, all the Company’s revenues has been derived from collaboration and research agreements (Note 3). The terms of these arrangements include the following types of payments to the Company: non-refundable, up-front license fees; development, regulatory and commercial milestone payments; payments for research and development services provided by the Company or for manufacturing supply services the Company provides through its contract manufacturers; and royalties on net sales of licensed products.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes all existing revenue recognition requirements, using the modified retrospective approach. This new standard requires a company to recognize revenues when it transfers goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that the company expects to receive for those goods or services. An adjustment to retained earnings was not required upon adoption as the Company had no revenue generating agreements in effect on the date of adoption.

In accordance with ASU 2014-09, the Company performs the following steps in determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as it fulfills its obligations under each of these agreements: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies each performance obligation. See Note 3 for further discussion.

Prior to January 1, 2019, the Company recognized revenues when all four of the following criteria were met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred, (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company’s research evaluation agreement contains multiple elements, including payments for reimbursement of internal and third parties’ development costs. The Company considers a variety of factors in determining the appropriate method of revenue recognition under these arrangements.

The Company receives payments from its collaborators based on billing schedules established in each contract. Up-front and other payments may require deferral of revenue recognition to a future period until the Company performs its obligations under its research and collaboration arrangements. Amounts are recorded as accounts receivable when the Company’s right to consideration is unconditional.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation associated with research and development personnel, third-party research and development expenses, license fees, laboratory supplies, facilities, overhead costs, and

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

consultants. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are capitalized and recorded as expense in the period that the Company receives the goods or when services are performed.

Upfront and milestone payments to acquire contractual rights to licensed technology are recorded when incurred if there is uncertainty in the Company receiving future economic benefit from the acquired contractual rights.

Patent Costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recorded as general and administrative expense and expensed as incurred since recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded using the asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit would more likely than not be realized assuming examination by the taxing authority. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using current enacted tax rates. Valuation allowances are recorded when the realizability of such deferred tax assets does not meet a more-likely-than-not threshold. For tax benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and state jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the Company’s tax years since inception are subject to examination by taxing authorities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company expenses stock-based compensation to employees and non-employees over the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis, net of actual forfeitures during the period, based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

Net Loss Per Share/Unit

Basic net loss per share/unit is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stock/units by the weighted-average number of common stock/units outstanding for the period. Diluted net

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

loss per stock/unit attributable to common stock/units is computed dividing the diluted net loss attributable to common stock/units by the weighted-average number of common stock/units outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common stock/units. The Company has excluded 231,810 and 217,524 weighted-average shares/units subject to repurchase or forfeiture from the weighted-average number of common shares/units outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 249,699 and 177,142 weighted-average share/units subject to repurchase or forfeiture for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For purpose of this calculation, outstanding stock/unit options, warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock/units, convertible promissory notes, and convertible preferred stock/units are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share/unit when their effect is dilutive.

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common holders per share/unit is presented in conformity with the two class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock/units and warrants to purchase Series A convertible stock/units are considered participating securities. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common holders. Accordingly, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, there is no difference in the number of shares/units used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding. In addition to the convertible promissory notes that were outstanding at December 31, 2018, the following securities that could potentially decrease net loss per share/unit in the future are not included in the determination of diluted loss per share/unit as their effect is anti-dilutive (in common stock equivalents, in thousands):

 

    December 31,      March 31,  
    2018      2019      2019      2020  

Outstanding convertible preferred stock/units

    5,906        17,666        5,906        17,921  

Outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock/units

    8        8        8        8  

Outstanding warrants to purchase common stock/units

    9        9        9        9  

Outstanding common stock/units options

    300        1,667        269        2,414  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    6,223        19,350        6,192        20,352  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

Numerator    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (24,734   $ (6,085

Add:

    

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     15        

Interest expense on convertible notes

     6,876        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (17,843   $ (6,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     2,713,460       2,844,860  

Add pro forma adjustments to reflect:

    

Assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     7,645,899       17,837,111  

Assumed conversion of convertible notes

     2,072,303        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     12,431,662       20,681,971  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.44   $ (0.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases, along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. The Company early adopted the new standard beginning January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. ASU 2016-02 provides a number of optional practical expedients and accounting policy elections. The Company elected the package of practical expedients requiring no reassessment of whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification of any expired or existing leases, or initial direct costs for any existing leases. As a result of these decisions, financial information will not be updated, and the disclosures required under this guidance will not be provided for dates and periods prior to January 1, 2019.

The Company currently has one operating lease for office and laboratory spaces in San Diego, California. The operating lease was impacted by the new accounting standard and resulted in the present values of the future lease payments being presented as a right-to-use asset, with a corresponding lease liability at the date of adoption. The financial impact from the adoption of this standard is discussed in Note 7.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a comprehensive revenue recognition model and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue upon transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be received in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step approach for recognizing

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

revenue, which may require a company to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the current guidance. The new standard allows for two methods of adoption: (i) full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or (ii) modified retrospective adoption, meaning the cumulative effect of applying the new standard is recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance. Additionally, in November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-18, Clarifying the Interaction between Topic 808 and Topic 606, which clarifies the effect of the revenue standard on the accounting for collaborative arrangements. The update clarifies that certain transactions between collaborative arrangement participants should be accounted for as revenue under Topic 606 when the collaborative arrangement participant is a customer in the context of a unit of account. In those situations, Topic 606 should be applied. The Company adopted the new standards on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the Company did not have any revenue-generating arrangements in effect at January 1, 2019.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 expanded the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. An entity should apply the requirements of Topic 718 to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost. ASU 2018-07 specifics that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment awards, and that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2019 and its adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

3. Significant Agreements and Contracts

Collaboration and License Agreements and Research Agreement

 

Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Eli Lilly and Company

In April 2019, the Company entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (the Lilly Agreement) with Eli Lilly and Company (Lilly) for the discovery, development and commercialization of antibody-oligonucleotide conjugate products directed against certain targets in immunology and other select indications on a worldwide basis. Under the Lilly Agreement, the Company granted Lilly an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license, with the right to sublicense (subject to certain conditions), under the Company’s technology to research, develop, manufacture, and sell products containing antibody-oligonucleotide conjugates that are directed up to six mRNA targets. The Company retains the right to use its technology to perform its obligations under the agreement and for all purposes not granted to Lilly. The Company that it will not, itself or with a third party, research, develop, manufacture or commercialize or otherwise exploit any compound or product directed against targets subject to the agreement.

In consideration of the rights granted to Lilly under the agreement, the Company received a one-time upfront fee of $20.0 million and is eligible to receive up to $60.0 million in development

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

milestone payments, up to $140.0 million in regulatory milestone payments and up to $205.0 million in commercialization milestone payments per target. In addition, Lilly is obligated to reimburse the Company for research expenses, as defined, incurred under the agreement. Lilly is obligated to pay the Company a tiered royalty ranging from the mid-single to low-double digits on worldwide annual net sales of licensed products, subject to specified and capped reductions for the market entry of biosimilar products, loss of patent coverage of licensed products and for payments owed to third parties for additional rights necessary to commercialize licensed products in the territory. Lilly’s royalty obligations and the Lilly Agreement will expire on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis on the later of ten years from the date of the first commercial sale or when there is no longer a valid patent claim covering such licensed product in such country.

The Company has identified multiple promises to deliver goods and services, which include at inception of the agreement: (i) a license to technology and patents, information and know-how; and (ii) collaboration, including research services, technical and regulatory support provided by the Company. At inception and through December 31, 2019, the Company has identified one performance obligation for all the deliverables under the agreement since the delivered elements are either not capable of being distinct or are not distinct within the context of the contract. Accordingly, the Company will recognize revenue for the fixed or determinable collaboration in an amount proportional to the collaboration expenses incurred and the total estimated collaboration expenses over the five-year period over which it expects to deliver its performance obligations. In connection with the Lilly Agreement, the Company recognized revenue of $2.3 million and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively, and had deferred revenue of $18.9 million and $18.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively.

A reconciliation of the closing balance of deferred revenue related to the Lilly Agreement, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Upfront payment received in 2019

  $ 20,000  

Revenue recognized in 2019

    (1,060
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    18,940  

Revenue recognized in the first quarter of 2020 (unaudited)

    (620
 

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

  $ 18,320  
 

 

 

 

Concurrently with the execution of the Lilly Agreement, the Company issued a convertible promissory note to Lilly (see Note 6 for additional discussion). In connection with the Series C financing in November 2019, all outstanding principal and interest accrued under the note converted into 4,576,342 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock.

Other Agreements

In 2016 and 2017, the Company entered into agreements with pharmaceutical companies under which the Company was contracted to perform certain research and development activities, as defined in work plans. All work under the agreements was completed in early 2018 with the Company recognizing revenue totaling $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2020
 
     2018     2019  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,493     $ 1,755     $ 1,765  

Computers and software

     75       65       66  

Office equipment

     37       37       37  

Leasehold improvements

     417       417       417  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,022       2,274       2,285  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,320     (1,643     (1,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

   $ 702     $ 631     $ 558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively.

5. Debt

The Company’s debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2020
 
     2018     2019  

Current liabilities:

      

Term loans

   $ 2,800     $ 2,800     $ 2,800  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (53     (25     (19

Unamortized debt discount

     (1     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans payable, net of issuance costs and discount

     2,746       2,774       2,780  

Non-current liabilities:

      

Term loans

     4,200       1,400       700  

Accrued end of term fees

     223       374       399  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (29     (4     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans payable, net of issuance costs and discount

     4,394       1,770       1,098  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans payable, net of issuance costs and discount

   $ 7,140     $ 4,544     $ 3,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loan

In June 2017, the Company entered into an amendment (the LSA Amendment) to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as amended, the Loan Agreement) with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB). Pursuant to the LSA Amendment, SVB agreed to make loans of up to $7.0 million, comprising (i) a $5.0 million term loan, funded at the closing date (the Term C Loan), and (ii) subject to the achievement of a specified milestone relating to the Company’s research, an additional term loan totaling up to $2.0 million (the Term D Loan), of which $4.1 million was used to repay the Company’s existing loan with SVB, in addition to the final payments totaling $0.4 million.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

The Term C Loan matures on June 1, 2021 and bears interest at an adjustable annual rate of the prime rate per the Wall Street Journal or successor publication plus one-fifth of one percent (0.20%). The LSA Amendment provided an extension of the interest only period through June 1, 2019, upon the Term D Loan advance. Beginning July 1, 2019, the Company was required to repay the principal amount in 36 equal monthly installments, in addition to the monthly interest payment. In addition, a final payment of 6.5% of the funded amount, or $0.3 million, is due on the maturity date. The final payment fee was accrued as interest expense over the term of the loan and recorded in long-term debt, net of current portion.

In August 2018, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Loan Agreement (the LSA Second Amendment). Pursuant to the LSA Second Amendment, SVB provided the Term D Loan of $2.0 million, upon the Company’s receipt of $3.0 million in convertible note financing. In addition, a final payment of 6.5% of the funded amount, or $0.1 million, is due on the maturity date. The Company accounted for the financing prospectively as a debt modification. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020, the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Term D Loan was 5.7%, 5.0% and 3.5%, respectively.

Amounts borrowed under the Loan Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding certain intellectual property, which shall remain unencumbered throughout the term of the Loan Agreement. Under the Loan Agreement, the Company is subject to certain customary nonfinancial covenants, events of defaults and material adverse change provisions. At December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

In conjunction with the Term A and Term B Loans, the Company issued warrants to SVB to purchase up to 16,474 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.2615 per share, exercisable at any time following the issuance. The warrants have a term of ten years. In conjunction with the Term C Loan entered into in June 2017, the Company issued warrants to SVB to purchase up to 9,442 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, exercisable at any time following the issuance. The warrants have a term of seven years. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recorded the fair value as debt discounts and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loans.

Future minimum principal and interest payments and the final payment due under the Loan Agreement are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
 

2020

   $ 2,947     $ 2,169  

2021

     1,875       1,870  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,822       4,039  

Less:

    

Interest and final payment

     (622     (539
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loan

   $ 4,200     $ 3,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

6. Convertible Notes

In 2018 and 2019, the Company issued convertible promissory notes (collectively, the Notes) in the aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively (the 2018 Notes and 2019 Notes, respectively). The 2018 Notes and the 2019 Notes accrued interest at 8% and 10% per annum, respectively, and automatically converted into preferred equity from the next financing round at 85% and 80%, respectively, of the per share price paid by the investors in a qualified financing of at least $10 million. The 2018 Notes and 2019 Notes provided for optional conversion upon certain other events. Upon change of control, as defined in the agreement, the Company was required to immediately repay 200% of the outstanding principal plus any unpaid accrued interest on the original principal.

Concurrently with the execution of the Lilly Agreement, the Company issued a convertible promissory note to Lilly (the Lilly Note) and received cash proceeds of $15.0 million. The Lilly Note accrued simple interest of 8.0% per annum and, if not converted, would have matured in October 2020. All unpaid principal and interest were due at maturity. In the event of a qualified financing or initial public offering of at least $30 million, unpaid interest and principal were to convert into equity securities at the lesser of (i) 80% of the per share cash price paid by the investors in the qualified financing, or (ii) the quotient resulting from dividing $150 million by the number of the Company’s outstanding equity securities immediately prior to the qualified financing. If there had not been a qualified financing, an initial public offering or change of control prior to the maturity date then Lilly could have converted all unpaid interest and principal into the Company’s Series B convertible preferred stock at a conversion price equal to $2.8269 per share or if applicable, convert into the class or series of equity securities issued and sold by the Company in an equity financing, other than a qualified financing, with rights senior to the Series B convertible preferred stock at a conversion price equal to the price paid per equity security by the investors participating in such equity financing.

The Notes represent share settled debt that were accounted for at amortized cost by accreting the Notes to their redemption value over the life of the debt using the effective interest method. In connection with the Series C financing in November 2019, all outstanding principal and interest accrued under the Notes converted into 6,893,036 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. The Company recorded $0.2 million, $6.9 million and $0.2 million in interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and three months ended March 31, 2019, respectively, for the stated interest rate and the discount at which the Notes converted.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Agreements

The Company adopted ASC 842, Leases, as of January 1, 2019. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting under ASC 840, Leases.

In accordance with ASC 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a finance lease, operating lease or short-term lease at inception, or as applicable, and accounts for the arrangement under the relevant accounting literature. Currently, the Company is only party to a non-cancelable office space operating lease and short-term lease arrangements. Under the relevant guidance, the Company recognizes operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets and liabilities based on the present

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date, using the Company’s assumed incremental borrowing rate of 6%, and amortizes the ROU assets and liabilities over the lease term. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company’s short-term leases are not subject to recognition of an ROU asset or liability or straight-line lease expense requirements.

In March 2014, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office and laboratory space under a non-cancellable operating lease with a term through November 2017 (the Lease). Under the terms of the Lease, the Company provided the landlord with a security deposit of $28,000 in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit. In July 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the Lease to extend the Lease through December 2021 (the Lease Amendment). Under the terms of the Lease Amendment, the Company provided the landlord with an additional security deposit of $28,000 in cash and the letter of credit was cancelled. On January 1, 2019, the Company recognized an initial right-of-use asset and lease liability of $0.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively, related to the Lease and the Lease Amendment.

The Company’s ROU assets and liabilities related to the Lease and the First Lease Amendment are as follows (in thousands):

 

    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
 

ROU assets (included in other assets)

  $  558     $  493  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion of lease liabilities (included in accounts payable and other liabilities)

  $ 360     $ 368  

Lease liabilities, long term

    393       297  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

  $ 753     $ 665  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
 

Cash paid included in operating cash flows

  $  382     $    98  

Maturities of lease liabilities due under this lease agreement are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

  December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
 

2020

  $ 393     $ 295  

2021

    405       405  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease payments

    798       700  

Less imputed interest

    (45     (35
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

    753       665  

Less current portion of lease liability

    (360     (368
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lease liability, long term

  $ 393     $ 297  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

Rent expense under the lease agreement totaled $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining term of the Company’s operating leases was 2.0 years and 1.75 years, respectively.

Litigation

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. There are no matters currently outstanding for which any liabilities have been accrued.

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the Company has $6.1 million and $8.4 million, respectively, of outstanding non-cancellable purchase commitments with two contract manufacturing organizations for the manufacture of materials used in its preclinical and planned clinical trials. Approximately $8.2 million of the purchase commitments are expected to be paid within the next twelve months.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breech of such agreements or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with officers and members of its board of managers and directors that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any claims under indemnification arrangements will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows, and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in its financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020.

8. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Conversion

On April 1, 2019, Avidity LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was converted into Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The entire membership interests of Avidity LLC were converted into securities of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. as follows: (i) each outstanding common unit of Avidity LLC was converted into one share of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.’s common stock; (ii) each outstanding Series A preferred unit of Avidity LLC converted into one share of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.’s Series A convertible preferred stock; and (iii) each outstanding Series B preferred unit of Avidity Biosciences LLC converted into one share of Avidity Biosciences, Inc.’s Series B convertible preferred stock. All the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Avidity LLC vested in Avidity

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

Biosciences, Inc., and all debts, liabilities and duties Avidity LLC became debts, liabilities and duties of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. All references to the former member’s equity accounts in Avidity LLC have been adjusted to reflect the equivalent number of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. shares of common stock. Upon completion of the conversion, the Company reclassified an accumulated deficit of $44.1 million from predecessor deficit to additional paid in capital.

Convertible Preferred Stock/Units

In November 2019, the Company issued 17,915,525 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, for cash, at a price of $4.2812 per share, for net proceeds of $72.6 million, net of issuance costs of $4.1 million. In addition, all outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Notes and the Lilly Note were automatically converted into 6,893,036 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, at a stated discount pursuant to the original terms of the notes at issuance. In January 2020, the Company issued an additional 537,232 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, for cash, at a price of $4.2812 per share, for net proceeds of $2.2 million, net of issuance costs of $100,000.

As of December 31, 2018, preferred units consisted of the following:

 

Series

  Units
Authorized
     Units Issued
and
Outstanding
     Per Unit
Original
Issue Price
and
Conversion
Price
     Current
Conversion
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

    4,366,773        4,350,299      $ 2.2615      $ 4.77      $ 9,838      $ 9,825  

Series B

    8,462,217        8,108,471      $ 2.8269      $ 5.96        22,922        22,868  
 

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    12,828,990        12,458,770            $ 32,760      $ 32,693  
 

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

Series

  Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Per Share
Original
Issue Price
and
Conversion
Price
     Current
Conversion
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

    4,366,773        4,350,299      $ 2.2615      $ 4.77      $ 9,838      $ 9,773  

Series B

    8,108,471        8,108,471      $ 2.8269      $ 5.96        22,922        22,814  

Series C

    25,579,384        24,808,561      $ 4.2812      $ 9.03        106,210        102,133  
 

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    38,054,628        37,267,331            $ 138,970      $ 134,720  
 

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

As of March 31, 2020, preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

Series

  Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Per Share
Original
Issue Price
and
Conversion
Price
     Current
Conversion
Price
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

    4,366,773        4,350,299      $ 2.2615      $ 4.77      $ 9,838      $ 9,773  

Series B

    8,108,471        8,108,471      $ 2.8269      $ 5.96        22,922        22,814  

Series C

    25,579,384        25,345,793      $ 4.2812      $ 9.03        108,510        104,333  
 

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    38,054,628        37,804,563            $ 141,270      $ 136,920  
 

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of the preferred stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting Rights

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such holders of preferred stock could convert on the record date of for determination of stockholders entitled to vote.

Dividends

The Company cannot declare and pay any common stock dividends without first declaring and paying dividends, as defined in the terms of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the preferred stockholders. The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, noncumulative dividends at the rate of 8.0% of the applicable original issue price of such preferred stock (Original Issue Price), subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the preferred stock. No dividends have been declared as of March 31, 2020.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), each holder of preferred stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the common stockholders, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Original Issue Price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if such holder had converted its shares into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event. In the event that the assets available for distribution to the holders of preferred stock are insufficient to pay such holders the full amounts to which they are entitled, the assets available for distribution will be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of the preferred stock in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of such stock. After payments have been made in full to the holders of preferred stock, then, to the extent available, the remaining amounts would be distributed among the holders of the common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.

Conversion Rights

Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 0.474 shares of common stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Each share of preferred stock is automatically

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

converted into common stock, (i) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the preferred stock, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company in which the per share price is at least $4.2816 and the aggregate gross proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, to the Company is at least $40.0 million.

Presentation of Convertible Preferred Stock/Units

The Company’s Preferred stock/units have been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying balance sheet in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of potentially redeemable securities whose redemption is based upon certain change in control events outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company. The Company has determined not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock/units to the liquidation preferences of such shares/units because the occurrence of any such change of control event is not probable.

Common Stock

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company issued 310,531, 147,011 and 105,642 common units/shares, respectively, for proceeds of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, upon early exercise of shares options granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The early exercise liability of $0.1 million at each of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and March 31, 2020 was included in accrued liabilities on the accompanying balance sheets.

Equity Incentive Plan

In January 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). The Plan provided for the issuance of incentive units to employees and nonemployees of the Company and non-statutory unit options, restricted unit awards, unit appreciation rights, and unit bonuses to directors, employees, and consultants of the Company. Under the Plan, 2,127,013 units were initially reserved for issuance. Upon the conversion of the Company to a C corporation, the Plan continued on the same terms and conditions. In 2019, the number of shares reserved under the Plan was increased to 4,771,615 shares. At December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, 1,601,216 shares and 813,251 shares, respectively, remain available for issuance under the Plan.

The options that are granted from the Plan are exercisable at various dates and will expire no more than ten years from their date of grant. The exercise price of each option shall be determined by the board of directors. For holders of more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power of all classes of stock, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant and for a term not to exceed five years.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

Stock Options

Stock option activity for employee and nonemployee awards and related information is as follows :

 

    Number     Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date
(fair value)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)
 

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2018

    299,519     $ 0.49        7.8      $ 0.38      $ 0  

Granted

    1,517,564       1.13             $ 3.46     

Exercised

    (148,252     0.42                   

Forfeited

    (2,188     0.50                   
 

 

 

            

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2019

    1,666,643       1.08        9.6      $ 3.08      $ 5,982  

Granted

    897,029       1.24               

Exercised

    (105,642     0.44               

Forfeited

    (44,447     1.24               
 

 

 

            

Outstanding at March 31, 2020

    2,413,583     $ 1.17        9.6      $ 3.61      $ 7,216  
 

 

 

            

Exercisable at March 31, 2020

    1,561,001     $ 1.12        3.4      $ 3.21      $ 4,734  
 

 

 

            

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $0.30, $3.46 and $3.61, respectively. The total fair value of options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $4,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, 194,729 and 141,693, respectively, of the stock options exercised were unvested and subject to repurchase.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the stock option/units grants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2018      2019              2019                      2020          

Risk-free interest rate

     2.4% – 2.9%        1.4% –2.7%        2.3%        1.5%  

Expected volatility

     83.0 – 84.0%        84.0 –88.0%        87.0%        88.0%  

Expected term (in years)

     2.0 – 6.1        2.0 – 6.1        5.5        6.0 – 6.1  

Expected dividend yield

     –%        –%        –%        –%  

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company bases the risk-free interest rate assumption on the U.S. Treasury’s rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.

Expected Volatility. Since the Company is not yet a public company and does not have a trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility assumption is based on volatilities of a peer group

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology industry. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. Because the Company does not have historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected life assumption using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its vesting period.

Expected dividend yield. The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.

The allocation of stock-based compensation expense was as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
             2018                        2019                        2019                        2020           

Research and development expense

  $               26      $               84      $                 9      $ 81  

General and administrative expense

    34        322        8        368  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 60      $ 406      $ 17      $            449  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding time-based options was $4.8 million and $7.6 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years and 3.6 years, respectively.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31,      March 31,
2020
 
    2018      2019  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

    5,906        17,666        17,921  

Common stock options/units issued and outstanding

    300        1,667        2,414  

Equity awards available for future issuance

    471        1,601        813  

Outstanding preferred and common stock warrants

    17        17        17  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    6,694        20,951        21,165  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Income Taxes

The Company operated as a nontaxable partnership until its conversion on March 31, 2019. The Company had deferred tax assets in existence on March 31, 2019 when the Company became a taxable entity. Deferred tax assets were not recognized due to the uncertainty that such assets will be realized. The Company retained the valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2019.

For the period April 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company recorded no provision for income taxes.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate and federal statutory tax rate is summarized as follows:

 

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates

  $ (5,194

State income tax, net of federal benefit

    (1,057

Permanent items

    14  

Book income (loss) for pre-conversion period

    527  

Interest on convertible notes

    445  

Realized gain on conversion of convertible notes

    958  

Reserve for uncertain tax positions

    140  

Research and development tax credits

    (584

Deferred tax recognized upon conversion

    (3,076

Valuation allowance

    7,827  
 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $  
 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, significant components of the Company’s deferred income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

Net operating loss carryforward

  $ 4,275  

Research and development tax credits

    438  

Accrued expenses

    179  

Fixed assets

    2,721  

Lease liability

    265  

Stock based compensation

    160  
 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

    8,038  

Less valuation allowance

    (7,827
 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

    211  

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

Right-of-use asset

    (211
 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (211
 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $  
 

 

 

 

The Company has established a full valuation allowance of $7.8 million against its net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets that preclude it from determining that is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. At such time as it is determined that it is more likely than not that deferred assets are realizable, the valuation allowance will be reduced. Management’s assessment at December 31, 2019 considered the generation of pre-tax book losses in its first year, the inability to carryback its operating losses, the lack of feasible tax-planning strategies, the limited existing taxable temporary differences, and the subjective nature of forecasting future taxable income into the future.

At December 31, 2019, the Company had federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $15.3 million, before consideration of limitations under Section 382 of the IRC, as further

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

described below. The net loss generated in 2019 may be carried forward indefinitely but federal NOLs generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 will only be available to offset up to 80% of future taxable income. Additionally, at December 31, 2019, the Company had state NOL carryforwards of approximately $15.0 million which may be used to offset future taxable income and will begin to expire in 2039.

At December 31, 2019, the Company had federal and state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.3 million. The Company has not performed a formal research and development credit study with respect to these credits. The federal credits will begin to expire in 2039, if unused, and the state credits carry forward indefinitely.

Pursuant to IRC Section 382 and IRC Section 383, the Company’s ability to use NOL and R&D tax credit carryforwards (tax attribute carryforwards) to offset future taxable income is limited if the Company experiences a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50 percentage points (by value) within a three-year testing period. The Company has not completed an ownership change analysis pursuant to IRC Section 382. If ownership changes within the meaning of IRC Section 382 have occurred, the amount of pre-change tax attribute carryforwards available to offset future taxable income and income taxes in future years may be significantly restricted. Further, deferred tax assets associated with such tax attributes could be significantly reduced upon realization of an ownership change within the meaning of IRC Section 382.

At December 31, 2019, the Company has an unrecognized tax benefit balance of $0.2 million related to federal and state tax credits that, if recognized, would impact the Company’s income tax benefit and effective tax rate if the Company’s deferred tax assets were not subject to a full valuation allowance. However, due to the existence of the full valuation allowance, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company does not foresee material changes to its liability for uncertain tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company has no accruals for interest or penalties in the accompanying balance sheets and has not recognized interest or penalties in the accompanying statements of operations.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and California. Due to the net operating loss carryforwards, the Company’s tax years since inception are subject to examination by these taxing authorities. The Company has not been, nor is it currently, under examination by any taxing authority.

10. COVID-19

The COVID-19 outbreak in the United States has caused significant business disruption. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, and its impact on the Company’s preclinical studies and clinical trials, employees and vendors, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. At this point, the extent to which COVID-19 may impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations is uncertain. A prolonged outbreak could have a material adverse impact on the financial results and business operations of the Company, including the timing and ability of the Company to complete certain clinical trials and other efforts required to advance the development of

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

its product candidates and raise additional capital. In response to the pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act, among other things, includes tax provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer’s social security payments, net operating loss utilization and carryback periods, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. At this point, the Company does not believe that the CARES Act will have a material impact on its income tax provision for 2020. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the CARES Act on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Company currently does not expect to apply for loans or grants under the CARES Act.

11. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events occurring between the end of the most recent fiscal year and through April 3, 2020 for the financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and through June 8, 2020 for the interim financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure.

Reverse Stock Split

On June 4, 2020 the Company effected a one-for-2.1095 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock (the Reverse Stock Split). The par value and the authorized shares of the common stock were not adjusted as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. All issued and outstanding common stock and the conversion prices and ratio of the convertible preferred stock have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

2020 Incentive Award Plan

In June 2020, the Board of Directors adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2020 Incentive Award Plan (the 2020 Plan) which will become effective in connection with an initial public offering. Under the 2020 Plan, the Company may grant stock options, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and other stock or cash-based awards to individuals who are then employees, officers, non-employee directors or consultants of the Company. A total of (i) 3,900,000 shares of common stock plus (ii) the number of shares subject to awards granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on or before the effective date of the 2020 Plan that become available for issuance under the 2020 Plan will initially be reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan. In addition, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2020 Plan will be increased annually on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the 2020 Plan, beginning with the 2021 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by the Board of Directors.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In June 2020, the Board of Directors adopted the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). The ESPP will become effective in connection with an IPO. The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. A total of 325,000 shares of common stock is initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(information as of March 31, 2020 and thereafter and for the three months ended

March 31, 2019 and 2020 is unaudited)

 

on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the ESPP, beginning with the 2021 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii such smaller number of shares as determined by the Board of Directors.

Lease Agreement and Amendment to Lease Agreement

On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a lease for 23,596 square feet of space in San Diego, California that commenced on July 1, 2020 and has a 60 month term. The total rent commitment under the lease is $7.3 million. Under the terms of the lease agreement, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit totaling $124,000 throughout the lease term. Additionally, the Company amended its current lease to include rent abatement for the remainder of the lease, starting on July 1, 2020.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

10,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-running Managers

 

Cowen    SVB Leerink           Credit Suisse    Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

 

                , 2020

Until                 , 2020, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

    Amount paid or
to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 23,883  

FINRA filing fee

    28,100  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

    170,000  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

    600,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,800,000  

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

    3,500  

Printing and engraving expenses

    150,000  

Miscellaneous

    174,517  
 

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 2,950,000  
 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2017. Also included is the consideration received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  (a)

Issuances of Securities

 

  1.

From December 2016 to October 2017 we issued an aggregate of 8,108,471 Series B preferred units to investors at a purchase price of $2.8269 per unit, for aggregate consideration of approximately $21.3 million, including the conversion of previously outstanding convertible promissory notes at a discounted price of $2.2615 per unit. Each outstanding Series B preferred unit was converted into one share of our Series B convertible preferred stock in connection with the Conversion described below.

 

  2.

In June 2017, we issued to a lender a warrant to purchase 9,442 common units at an exercise price of $0.53 per unit in connection with our entry into a loan and security agreement. The warrant was converted into a warrant to purchase 9,442 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share in connection with the Conversion described below.

 

  3.

In July 2018, we issued and sold to certain investors an aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million in convertible promissory notes (the 2018 Notes). The 2018 Notes, including accrued interest thereon, were automatically converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in November 2019 in connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing.

 

  4.

In February 2019, we issued and sold to certain investors an aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million in convertible promissory notes (the 2019 Notes). The 2019 Notes, including accrued interest thereon, were automatically converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in November 2019 in connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing.

 

  5.

In April 2019, Avidity Biosciences, LLC (formerly known as Avidity NanoMedicines LLC) (Avidity LLC), a Delaware limited liability company, converted into Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the Conversion). As a result, all 2,920,058 common units, 4,350,299 Series A preferred units and 8,108,471 Series B preferred units of Avidity LLC outstanding at the time of the Conversion were converted into 2,920,058 shares of common stock, 4,350,299 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 8,108,471 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, respectively, of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. The Conversion was effected in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Conversion and did not constitute a sale for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

  6.

In April 2019, we entered into a convertible note purchase agreement with an investor, pursuant to which we issued and sold a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $15.0 million (the April 2019 Note). The April 2019 Note, including accrued interest thereon, was automatically converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in November 2019 in connection with our Series C convertible preferred stock financing.

 

  7.

In November 2019 and January 2020 we issued an aggregate of 25,345,793 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to investors at a purchase price of $4.2812 per unit, for aggregate consideration of approximately $102.8 million, including the conversion of the 2018 Notes, the 2019 Notes and the April 2019 Note at a discounted purchase price of $3.639, $3.425 and $3.425, respectively.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All holders of securities described above represented to us in connection with their purchase or issuance that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could

 

II-3


Table of Contents

bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The holders received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

 

  (b)

Grants of Stock Options

 

  1.

Since January 2017, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3,383,318 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.83 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. 628,485 of these options have been exercised and 49,582 have been cancelled through May 31, 2020.

The stock options and common stock issuable upon exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (c)

Exhibits.    See Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  (d)

Financial Statement Schedules.    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (currently in effect)
  3.2*    Bylaws (currently in effect)
  3.3*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  4.1*    Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated November  8, 2019, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders
  4.3*    Participation Rights Letter Agreement, dated November  8, 2019, by and among RTW Master Fund, Ltd., RTW Innovation Master Fund, Ltd. and RTW Venture Fund Limited
  4.4*    Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 7, 2015
  4.5*    Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 9, 2017
  5.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1#*    Avidity Biosciences, Inc. 2013 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option grant notice and stock option agreement thereunder
10.2#    Avidity Biosciences, Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan, including form of stock option grant notice and stock option agreement thereunder
10.3#    Avidity Biosciences, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.4#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
10.5#*    Employment Letter Agreement, dated May 15, 2020, by and between Sarah Boyce and the Registrant
10.6#*    Employment Letter Agreement, dated May 15, 2020, by and between Joseph Baroldi and the Registrant
10.7#*    Employment Letter Agreement, dated May 15, 2020, by and between Arthur A. Levin, Ph.D. and the Registrant
10.8#*    Employment Letter Agreement, dated May 14, 2020, by and between Michael F. MacLean and the Registrant
10.9#*    Executive Chairman Agreement, dated October 28, 2019, by and between Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D. and the Registrant
10.10#*    Release Agreement dated December 19, 2019, by and between P. Kent Hawryluk and the Registrant
10.11#*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
10.12†*    Research Collaboration and License Agreement, dated April 17, 2019, by and between Eli Lilly and Company and the Registrant
10.13*    Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 7, 2015, as amended, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

10.14    Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 2014, as amended, by and between ARE-10933 North Torrey Pines, LLC and Registrant
10.15    Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2020, by and between ARE-SD Region No. 44, LLC and Registrant
23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*    Power of Attorney

 

*

Previously filed.

 

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted for confidentiality purposes.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on this 8th day of June, 2020.

 

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Sarah Boyce

  Sarah Boyce
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

Sarah Boyce

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)    June 8, 2020

*

Michael F. MacLean

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

   June 8, 2020

*

Troy Wilson, Ph.D., J.D.

   Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors    June 8, 2020

*

Carsten Boess

   Director    June 8, 2020

*

Todd Brady

   Director    June 8, 2020

*

Noreen Henig, M.D.

   Director    June 8, 2020

*

Edward Kaye, M.D.

   Director    June 8, 2020

*

Michael Martin, Ph.D.

   Director    June 8, 2020

*

Roderick Wong, M.D.

   Director    June 8, 2020

 

*By:  

/s/ Sarah Boyce

    Sarah Boyce
    Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.    That the name of this corporation is Avidity Biosciences, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on April 1, 2019 under the name Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

2.    That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 S. DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is GKL Registered Agents of DE, Inc.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 52,042,016 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 38,054,628 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

 

1.


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A.    COMMON STOCK

1.    General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2.    Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code. During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California Corporations Code, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting, and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote together as a single class, and without a separate class vote by holders of Common Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B.    PREFERRED STOCK

4,366,773 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, 8,108,471 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock”, and 25,579,384 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock”, each with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

2


1.    Dividends.

Dividends at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price shall be payable on the Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board” or “Board of Directors”) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable Preferred Stock) (the “Preferred Dividends”). Preferred Dividends shall not accrue and shall not be cumulative. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on any other shares of the Corporation unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere herein) the holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, together on a pari passu basis, a dividend on each outstanding Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) the amount of any declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends on the applicable series of Preferred Stock and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of Preferred Stock of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on more than one class or series of shares, the dividend payable to the holders of each series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this section shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of stock that would result in the highest dividend on each series of Preferred Stock. The “Original Issue Price” means (a) $2.2615 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) $2.8269 per share of Series B Preferred Stock and (c) $4.2812 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock.

2.    Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1    Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the

 

3


Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2.1, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The aggregate amount which a holder of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this section is hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidation Preference.”

2.2    Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment in full of the Liquidation Preference required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

2.3    Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.3.1    Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of 52.5% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (the “Supermajority Holders”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least 15 days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a)    any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, provided that, for the purpose of this section, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of capital stock are converted or exchanged; or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation’s voting power is transferred; provided that any such Deemed Liquidation Event shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or

(b)    a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

4


2.3.2    Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a)    The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2.

(b)    In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event described in Section 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (iii) if the Supermajority Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Preference. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

2.3.3    Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon a Deemed Liquidation Event shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

2.3.4    Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2.3.1, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in

 

5


connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3.    Voting.

3.1    General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

3.2    Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three directors of the Corporation (the “Series Preferred Directors”). The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first and second sentences of this Section 3.2, as applicable, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such newly created directorship is in relation to the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or

 

6


series may override the Board’s action to fill such newly created directorship as provided for herein. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2. The rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock and the rights of the holders of the Common Stock under the first sentence of this Section 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than 1,000,000 of shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock).

3.3    Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock Basis (the “Requisite Holders”) with respect to subsections 3.3(d), (i), (j), and (l), or the Supermajority Holders with respect to subsections 3.3(a) through (c), (e) through (h), and (k), in each case given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be):

(a)    alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of thePreferred Stock;

(b)    increases or decreases the authorized or issued number of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(c)    creates (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of equity interest having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock;

(d)    amends or waives any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or of the Corporation’s bylaws, provided that any such amendment or waiver that is adverse to either of the Series A, Series B, or Series C Preferred Stock shall require the consent of such affected series, voting separately as a class;

(e)    increase or decrease the number of directors on the Board;

(f)    results in the redemption of any Common Stock, other than Common Stock granted pursuant to equity compensation arrangements approved by the Board;

(g)    results in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event;

 

7


(h)    results in the payment or declaration of any dividends or other distributions on any Common Stock;

(i)    results in the formation of any joint venture or subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Corporation;

(j)    enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Corporation or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of any such person, except for transactions relating to changes in the compensation of the Corporation’s executive officers or the approval of any option grants, stock awards and other equity-related matters, or transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Corporation’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms, in each case as approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

(k)    create any new stock option plan or increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan; or

(l)    create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, warehousemen and other similar persons arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business) or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money, other than equipment leases, bank lines of credit or trade payables incurred in the ordinary course.

4.    Optional Conversion.

The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1    Right to Convert.

4.1.1    Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the Applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion.

4.1.2    Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2    Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

8


Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3    Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1    Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b) if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2    Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate

 

9


of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Applicable Conversion Price.

4.3.3    Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4    No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5    Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4    Adjustments to Applicable Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1    Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)    “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b)    “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

(c)    “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

10


(d)    “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

(i)    shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board, including at least two of the Series Preferred Directors;

(ii)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

(iii)    shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case, provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security as approved by the Board, including at least two of the Series Preferred Directors;

(iv)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued with the approval of the Board, pursuant to the bona fide acquisition of another business by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization;

(v)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to an individual natural person, partnership (whether general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust, joint venture, governmental agency, or other entity, whether domestic or foreign and whether in its own or any representative capacity, in each case with which the Corporation has business relationships, which issuances are approved by the Board, including at least two of the Series Preferred Directors, and are primarily for non-equity financing purposes; or

(vi)    shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, pursuant to a debt financing or equipment leasing transaction, which issuances are approved by the Board, including at least two of the Series Preferred Directors, and primarily for non-equity financing purposes.

(e)    “Applicable Conversion Price” shall mean, in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, a per share amount initially equal to $2.2615, in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, a per share amount initially equal to $2.8269, and in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, a per share amount initially equal to $4.2812, in each case subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 4.

4.4.2    No Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

11


4.4.3    Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a)    If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible

 

12


Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d)    Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e)    If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4    Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then the Applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

13


(a)    “CP2” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b)    “CP1” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c)    “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d)    “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e)    “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5    Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a)    Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(i)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(iii)    in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(i)    The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating

 

14


thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(ii)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6    Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 then, upon the final such issuance, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5    Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6    Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1)    the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

15


(2)    the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7    Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8    Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

16


4.9    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

4.10    Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a)    the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b)    of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c)    of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5.    Mandatory Conversion.

5.1    Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $40,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation prior to underwriting commissions and expenses,

 

17


at a price per share of at least $4.2816 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock), and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange or marketplace approved by the Board (a “Qualified IPO”), or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Supermajority Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Section 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2    Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6.    Redemption. Other than as set forth in Section 2.3.2(b), the Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

18


7.    Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8.    Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of each series of Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

9.    Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

19


TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification or (b) increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.

TWELFTH: For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Certificate of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (in addition to any other consent required under this Certificate of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero.

THIRTEENTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the

 

20


Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of clauses (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Thirteenth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Thirteenth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Thirteenth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

*    *    *

3.    That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4.    That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 7th day of November, 2019.

By:   /s/ Sarah Boyce
  Sarah Boyce, Chief Executive Officer

 

21


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the “Corporation”) originally filed its Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 1, 2019, and is organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    That the Board of Directors of said Corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendments of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Certificate”) of said Corporation. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendments are as follows:

RESOLVED, that the first two sentences of Article Fourth of the Certificate are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 52,042,016 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 38,054,628 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a 1-for-2.1095 reverse stock split for each share of Common Stock outstanding or held in treasury immediately prior to such time shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holders thereof occur (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The par value of the Common Stock shall remain $0.0001 per share. This conversion shall apply to all shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Reverse Stock Split or otherwise. In lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock to which the stockholder would otherwise be entitled upon the Reverse Stock Split, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of the Common Stock as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

All certificates representing shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment shall immediately after the filing of this Certificate of Amendment represent instead the number of shares of Common Stock as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any holder of Common Stock may (but shall not be required to) surrender his, her or its stock certificate or certificates to the Company, and upon such surrender the holder may request that the Company issue a certificate for the correct number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled under the provisions of this Certificate of Amendment. Shares of Common Stock that were outstanding prior to the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, and that are not outstanding after and as a result of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.”


RESOLVED FURTHER, that the entirety of Article Thirteenth of the Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

THIRTEENTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of clauses (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction; provided that, the provisions of this Article Thirteenth will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If any provision or provisions of this Article Thirteenth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Thirteenth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Thirteenth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.”

2.    That thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and in lieu of a meeting of stockholders, the stockholders gave their approval of said amendment by written consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.    That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4.    That said amendment shall be executed, filed and recorded in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 4th day of June, 2020.

 

By:   /s/ Sarah Boyce                
Name:   Sarah Boyce
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 5.1

 

  12670 High Bluff Drive,
  San Diego, California 92130
  Tel: +1.858.523.5400 Fax: +1.858.523.5450
  www.lw.com
LOGO   FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
  Abu Dhabi    Milan
  Barcelona    Moscow
  Beijing    Munich
  Boston    New Jersey
  Brussels    New York
  Chicago    Orange County
  Doha    Paris
  Dubai    Riyadh

June 8, 2020

  Düsseldorf    Rome
  Frankfurt    San Diego
  Hamburg    San Francisco
  Hong Kong    Shanghai
  Houston    Silicon Valley
  London    Singapore

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

10975 N. Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150

 

Los Angeles

Madrid

  

Tokyo

Washington, D.C.

    

La Jolla, California 92037

    

 

  Re:

Registration Statement No. 333-238612; 11,500,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 11,500,000 shares (including up to 1,500,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on May 22, 2020 (File No. 333-238612) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will


June 8, 2020

Page 2

 

LOGO

 

comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

Exhibit 10.2

 

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.

ARTICLE II.

ELIGIBILITY

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

3.1    Administration. The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

3.2    Appointment of Committees. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.

ARTICLE IV.

STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

4.1    Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. As of the Plan’s effective date under Section 10.3, the Company will cease granting awards under the Prior Plan; however, Prior Plan Awards will remain subject to the terms of the applicable Prior Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.

4.2    Share Recycling. If all or any part of an Award or Prior Plan Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award or Prior Plan Award will, as applicable, become or again be available

 

1


for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award or Prior Plan Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award or Prior Plan Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards or Prior Plan Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.    

4.3    Incentive Stock Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than 40,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

4.4    Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.5    Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $750,000 increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of a non-employee Director’s initial service as a non-employee Director. The Administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee Directors.

 

2


ARTICLE V.

STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

5.1    General. The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.

5.2    Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

5.3    Duration. Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Stock Option) (i) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, or (ii) Shares may not be purchased or sold by the applicable Participant due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be extended until the date that is thirty days after the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company; provided, however, in no event shall the extension last beyond the ten year term of the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation, unless the Company otherwise determines. In addition, if, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant is given notice by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, and the effective date of such Termination of Service is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s service as a Service Provider will not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause (in which case the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant will terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of Service).

5.4    Exercise. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic),

 

3


signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

5.5    Payment Upon Exercise. Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:

(a)        cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;

(b)        if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

(c)        to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value;

(d)        to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(e)        to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or

(f)        to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.

ARTICLE VI.

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

6.1    General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.

6.2    Restricted Stock.

(a)        Dividends. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or

 

4


distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(b)        Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

6.3      Restricted Stock Units.

(a)        Settlement. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

(b)        Stockholder Rights. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.

(c)        Dividend Equivalents. If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

8.1      Equity Restructuring. In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected

 

5


Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

8.2      Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change of Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

(a)        To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

(b)        To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(c)        To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(d)        To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

(e)        To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(f)        To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

8.3      Effect of Non-Assumption in a Change of Control. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2, if a Change of Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted,

 

6


assumed, or replaced with a substantially similar award by (a) the Company, or (b) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “Assumption”), and provided that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then, immediately prior to the Change of Control, such Awards may become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse, in which case, such Awards shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change of Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change of Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (i) which may be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change of Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (ii) determined by reference to the number of shares subject to such Awards and net of any applicable exercise price; provided that to the extent that any Awards constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change of Control under Section 409A without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A, the timing of such payments shall be governed by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change of Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which a Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise of such Award at the time of the Change of Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change of Control.

8.4      Administrative Stand Still. In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such transaction.

8.5      General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

9.1      Transferability. Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.

 

7


9.2      Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

9.3      Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

9.4      Termination of Status. The Administrator will determine how the Disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

9.5      Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the applicable statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. In the absence of a contrary determination by the Company (or, with respect to withholding pursuant to clause (ii) below with respect to Awards held by individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, a contrary determination by the Administrator), all tax withholding obligations will be calculated based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares delivered by attestation and Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be so delivered or retained pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or retention no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such withholding (or such other rate as may be required to avoid the liability classification of the applicable award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America)); provided, however, to the extent such Shares were acquired by Participant from the Company as compensation, the Shares must have been held for the minimum period required by applicable accounting rules to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes; provided, further, that, any such Shares delivered or retained shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent rounding up to the nearest whole Share does not result in the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) above by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax

 

8


obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

9.6      Amendment of Award; Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

9.7      Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

9.8      Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

9.9      Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change of Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

9


ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1      No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement.

10.2      No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.3      Effective Date and Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date and will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (ii) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan will not become effective, no Awards will be granted under the Plan and the Prior Plan will continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan.

10.4      Amendment of Plan. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after the Plan’s termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.5      Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

10.6       Section 409A.

  (a)        General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued

 

10


after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.

(b)    Separation from Service. If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

(c)    Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

10.7    Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

10.8    Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

10.9    Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the

 

11


Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

10.10    Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

10.11    Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.

10.12    Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

10.13    Claw-back Provisions. All Awards (including, without limitation, any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by Participant upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as and to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.

10.14    Titles and Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

10.15    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent

 

12


Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

10.16    Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

10.17    Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

ARTICLE XI.

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

11.1    “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

11.2    “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

11.3    “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.

11.4    “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

11.5    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

11.6    “Cause” with respect to a Participant, means “Cause” (or any term of similar effect) as defined in such Participant’s employment or consulting agreement with the Company if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), then Cause shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade

 

13


secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company or any willful breach of a written agreement or covenant between the Participant and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment, confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicit or similar agreement; (ii) the Participant’s commission of, indictment for or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Participant to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (or any similar crime in any jurisdiction outside the United States); (iii) the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the Participant’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Participant against the Company; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by a Participant which the Company reasonably determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company.

11.7    “Change of Control” means and includes each of the following:

(a)    A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b)    During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c)    The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i)    which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii)    after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that

 

14


no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change of Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change of Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change of Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change of Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change of Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

11.8    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

11.9    “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

11.10    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

11.11    “Company” means Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

11.12     “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (a) renders bona fide services to the Company; (b) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) is a natural person.

11.13    “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

11.14    “Director” means a Board member.

11.15    “Disability” means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as amended.

 

15


11.16    “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

11.17    “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

11.18    “Equity Restructuring” means, as determined by the Administrator, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

11.19    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

11.20    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (b) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (c) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the pricing date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

11.21    “Good Reason” means (a) if a Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an Award Agreement in which the term “good reason” is defined, “Good Reason” as defined in such agreement, and (b) if no such agreement exists, (i) a change in the Participant’s position with the Company (or its Subsidiary employing the Participant) that materially reduces the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports; provided that it shall not constitute Good Reason if such reduction is a mere change of title alone or change in reporting relationship, (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s base compensation or retainer, unless pursuant to a salary or retainer reduction program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated personnel, or (iii) a relocation of the Participant’s place of employment or service by more than fifty miles, provided that such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company (or its Subsidiary employing or engaging the Participant) without the Participant’s consent. Participant shall only be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason pursuant to the foregoing definition if (x) the Company is given written notice from the Participant within thirty days following the first occurrence of the condition that the Participant considers to constitute Good Reason describing the condition and the Company fails to satisfactorily remedy such condition within thirty days following such written notice, and (y) the Participant terminates employment within ninety days following the end of the period within which the Company was entitled to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason but failed to do so.

11.22    “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

 

16


11.23    “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

11.24    “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.

11.25    “Option” means an option to purchase Shares, which will either be an Incentive Stock option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

11.26    “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property awarded to a Participant under Article VII.

11.27    “Overall Share Limit” means the sum of (a) 3,900,000 Shares; (b) any shares of Common Stock which are subject to Prior Plan Awards which become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Article IV (which number added to the Overall Share Limit pursuant to clause (b) shall not exceed 2,759,284 shares of Common Stock); and (c) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2021 and ending on and including January 1, 2030, equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board.

11.28     “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

11.29    “Performance Criteria” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including, but not limited to (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or

 

17


settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j) unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Common Stock, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.

11.30    “Plan” means this 2020 Incentive Award Plan.

11.31    “Prior Plan” means the Amended and Restated Avidity Biosciences, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

11.32     “Prior Plan Award” means an award outstanding under the Prior Plan as of the Plan’s effective date under Section 10.3.

11.33    “Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).

11.34    “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.35    “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.36    “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

11.37    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

11.38    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11.39    “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

11.40    “Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

11.41    “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

11.42    “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

18


11.43    “Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

11.44    “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

* * * *

 

19


AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2020 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”).

The Company hereby grants to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the stock option described in this Grant Notice (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:

  

Grant Date:

  

Exercise Price per Share:

  

Shares Subject to the Option:

  

Final Expiration Date:

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Vesting Schedule:

  

[To be specified in individual award agreements]

 

Type of Option

   ☐ Incentive Stock Option    ☐ Non-Qualified Stock Option

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

  

    

  

PARTICIPANT

By:

 

 

     

By:

  

 

Print Name:

 

 

     

Print Name:

  

 

Title:

 

 

        


EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1    Grant of Option. The Company has granted to Participant the Option effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”).

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

ARTICLE II.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

2.1    Commencement of Exercisability. The Option will vest and become exercisable according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”), except that any fraction of a Share as to which the Option would be vested or exercisable will be accumulated and will vest and become exercisable only when a whole Share has accumulated. The Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, the Option will immediately expire and be forfeited as to any portion that is not vested and exercisable as of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason.

2.2    Duration of Exercisability. The Vesting Schedule is cumulative. Any portion of the Option which vests and becomes exercisable will remain vested and exercisable until the Option expires. The Option will be forfeited immediately upon its expiration.

2.3    Expiration of Option. Subject to Section 5.3 of the Plan, the Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after, and will expire on, the first of the following to occur:

(a)    The final expiration date in the Grant Notice, which shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date;

(b)    If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant, at the time the Option was granted, was a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date;

(c)    Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless Participant’s Termination of Service is for Cause or by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; and

(d)    Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability.

 

A-1


ARTICLE III.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3.1    Person Eligible to Exercise. During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant may exercise the Option, unless it has been disposed of, with the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a domestic relations order. After Participant’s death, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3 hereof, be exercised by the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

3.2    Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised, in whole or in part, according to the procedures in the Plan at any time prior to the time the Option or portion thereof expires, except that the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

3.3    Tax Withholding.

(a)    The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participant’s failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Option as Participant’s election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Option.

(b)    Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1    Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

4.2    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal office or the Secretary’s then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant (or, if Participant is then deceased, to the person entitled to exercise the Option) at Participant’s last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Company’s personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.

4.3    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

A-2


4.4    Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Laws.

4.5    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

4.6    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Option will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.7    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.8    Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

4.9    Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

4.10    Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

4.11    Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

4.12    Incentive Stock Options. If the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option:

(a)    Participant acknowledges that to the extent the aggregate fair market value of shares (determined as of the time the option with respect to the shares is granted) with respect to which stock options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, including the

 

A-3


Option, are exercisable for the first time by Participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or if for any other reason such stock options do not qualify or cease to qualify for treatment as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, such stock options (including the Option) will be treated as non-qualified stock options. Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence will be applied by taking the Option and other stock options into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code. Participant acknowledges that amendments or modifications made to the Option pursuant to the Plan that would cause the Option to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option will not materially or adversely affect Participant’s rights under the Option, and that any such amendment or modification shall not require Participant’s consent. Participant also acknowledges that if the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after Participant’s Termination of Service as an Employee, other than by reason of death or Disability, the Option will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(b)    Participant will give prompt written notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or other transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to Participant. Such notice will specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

* * * * *

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2020 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The purposes of this Avidity Biosciences, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Plan”) are to assist Eligible Employees of Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code, and to help Eligible Employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns are used interchangeably and each comprehends the others.

2.1    “Administrator” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI.

2.2    “Applicable Law” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.

2.3    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4    “Change of Control” means and includes each of the following:

(a)      A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b)      During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in


subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c)      The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

  (i)    which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

  (ii)    after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change of Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of such Change of Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

2.5     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations issued thereunder.

2.6    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted therefor pursuant to Article VIII.

2.7    “Company” means Avidity Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2.8    “Compensation” of an Eligible Employee means the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, including prior week adjustment and overtime payments but excluding vacation pay, holiday pay, jury duty pay, funeral leave pay, military leave pay, commissions, incentive compensation, one-time bonuses (e.g., retention or sign on bonuses), education or tuition reimbursements, travel expenses, business and moving reimbursements, income received in connection with any stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other compensatory equity awards, fringe benefits, other special payments and all contributions made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary for the Employee’s benefit under any employee benefit plan now or hereafter established.

2.9    “Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.3(b).

2.10    “Director” means a Board member.

 

2


2.11    “Effective Date” means the day prior to the Public Trading Date, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date.

2.12    “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Common Stock and other stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee; provided, however, that the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period if: (a) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code, (b) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years), (c) such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours or less per week, (d) such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year and/or (e) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, further, that any exclusion in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).

2.13    “Employee” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary. “Employee” shall not include any director of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three-month period.

2.14    “Enrollment Date” means the first day of each Offering Period (or, with respect to the Initial Offering Period, such date set forth in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period).

2.15    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.16    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (b) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (c) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion; or (d) with respect to the Grant Date for the Initial Offering Period,

 

3


the Fair Market Value as specified in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period.

2.17    “Grant Date” means the first Trading Day of an Offering Period (or, with respect to the Initial Offering Period, such date set forth in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period).

2.18    “Initial Offering Period” shall mean the period commencing on the initial Enrollment Date set forth in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period and ending the date set forth in the Offering Document approved by the Administrator with respect to the Initial Offering Period.

2.19    “Offering Document” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.20    “Offering Period” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.21    “Parent” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.22    “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to the Plan.

2.23    “Plan” means this Avidity Biosciences, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

2.24    “Public Trading Date means the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).

2.25    “Purchase Date” means the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period.

2.26    “Purchase Period” shall refer to one or more periods within an Offering Period, as designated in the applicable Offering Document; provided, however, that, in the event no Purchase Period is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the Purchase Period for each Offering Period covered by such Offering Document shall be the same as the applicable Offering Period.

2.27    “Purchase Price” means the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided, however, that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided, further, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article VIII and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

2.28    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.29    “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

4


2.30    “Subsidiary” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided, however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary.

2.31     “Trading Day” means a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

ARTICLE III.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1    Number of Shares. Subject to Article VIII, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 325,000 Shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article VIII, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2021 and ending on and including January 1, 2030, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the lesser of (a) 1% of the Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (b) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Common Stock not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 5,000,000 Shares, subject to Article 8.

3.2    Stock Distributed. Any Common Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

4.1    Offering Periods. The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Common Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The Administrator shall establish in each Offering Document one or more Purchase Periods during such Offering Period during which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Shares carried out during such Offering Period in accordance with such Offering Document and the Plan. The provisions of separate Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.

4.2    Offering Documents. Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

(a)    the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;

(b)    the length of the Purchase Period(s) within the Offering Period;

 

5


(c)      the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 50,000 Shares;

(d)      in connection with each Offering Period that contains more than one Purchase Period, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during each Purchaser Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 50,000 Shares; and

(e)      such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

ARTICLE V.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1    Eligibility. Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article V and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

5.2    Enrollment in Plan.

(a)      Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Company provides.

(b)      Each subscription agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan or, if permitted by the Administrator, contributions to be made by such Eligible Employee. The designated percentage may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 15% in the absence of any such designation). The payroll deductions or, if permitted by the Administrator, contributions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

(c)      A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, or, if permitted by the Administrator, contributions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections or, if permitted by the Administrator, contributions, during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed one change to his or her payroll deduction elections or, if permitted by the Administrator, contributions, during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions, or, if permitted by the Administrator, contributions, shall be effective with the first full payroll period that is at least five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions or contributions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions or contributions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

 

6


(d)      Except as set forth in Section 5.8, as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.

5.3    Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document or Section 5.8, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article VII or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.6, respectively.

5.4    Effect of Enrollment. A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article VII or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

5.5    Limitation on Purchase of Common Stock. An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the time which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

5.6    Decrease or Suspension of Payroll Deductions or Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions or contributions may be suspended or discontinued by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

5.7    Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Plan to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose. No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as then in effect unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

5.8    Leave of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal payday equal to his or her authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE VI.

GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

6.1    Grant of Rights. On the Grant Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares

 

7


specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole Shares as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions or permitted contributions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the earlier of: (x) the last Purchase Date of the Offering Period, (y) last day of the Offering Period and (z) the date on which the Participant withdraws in accordance with Section 7.1 or Section 7.3.

6.2    Exercise of Rights. On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions or permitted contributions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and returned to the Participant in one lump sum payment in a subsequent payroll check as soon as practicable after the Exercise Date, unless the Administrator provides that such amounts should be rolled over to the next occurring Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

6.3    Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Common Stock are to be exercised pursuant to this Article VI on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article IX. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

6.4    Withholding. At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Participant.

6.5    Conditions to Issuance of Common Stock. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a)      The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Common Stock is then listed;

 

8


(b)      The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

(c)      The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

(d)      The payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and

(e)      The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

ARTICLE VII.

WITHDRAWAL; CESSATION OF ELIGIBILITY

7.1    Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions or contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period (or such shorter or longer period specified by the Administrator in the Offering Document). All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account or contributions made by the Participant during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares shall be made or contributions accepted for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

7.2    Future Participation. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

7.3    Cessation of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account or contributions made by such Participant during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK

8.1    Changes in Capitalization. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), Change of Control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the

 

9


Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

8.2    Other Adjustments. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change of Control), or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(a)      To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(b)      To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(c)      To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

(d)      To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions or contributions may be used to purchase Common Stock prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and

(e)      To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

8.3    No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances. No adjustment or action described in this Article VIII or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

8.4    No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

 

10


ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1    Amendment, Modification and Termination. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article VIII); (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan; or (c) change the Plan in any manner that would cause the Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

9.2    Certain Changes to Plan. Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the Administrator shall be entitled to change or terminate the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of payroll withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

9.3    Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a)      altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(b)      shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(c)      allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

9.4    Payments Upon Termination of Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon.

ARTICLE X.

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Date. The effectiveness of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall be in effect until terminated under Section 9.1 hereof. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

 

11


ARTICLE XI.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1    Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan) (such committee, the “Committee”). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan.

11.2    Action by the Administrator. Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Administrator, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present and, subject to Applicable Law and the Bylaws of the Company, acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

11.3    Authority of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(a)      To determine when and how rights to purchase Common Stock shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(b)    To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(c)      To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(d)      To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article IX.

(e)      Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

11.4    Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1    Restriction upon Assignment. A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

 

12


12.2    Rights as a Stockholder. With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such Shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.

12.3    Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

12.4    Designation of Beneficiary.

(a)      A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such Shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.

(b)      Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

12.5    Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

12.6    Equal Rights and Privileges. Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees will have equal rights and privileges under this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code.

12.7    Use of Funds. All payroll deductions or contributions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions or contributions.

12.8    Reports. Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions or contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

12.9    No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any

 

13


Parent or Subsidiary or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

12.10    Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares purchased upon exercise of a right under the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Grant Date of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

12.11    Governing Law. The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

12.12    Electronic Forms. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

 

14

Exhibit 10.4

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) shall receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (this “Program”). This Program has been adopted under the Company’s 2020 Incentive Award Plan (the “Equity Plan”) and shall be effective on the effective date of the Equity Plan (the “Effective Date”). The cash and equity compensation described in this Program shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who is entitled to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company. This Program shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Program may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Program shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors. No Non-Employee Director shall have any rights hereunder, except with respect to stock options granted pursuant to the Program. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed in the Equity Plan.

1.        Cash Compensation.

(a)    Annual Retainers.

(i)      Non-Employee Director. Each Non-Employee Director (other than the Executive Chairman) shall receive an annual retainer of $35,000 for service on the Board.

(ii)      Executive Chairman of the Board. A Non-Employee Director serving as Executive Chairman of the Board shall receive, in lieu of the annual retainer in clause (a) above, an annual retainer of $132,000 for such service.

(b)    Additional Annual Retainers. In addition, each Non-Employee Director shall receive the following additional annual retainers, as applicable:

(i)      Lead Independent Director of the Board. A Non-Employee Director serving as Lead Independent Director of the Board, if any, shall receive an additional annual retainer of $30,000 for such service.

(ii)      Audit Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500 for such service.

(iii)      Compensation Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.

(iv)      Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an


additional annual retainer of $8,000 for such service. A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $4,000 for such service.

(c)      Payment of Retainers. The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter. In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(a) or 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, the retainer paid to such Non-Employee Director shall be prorated for the portion of such calendar quarter actually served as a Non-Employee Director, or in such position, as applicable.

2.    Equity Compensation. Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below. The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Equity Plan, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company, and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board. All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Program as if fully set forth herein, and all grants of stock options hereby are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan and the applicable award agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the share numbers in this Section 2 shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan, including with respect to any reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock effected on or prior to the Effective Date.

(a)      Initial Awards. Each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Effective Date shall receive an option under the Equity Plan, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company, to purchase 30,000 shares of the Company’s common stock on the date of such initial election or appointment. The awards described in this Section 2(a) shall be referred to as “Initial Awards.” No Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.

(b)      Subsequent Awards. A Non-Employee Director who (i) is serving on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after the Effective Date and has been serving as a Non-Employee Director for at least six months as of the date of such meeting, and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such meeting, shall be automatically granted an option under the Equity Plan, or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company, to purchase 15,000 of the Company’s common stock on the date of such annual meeting. The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as “Subsequent Awards.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders shall only receive an Initial Award in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Subsequent Award on the date of such meeting as well.

(c)      Termination of Employment of Employee Directors. Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(a) above, but to the extent that they are otherwise entitled, will receive, after termination from employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Subsequent Awards as described in Section 2(b) above.

(d)      Terms of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors

  (i)      Purchase Price. The per share exercise price of each option granted to a

 

2


Non-Employee Director shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted.

  (ii)      Vesting. Each Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable in substantially equal monthly installments over the three years following the date of the Non-Employee Director’s election or appointment to the Board, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through each such vesting date. Each Subsequent Award shall vest and/or become exercisable on the first to occur of (A) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (B) the next occurring annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through such vesting date. Unless the Board otherwise determines, no portion of an Initial Award or Subsequent Award which is unvested and/or exercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested and/or exercisable thereafter. Upon a Change of Control, all outstanding equity awards granted under the Equity Plan, and any other equity incentive plan maintained by the Company, that are held by a Non-Employee Director shall become fully vested and/or exercisable, irrespective of any other provisions of the Plan or any award agreement.

  (iii)      Term. The term of each stock option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be ten years from the date the option is granted.

3.     Compensation Limits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Program, all compensation payable under this Program will be subject to any limits on the maximum amount of Non-Employee Director compensation set forth in the Equity Plan, as in effect from time to time.

4.    Reimbursements. The Company shall reimburse each Non-Employee Director for all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by such Non-Employee Director in the performance of his or her duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

* * * * *

 

3

Exhibit 10.14

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made this 31 day of March, 2014, between ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”).

 

Building:    10975 North Torrey Pines, La Jolla, CA 92037
Premises:    That portion of the first floor of the Building, containing approximately 8,561 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.
Project:    The real property on which the Building in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.
Base Rent:    $3.25 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 

Rentable Area of Premises: 8,561 sq. ft.      
Rentable Area of Building: 44,733 sq. ft.    Rentable Area of Project: 226,999 sq. ft.   
Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building: 19.14%   
Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Project: 3.77%   
Security Deposit: $27,823.25      
Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%    Target Commencement Date: July 1, 2014   

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on November 30, 2017.
Permitted Use:    Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:    Landlord’s Notice Address:   
P.O. Box 79840   

385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299

  
Baltimore, MD 21279-0840   

Pasadena, CA 91101

  
  

Attention: Corporate Secretary

  

Tenant’s Notice Address:

     

10975 North Torrey Pines Road, Suite 150

     

La Jolla, CA 92037

     

Attention: Chief Business Officer

     

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

[X] EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION    [X] EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT   
[X] EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER    [X] EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE   
[X] EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS    [X] EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY   
[X] EXHIBIT G – INTENTIONALLY OMITTED    [X] EXHIBIT H - LANDLORD’S FURNITURE   

1. Lease of Premises. Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively


referred to herein as the Common Areas. Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (Delivery” or “Deliver). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 90 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other, and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms Landlord’s Work,” “Tenants’ Work,” and Force Majeure Delays shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 10 business days of the lapse of such 90 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 150 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, in which case subsections (a) and (b) of this paragraph shall apply. If Tenant does not elected to void this Lease within 10 business days of the lapse of such 150 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

The Commencement Date shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant; or (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays. The Rent Commencement Date shall be the date that is 2 months after the Commencement Date (i.e., Base Rent shall be abated for the first two (2) months of the Base Term). Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The Term of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease.

During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use the furniture and equipment belonging to Landlord described on Exhibit H attached to this Lease and located within the Premises on the Commencement Date (Landlord’s Furniture). Tenant shall have no right to remove any of Landlord’s Furniture from the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent and Landlord’s Furniture shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term in substantially the same condition as received by Tenant, except for ordinary wear and tear and casualty.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter or otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises and Landlord’s Furniture in their condition as of the Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises or Landlord’s Furniture; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises and Landlord’s Furniture shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and Landlord’s Furniture. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent.

For the period of 30 consecutive days after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems serving the Premises, unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost.


Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises, Landlord’ Furniture or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises, Landlord’s Furniture or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises, Landlord’s Furniture or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent.

(a) Base Rent. Base Rent for the first full month after the Rent Commencement Date occurs and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof after the Rent Commencement Date, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

(b) Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (Additional Rent): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Base Rent Adjustments. Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an Adjustment Date) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

5. Operating Expense Payments. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the Annual Estimate), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1112th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term Operating Expenses means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building’s Share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9), capital repairs and improvements amortized over the lesser of 10 years and the useful life of such capital items, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager (not to exceed 3.0% of Base Rent) or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;


(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are permitted pursuant to this Section 5 to be included in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or third parties, or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project (which costs shall be prorated if such officers and employees are assigned to the Project only in part in proportion to the amount of time spent by such employee on the Project);

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(I) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;


(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

(s) any costs incurred to remove, study, test or remediate Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or the Project (provided, however, that the foregoing is in no event intended to limit Tenant’s obligations under Section 28 or Section 30 of this Lease);

(t) costs of removing abandoned HVAC and other equipment and related pipes, conduit and fixtures from the roof, or relocating antenna equipment of third parties unrelated to Tenant;

(u) reserves;

(v) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by insurance (or would have been reimbursed by insurance required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 17);

(w) costs in connection with the Amenities (as defined in Section 39) other than the Amenities Fee (as defined in Section 39) payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 39;

(x) costs occasioned by condemnation; and

(y) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project;

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably and in good faith determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the Expense Information”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent regionally recognized public accounting firm selected by Tenant, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and


Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5%, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year with respect to Variable Operating Expenses shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year. “Variable Operating Expenses” shall mean those Operating Expenses which vary by occupancy including, without limitation, electricity, trash removal and other Utilities (as defined in Section 11).

Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

6. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the State of California. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of


Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 60 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer, at Landlord’s expense, any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

7. Use. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment which will overload the floor in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

Landlord shall be responsible for the compliance of the Common Areas of the Project (but not the Premises) with the Legal Requirements as of the Commencement Date (including compliance of the Common Areas of the Project with Legal Requirements triggered by Landlord’s Work). Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) make any alterations or modifications to the Project that are required by Legal Requirements, including the ADA, unless such alterations or modifications are triggered by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations, in which case Landlord shall make such alterations or modifications to the Project at


Tenant’s expense. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations.

8. Holding Over. If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as may be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages in connection with a hold over of 30 days or less. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes. Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “Taxes”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall only charge Tenant for assessments as if those assessments were paid by Landlord over the longest possible term which Landlord is permitted to pay for the applicable assessments without additional charge other than interest, if any, provided under the terms of the underlying assessments. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes, franchise taxes, capital levy taxes, transfer taxes. excess profits taxes, estate taxes, succession taxes or inheritance taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall


require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

10. Parking. Subject to Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right at no charge during the Base Term, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations at no additional cost during the Term. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. As of the date of this Lease, Tenant’s pro rata share of parking is equal to 2.5 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises. Two (2) of the parking spaces which Tenant is entitled to use pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10 shall be marked as being reserved for Tenant in a manner consistent with Landlord’s program at the Project with respect to the reservation of parking spaces. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project or for enforcing any reservation of parking spaces.

11. Utilities, Services. Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11, water, electricity, heat, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), and, with respect to the Common Areas only, refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Landlord’s expense (unless such separate metering is reasonably determined by Landlord to be needed as a result of Tenant’s use of more than its pro rata share of Utilities), any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for its own janitorial services for the Premises. HVAC shall be available to the laboratory portions of the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days per week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the capacity of the emergency generators located in the Building as of the date hereof, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or


replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall, at least once per calendar quarter as part of the maintenance of the Building, run the emergency generator for a period reasonably determined by Landlord for the purpose of determining whether it operates when started.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property. Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant (other than the initial Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) which shall be governed by the Work Letter), including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other than by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. Tenant may construct nonstructural Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval if the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $15,000 (a “Notice-Only Alteration”), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such intended Notice-Only Alteration, and such notice shall be accompanied by plans, specifications, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Notice-Only Alteration as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, which notice and accompanying materials shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 3% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing,


Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, or at the time it receives notice of a Notice-Only Alteration, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien.

Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term nor shall Tenant have the right to remove any of the Tenant Improvements at any time.

For purposes of this Lease, (x) “Removable Installations” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) “Tenant’s Property” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) “Installations” means all property of any kind paid for with the TI Fund, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

13. Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord, as an Operating Expense (except to the extent the cost thereof is excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 hereof), shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“Building Systems”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to temporarily stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 48 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during such planned stoppages of Building Systems. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.


14. Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency (i.e., a circumstance which poses an imminent threat of harm to persons or substantial property damage), Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

15. Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 15 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

17. Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.


Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, and contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class IX in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Tenant shall (i) provide Landlord with 30 days’ advance written notice of cancellation of such commercial general liability policy, and (ii) require Tenant’s insurer to endeavor to provide 10 days’ advance written notice of cancellation of such commercial general liability policy. Certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area in which the Project is located.


18. Restoration. If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 6 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved of their respective obligations hereunder to make repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord within the Premises and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. In the event that no Hazardous Material Clearances are required to be obtained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, rent abatement shall commence on the date of discovery of the damage or destruction. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation. If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent


domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

20. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be a default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

(b) Insurance. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 5 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment. Tenant shall abandon the Premises. Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if (i) Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to vacating and, at the time of vacating the Premises, Tenant completes Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Surrender Plan in compliance with Section 28, (ii) Tenant has made reasonable arrangements with Landlord for the security of the Premises for the balance of the Term, and (iii) Tenant continues during the balance of the Term to satisfy all of its obligations under the Lease as they come due.

(d) Improper Transfer. Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens. Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 15 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events. Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or


entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement. Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 business days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults. Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 60 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

21. Landlord’s Remedies.

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge the first time in any calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency and will waive the right if Tenant pays such delinquency within 5 days thereafter. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;


(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, reasonable expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(d) Effect of Exercise. Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only


by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting.

(a) General Prohibition. Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in Section 22(b) below, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 49.9% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to obtain financing from institutional and/or individual investors (including venture capital funding and corporate partners) or undergo a public offering which results in a change in control of Tenant without such change of control constituting an assignment under this Section 22 requiring Landlord consent, provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the financing at least 5 business days prior to the closing of the financing, and (ii) provided that in no event shall such financing result in a change in use of the Premises from the use contemplated by Tenant at the commencement of the Term.

(b) Permitted Transfers. If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion, or (iii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “Assignment Termination”). Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s


reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial such that they may (i) attract or cause negative publicity for or about the Building or the Project, (ii) negatively affect the reputation of the Building, the Project or Landlord, (iii) attract protestors to the Building or the Project, or (iv) lessen the attractiveness of the Building or the Project to any tenants or prospective tenants, purchasers or lenders; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project; or (10) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “Control Permitted Assignment”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord (unless Tenant is prohibited from providing such notice by confidentiality or Legal Requirements in which case Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly thereafter) but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a legitimate business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee is not less than the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a “Corporate Permitted Assignment”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Assignments.”

(c) Additional Conditions. As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and


(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(d) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. Except in connection with a Permitted Assignment, if the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease (“Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney -in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(e) No Waiver. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(f) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.


23. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further factual information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

24. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations. All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust. As of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project.

28. Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous


Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”), and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Surrender Plan”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and reasonable approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $5,000. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate (as confirmed by Landlord’s environmental consultant) to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28.

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.


30. Environmental Requirements.

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “Environmental Claims”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 28 or this Section 30, Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction existed in the Premises immediately prior to the Commencement Date, or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises, unless in either case, the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused, contributed to or exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the finalized environmental exit assessment provided to Landlord by the prior tenant of the Premises within a reasonable period after such finalized environmental exit assessment becomes available to Landlord.

(b) Business. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials


on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year listing all Hazardous Materials which Tenant is required to disclose to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with its use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing. Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises if there is violation of this Section 30 or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 is identified; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to have a Tenant representative present while Landlord conducts tests in the Premises pursuant to this Section 30(d).


(e) Control Areas. Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

(f) Underground Tanks. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions. As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary, so long as Landlord is diligently pursuing the cure to completion). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.


All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises and assumption of this Lease by the transferree, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises (which inspections shall be performed during regular business hours unless otherwise agreed to by Tenant) and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises in connection with Landlord’s activities conducted pursuant to this paragraph. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

33. Security. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

34. Force Majeure. Except for the payment of Rent, neither Tenant nor Landlord shall be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, extreme weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other similar causes or events beyond the reasonable control of such party (“Force Majeure”).

35. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Avison Young and Cassidy Turley. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. Landlord shall be responsible for all fees of Avison Young and Cassidy Turley arising out of the execution of this Lease in accordance with the terms of separate written agreement between Landlord, on the one hand, and Avison Young and Cassidy Turley, respectively, on the other hand.


36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (8) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens visible from the outside of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, have the non-exclusive right to install a sign bearing Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign serving the Project (“Monument Sign”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign including, without limitation, the location, size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be subject to and consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign, for the removal of Tenant’s signage from the Monument Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair of all damage resulting from such removal. Tenant may use a portion of the TI Allowance to pay the cost of installation of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign.


39. Community Center Amenities.

(a) Generally. Subject to the provisions of this Section 39, Landlord’s affiliate, ARE-SD Region No. 17, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Torreyana Landlord”) may construct amenities at the property owned by Torreyana Landlord located at 10996 Torreyana Road, San Diego, California (“Torreyana Project”), which include, without limitation, shared conference facilities (“Shared Conference Facilities”), a fitness center and restaurant (collectively, the “Amenities”) for non-exclusive use by (a) Tenant, (b) other tenants of the Project, (c) Landlord, (d) the tenants of Torreyana Landlord, (e) Torreyana Landlord, (e) other affiliates of Landlord, Torreyana Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ARE”), (f) the tenants of such other affiliates of Landlord, Torreyana Landlord and ARE, and (g) any other parties permitted by Torreyana Landlord (collectively, “Users”). Landlord, Torreyana Landlord, ARE, and all affiliates of Landlord, Torreyana and ARE may be referred to collectively herein as the “ARE Parties.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Torreyana Landlord is in the preliminary phase of design and development of the Amenities and does not currently have and may not be able to obtain the governmental approvals necessary for the development and construction of the Amenities, and (ii) Torreyana Landlord’s construction of the Amenities is subject to, among other things, Torreyana Landlord’s ability to obtain, on terms and conditions acceptable to Torreyana Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, all of the governmental approvals to permit the design and construction of the Amenities, and the availability of materials and labor and all other conditions outside of Torreyana Landlord’s reasonable control. Torreyana Landlord shall have the sole right to determine all matters related to the Amenities including, without limitation, relating to the design and construction thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the development of any of the Amenities and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease relying on the construction and completion of the Amenities or with an expectation that the Amenities will ever be constructed. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the current plan for the Amenities Center including, without limitation, the type, configuration and locations and the existence of any of the Amenities within the Torreyana Project are not guaranteed and are subject to change by Landlord from time to time in the exercise of Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the Amenities provided will be of a Class A building standard and will, at a minimum, include a fitness center, eatery and conference center.

(b) License. Following the delivery of written notice from Landlord to Tenant that the Amenities are available for use by Tenant (“Amenity Availability Notice”), if at all, and so long as the Torreyana Project and the Project continue to be owned by affiliates of ARE, Tenant shall have the non -exclusive right to the use of the available Amenities for up to 35 employees of Tenant (which employees are employed at the Premises) in common with other Users pursuant to the terms of this Section 39. If Landlord delivers an Amenity Availability Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall, upon the date (“Amenities Commencement Date”) set forth in the Amenity Availability Notice (provided that Tenant is actually permitted to commence using the Amenities as of such date), commence paying Landlord a fixed fee during the Base Term equal to $0.18 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month (“Amenities Fee”), which Amenities Fee shall by payable on the first day of each month during the Term whether or not Tenant elects to use any or all of the Amenities. The Amenities Fee shall be increased annually on each anniversary of the Commencement Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage.

(c) Shared Conference Facilities. Use by Tenant of the Shared Conference Facilities and restaurant at the Torreyana Project shall be in common with other Users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by Torreyana Landlord. Torreyana Landlord reserves the right to exercise its reasonable discretion in the event of conflicting scheduling requests among Users.

Any vendors engaged by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be professional licensed vendors. Torreyana Landlord shall have the right to reasonably approve any vendors utilized by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference


Facilities. Prior to any entry by any such vendor onto the Torreyana Project, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the contract between Tenant and such vendor and certificates of insurance from such vendor evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause all such vendors utilized by Tenant to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, ARE, and Torreyana Landlord as additional insureds under the vendor’s liability policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to use the food service operator used by Torreyana Landlord at the Torreyana Project for any food service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) be responsible for the set-up of the Shared Conference Facilities in connection with Tenant’s use (including, without limitation ensuring that Tenant has a sufficient number of chairs and tables and the appropriate equipment), and (ii) surrender the Shared Conference Facilities after each time that Tenant uses the Shared Conference Facilities free of Tenant’s personal property, in substantially the same set up and same condition as received, subject to casualty, and free of any debris and trash. If Tenant fails to restore and surrender the Shared Conference Facilities as required by sub-section (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, such failure shall constitute a “Shared Facilities Default.” Each time that Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant has committed a Shared Facilities Default, Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord a penalty within 5 days after notice from Landlord of such Shared Facilities Default. The penalty payable by Tenant in connection with the first Shared Facilities Default shall be $200. The penalty payable shall increase by $50 for each subsequent Shared Facilities Default (for the avoidance of doubt, the penalty shall be $250 for the second Shared Facilities Default, shall be $300 for the third Shared Facilities Default, etc.). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Torreyana Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, for all costs expended by Torreyana Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, in repairing any damage to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities, or the Torreyana Project caused by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party. The provisions of this Section 39(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying any and all food services operators and any other third party vendors providing services to Tenant at the Torreyana Project. Tenant shall use the Amenities (including, without limitation, the Shared Conference Facilities) in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and any reasonable rules and regulations imposed by Torreyana Landlord or Landlord from time to time (which rules shall not be enforced in a discriminatory manner) and in a manner that will not interfere with the rights of other Users. The use of Amenities other than the Shared Conference Facilities by employees of Tenant shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the standard licenses, indemnification and waiver agreement required by Torreyana Landlord or the operator of the Amenities to be executed by all persons wishing to use such Amenities. Neither Torreyana Landlord nor Landlord (nor, if applicable, any other affiliate of Landlord) shall have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other Users with respect to the Amenities. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities or the Torreyana Project.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Torreyana Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reconfigure, relocate, modify or remove any of the Amenities at the Torreyana Project and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities.

(e) Waiver of Liability and Indemnification. Tenant warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on the Torreyana Project. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Tenant waives any claims it or any Tenant Parties may have against any ARE Parties relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto the Torreyana Project, and Tenant releases and exculpates all ARE Parties from any liability relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto the Torreyana Project. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the ARE Parties from any claim of damage to property or injury to person relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) the use of the Amenities by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, and (ii) any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto the Torreyana Project. The provisions of this Section 39 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.


(f) Insurance. As of the Amenities Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause Torreyana Landlord to be named as an additional insured under the commercial general liability policy of insurance that Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to Section 17 of this Lease.

40. Alternative Premises. If at any time during the Term of this Lease, Tenant is considering leasing additional or alternative space in the San Diego area, Tenant shall deliver written notice (“Premises Notice”) to Landlord, which Premises Notice shall include a description of the additional or alternative space desired by Tenant. For a period of 30 days following Tenant’s delivery of the Premises Notice to Landlord (“Exclusive Period”), Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have the exclusive right, if it so elects and without any obligation to do so, to offer Tenant additional or alternative premises which satisfy in part or in its entirety the premises being sought by Tenant (“Alternative Premises”) on market terms at the Project or, if Landlord so elects, at another property in the San Diego area owned or controlled by an entity controlled by, under common control with, or controlling Landlord including, without limitation, any of the constituent members of Landlord or Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (any such entity, an “Affiliate”). Landlord and/or any Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right, if it so elects and without any obligation to do so, to acquire a new project or redevelop any existing project it then owns to provide the Alternative Premises. Tenant shall consider in good faith any Alternative Premises offered to Tenant by Landlord (or its Affiliate) during the Exclusive Period. If Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant identify an Alternative Premises acceptable to Tenant, Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to negotiate and enter into a new lease for such Alternative Premises. If Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant are negotiating a lease as of the expiration of the Exclusive Period, the Exclusive Period shall be extended through the earlier to occur of (i) the date that Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant enter into a new lease, or (ii) the date that negotiations between Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant terminate. Such new lease shall, if entered into, otherwise be upon terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord or Affiliate, as the case may be, and Tenant in their respective good faith sole discretion. The provisions of this Section 40 shall only apply so long as ARE-10933 North Torrey Pines, LLC, or an Affiliate is the owner of the Project.

41. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability. If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

(c) Financial Information. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 180 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term or, if the audited annual financial statements have not been made available to Tenant within such 180 day period, then at such time that such annual audited financial statements become available to Tenant, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 60 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be required to provide any financial information to Landlord which Tenant does not otherwise prepare (or cause to be prepared) for its own purposes.


(d) Recordation. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease. The foregoing is not intended to prohibit Tenant from filing this Lease to the extent that Tenant is required to do so pursuant to applicable SEC requirements.

(e) Interpretation. The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed. The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law. Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time. Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC. Tenant is currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

(k) Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.


(m) No Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

(o) Redevelopment of Project. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in its sole discretion, may from time to time expand, renovate and/or reconfigure the Project as the same may exist from time to time and, in connection therewith or in addition thereto, as the case may be, from time to time without limitation: (a) change the shape, size, location, number and/or extent of any improvements, buildings, structures, lobbies, hallways, entrances, exits, parking and/or parking areas relative to any portion of the Project; (b) modify, eliminate and/or add any buildings, improvements, and parking structure(s) either above or below grade, to the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project and/or make any other changes thereto affecting the same; and (c) make any other changes, additions and/or deletions in any way affecting the Project and/or any portion thereof as Landlord may elect from time to time, including without limitation, additions to and/or deletions from the land comprising the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during any expansion, renovation and/or reconfiguration performed by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to seek damages (including abatement of Rent) or to cancel or terminate this Lease because of any proposed changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration of the Project nor shall Tenant have the right to restrict, inhibit or prohibit any such changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

(p) Discontinued Use. If, at any time following the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant (or an assignee or subtenant of Tenant pursuant to Section 22) does not continuously operate its business in the Premises for a period of 180 consecutive days, Landlord may, but is not obligated to, elect to terminate this Lease upon 30 days’ written notice to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall terminate 30 days’ after Landlord’s delivery of such written notice (“Termination Date”), and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of the Lease.

[Signatures on next page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:
AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:       /s/ Kent Hawryluk
Its:       Chief Business Officer
LANDLORD:
ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:       ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, INC.,
      a Maryland corporation,
      managing member
              By:   /s/ Gary Dean
  Its:       Gary Dean
        Vice President
        RE Legal Affairs


EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK L TTER (this “Work Letter”) is incorporated into that certain Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated as of March 31, 2014 by and between ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”). Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Heidi Henson and Angelica Garcia (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Jenny Gardner and Steve Pomerenke (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) Dowler Gruman shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Definition of Tenant Improvements. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Project of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below. Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and the TI Architect schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “TI Design Drawings”) detailing Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements within 5 business days of the date hereof. Not more than 2 days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the written objections, questions or comments of Landlord and the TI Architect with regard to the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall cause the TI Design Drawings to be revised to address such written comments and shall resubmit said drawings to Landlord for approval within 2 days thereafter. Such process shall continue until Landlord has approved the TI Design Drawings.

(c) Working Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared


substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the TI Design Drawings without submitting a Change Request. Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments, but Tenant’s review rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not delay the design or construction schedule for the Tenant Improvements. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the TI Design Drawings, Tenant shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Landlord, unless Tenant submits a Change Request. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(d) Approval and Completion. It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be completed and approved not later than April 30, 2014, in order for the Landlord’s Work to be Substantially Complete by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease). Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work.

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, the term “Landlord’s Work” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements and (i) cleaning of the carpets and flooring in the Premises, (ii) applying touch-up paint to the interior walls of the Premises, as needed, as reasonably determined by Landlord, (iii) repairing or replacing broken or discolored ceiling tiles in the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and (iv) repairing or replacing broken light fixtures located in the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord. The cost of items (i) through (iv) above shall be paid for by Landlord and not be payable from the TI Allowance.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work. On or before the Target Commencement Date (subject to Tenant Delays and Force Majeure delays), Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of


Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its reasonable discretion unless a manufacturer is specified in the approved TI Construction Drawings.

(e) Delivery of the Premises. When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, in which case Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to such Construction Defect other than to cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with Tenant should Tenant elect to pursue a claim against such contractor.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely out of the TI Fund. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(f) Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times;

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;


(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons that continues for more than 1 day after Landlord’s notice thereof to Tenant.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery. Upon request, Landlord shall advise Tenant of any materials, finishes or installation which are required as part of any Change Request that will result in unusually long lead times.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Space Plan shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid from the TI Fund to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs.

(a) Budget For Tenant Improvements. Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall obtain a detailed breakdown by trade of the costs incurred or that will be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Budget”). The Budget shall be submitted to Tenant for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the initial Budget, Tenant shall be permitted to value-engineer the Tenant Improvements for a period of 10 business days. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Tenant does not approve or disapprove the Budget such 10 business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the


Budget. The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (“Administrative Rent”) equal to 4% of the TI Costs for monitoring and inspecting the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Changes, which sum shall be payable from the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d). Administrative Rent shall include, without limitation, all out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord arising from, out of, or in connection with monitoring the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Changes, and shall be payable out of the TI Fund. If the Budget is greater than the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the difference, in cash, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements or Changes, for disbursement by Landlord as described in Section 5(d).

(b) TI Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (the “TI Allowance”) of $15 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $128,415 in the aggregate. The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter.

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the TI Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d), (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4, or (iii) the installation of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign.

(c) Costs lncludable in TI Fund. The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the Space Plan and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including Landlord’s Administrative Rent, Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses, costs resulting from Tenant Delays and the cost of Changes (collectively, “TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements.

(d) Excess TI Costs. Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance. If at any time the remaining TI Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 100% of the then current TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (“Excess TI Costs”). If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs are herein referred to as the “TI Fund.” Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance. If upon completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Building (i) 14 days prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“Tenant’s Work”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant


shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Premises. The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.


EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this          day of             ,         , between ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated             ,          (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is             ,         , the Rent Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is             ,         , and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on             ,         . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:
AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Its:  

 

LANDLORD:
ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, INC.,
  a Maryland corporation,
  managing member
       By:  

 

       Its:  

 


EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time, provided that temporary short-term overnight parking by Tenant’s employees while travelling for business purposes shall be permitted. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.


13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.


EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

None.


EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


EXHIBIT H TO LEASE

LANDLORD’S FURNITURE

 

Description

   Dimensions    Qty
Reception desk (maple laminate)    76 x 71    1
Cubicles/ workstations (maple laminate)    70 x 70    12
Desk (maple laminate)    72 x 108    4
Conference table (maple laminate)    48 x 144    2
Table (maple laminate)    24 x 48    9
Workstations (grey laminate)    36 x 80    8
Desk (grey laminate)    30 x 50    2
Desk (maple laminate)    30 x 60    9
Table (white laminate)    30 x 60    6
Two-door cabinet (maple laminate)    22 x 36    4


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment”) is made as of June 27, 2017, by and between ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”), formerly known as AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014 (the Lease”), wherein Landlord leases to Tenant certain premises containing approximately 8,561 rentable square feet (the Premises”) located at 10975 North Torrey Pines, La Jolla, California, as more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2017.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the term of the Lease through December 31, 2021 (the First Amendment Expiration Date”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Term. The expiration date of the term of the Lease is hereby extended through the First Amendment Expiration Date. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises through the First Amendment Expiration Date shall be on an “as-is’’ basis and, except as expressly provided in Section 3 below, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any tenant improvement allowance or to make any alterations to the Premises.

 

2.

Base Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent as provided in the Lease through November 30, 2017. Commencing on December 1, 2017, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Premises equal to $3.60 per rentable square foot of the Premises per month. On December 1, 2018, and each subsequent December 1st during the Term through the First Amendment Expiration Date (each, a First Amendment Adjustment Date”), Base Rent shall be increased by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such First Amendment Adjustment Date by 3% and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such First Amendment Adjustment Date.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as Tenant is not then in Default under the Lease, the Base Rent payable under the Lease for the period commencing on December 1, 2017, through February 28, 2018 (the Abatement Period”), shall be abated. Tenant shall resume paying full Base Rent under the Lease on March 1, 2018. Tenant shall continue to pay Operating Expenses (including administration rent each month equal to the amount of the administration rent that Tenant would have been required to pay in the absence of there being an Abatement Period) and all other amounts due under the Lease during the Abatement Period.

 

3.

Tenant Improvements. Commencing in December 2017, Landlord and its contractors and agents shall have the right, subject to the Schedule (as defined in the Work Letter) to enter the Premises to complete Landlord’s Work (as defined in the Work Letter) pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Work Letter”) and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in


  connection with the same. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete Landlord’s Work in accordance with the Schedule. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work may adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Landlord shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during the performance of Landlord’s Work. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Work outside of regular business hours, provided that Tenant shall be responsible as part of Excess TI Costs (as defined in the Work Letter) for any additional or overtime costs incurred by Landlord in connection with performing Landlord’s Work outside of regular business hours. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord in connection with the construction of Landlord’s Work including, without limitation, claims for rent abatement. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant will not be required to restore or remove any of the Landlord’s Work nor shall Tenant have the right to remove any of the Landlord’s Work during the Term.

 

4.

Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that as of the date of this First Amendment, Landlord holds a Security Deposit as security for Tenant’s performance under the Lease in the amount of $27,823.25, which Security Deposit is in the form of a Letter of Credit. Tenant has requested that Tenant be allowed to replace the Letter of Credit with a cash Security Deposit and Landlord has agreed to such request. As a result, concurrently with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an original of this First Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a cash Security Deposit in the amount of $27,823.25. Within 15 days after receipt of Tenant’s cash Security Deposit pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Tenant and shall reasonably cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with Tenant’s efforts to cause the issuer of the Letter of Credit to cancel or terminate the Letter of Credit. Following the delivery of the cash Security Deposit to Landlord, such cash Security Deposit shall constitute the Security Deposit under Section 6 of the original Lease.

 

5.

Alternative Premises. As of the date of this First Amendment, Section 40 of the original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force or effect.

 

6.

Tenant’s Personal Property. As of the date of this First Amendment, Exhibit F of the original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit F attached to this First Amendment.

 

7.

California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). In addition, the following notice is hereby provided pursuant to Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of and in connection with such notice: (i) Tenant, having read such notice and understanding Tenant’s right to request and obtain a CASp inspection, hereby elects not to obtain such CASp inspection and forever waives its rights to obtain a CASp inspection with respect to the Premises, Building and/or Project to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements; and (ii) if the waiver set forth in clause (i) hereinabove is not enforceable pursuant to Legal Requirements, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows (which constitute the mutual agreement of the parties as to the matters described in the last sentence of the foregoing notice): (A) Tenant shall have the one-time right to request for and obtain a CASp inspection, which request must be made, if at all, in a written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord; (B) any CASp inspection timely requested by Tenant shall be conducted (1) at a time mutually agreed to by


  Landlord and Tenant, (2) in a professional manner by a CASp designated by Landlord and without any testing that would damage the Premises, Building or Project in any way, and (3) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of the fee for such CASp inspection, the fee for any reports prepared by the CASp in connection with such CASp inspection (collectively, the CASp Reports”) and all other costs and expenses in connection therewith; (C) the CASp Reports shall be delivered by the CASp simultaneously to Landlord and Tenant; (D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to or within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards including, without limitation, any violations disclosed by such CASp inspection; and (E) if such CASp inspection identifies any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards relating to those items of the Building and Project located outside the Premises that are Landlord’s obligation to repair as set forth in the Lease, then Landlord shall perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs as and to the extent required by Legal Requirements to correct such violations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord.

 

8.

OFAC. Tenant is currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

9.

Miscellaneous.

 

  a.

This First Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

  b.

This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective agents and assigns.

 

  c.

This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

 

  d.

Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this First Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Cushman & Wakefield and Avison Young. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Cushman & Wakefield and Avison Young, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this First Amendment. Landlord shall be responsible for all fees of Cushman & Wakefield and Avison Young arising out of the execution of this First Amendment in accordance with the terms of separate written agreement between Landlord, on the one hand, and Cushman & Wakefield and/or Avison Young, respectively, on the other hand.


  e.

Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this First Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this First Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES LLC,

a Delaware corporation

By:

  

/s/ Kent Hawryluk

Its:

  

Chief Business Officer

LANDLORD:

ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, INC.,
  

a Maryland corporation,

managing member

By:

  

/s/ Gary Dean

Its:

  

Gary Dean

  

Vice President

  

RE Legal Affairs


Exhibit A

Work Letter

THIS WORK LETTER dated June 27, 2017 (this Work Letter”) is incorporated into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014, and amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease of even date herewith (as amended, the Lease”), by and between ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”), formerly known as AVIDITY NANOMEDICINES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

  1.

General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Leigh Elkolli and Anneke Raney (either such individual acting alone, Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Chris Clement and Eric Hedblad (either such individual acting alone, Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) DPR shall be the general contractor for the Tenant Improvements, (ii) DGA shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements, and (iii) any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord.

 

  2.

Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, Tenant Improvements shall mean all improvements to the Premises of a fixed and permanent nature (including a fume hood) as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below. Other than the performance of Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below) and the payment of the TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(a) below) in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan prepared by the TI Architect attached to this Work Letter as Schedule 1 (the Space Plan”) has been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plan requested by Tenant constitute a Change Request the cost of which changes shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building as a result of Tenant’s requested Changes.


(c) Working Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plan. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 7 days after Tenant’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is substantially in accordance with the Space Plan without submitting a Change Request. Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 7 days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments (provided that any comments made in order to cause the TI Construction Drawings to be consistent with the Space Plan will be incorporated), but Tenant’s review rights and Landlord’s response to Tenant’s comments pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not delay the design or construction schedule for the Tenant Improvements. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is substantially in accordance with the Space Plan, Tenant shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Landlord, unless Tenant submits a Change Request. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(d) Approval and Completion. Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable by Tenant to the extent such costs are in excess of Landlord’s budgeted cost for such item as such item is reflected on the Space Plan, and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems. In connection with any increase of the Landlord’s budgeted costs, Landlord shall provide Tenant with the amount of the specific line item increase together with backup information reasonably required to support Landlord’s budgeted costs for the applicable line item and the applicable line item increase but, for the avoidance of any doubt, in no event shall Landlord be required to provide Tenant with its budget. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings requested by Tenant following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work.

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Landlord’s Work” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit, at no material cost to Tenant. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions, at no material cost to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has requested that Landlord commence performing Landlord’s Work in December 2017, in accordance with the Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Schedule”), and further acknowledges and agrees that there may be delays in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work resulting from Landlord’s Work being performed in the month of December due to holiday schedules of third parties including, without limitation, Governmental Authorities having inspection rights over Landlord’s Work.


(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit and applicable Legal Requirements subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s reasonable discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its reasonable discretion, provided that all such materials and equipment shall be consistent with the existing Building standard materials and equipment.

(e) Delivery of the Tenant Improvements. When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Tenant Improvements shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, in which case Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to such Construction Defect other than to cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with Tenant should Tenant elect to pursue a claim against such contractor.

(f) Warranties. Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the date of this Work Letter shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change


Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid by Tenant to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be a delay caused by Tenant.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the delay caused by Tenant in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

5. Costs.

(a) TI Costs. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the TI Construction Drawings and the Space Plan and Landlord’s out-of -pocket expenses (collectively, “TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Excess TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility for any costs arising from or related to Tenant’s changes to the Space Plan or TI Construction Drawings, delays caused by Tenant (provided that Tenant’s request that the construction of Landlord’s Work not commence until December 2017 as reflected in the Schedule shall not be deemed a “delay caused by Tenant” for the purposes of this Section), the cost of Changes and Change Requests (collectively, “Excess TI Costs”). Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 100% of the Excess TI Costs. If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess TI Costs with Landlord within 15 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of an invoice therefor, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Tenant is occupying the Premises during the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall have the right to continue to occupy the Premises (except those portions of the Premises in which Tenant Improvements are being constructed while Tenant Improvements are being constructed in such portions), at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, during the construction of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that Tenant’s occupancy shall be coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor and shall be subject to Tenant’s compliance with (i) applicable Legal Requirements, and (ii) all other reasonable restrictions which Landlord, the TI Architect or the general contractor may impose. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements.


(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the portions of the Premises in which Landlord’s Work is being performed until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.


Schedule 1

Space Plan

 

LOGO


Exhibit F

Tenant’s Personal Property

 

   

11 whiteboards

 

   

2 corkboards

 

   

2 TVs

 

   

Ice machine

 

   

Autoclave

 

   

Dishwasher

 

   

Flammable cabinet

 

   

Nitrogen control manifold

 

   

CO2 control manifold


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made as of June 1st, 2020, by and between ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of June 27, 2017 (as amended, the “Lease”), wherein Landlord leases to Tenant certain premises containing approximately 8,561 rentable square feet (“Premises”) in a building located at 10975 North Torrey Pines, La Jolla, California, as more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2021 (the “Expiration Date”).

C. Concurrently with the execution by Landlord and Tenant of this Second Amendment, Tenant is entering into a lease agreement with ARE-SD Region No. 44, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Affiliate”), pursuant to which Tenant shall lease space from Affiliate at that certain building commonly known as 10578 Science Center Drive, Suite 225, San Diego, California (the “New Lease”).

D. Subject to the terms of this Second Amendment, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to adjust the Expiration Date of the Lease to coincide with the date that is ten (10) days after the Commencement Date (as defined in the New Lease) of the New Lease.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Termination Date. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the expiration of the Term of the Lease shall occur on the date that is fifteen (15) days after the Commencement Date (as defined in the New Lease) of the New Lease (“Termination Date”); provided, however, that if the New Lease is terminated before the Commencement Date (as defined in the New Lease) occurs, the Termination Date shall be the later of (i) the Expiration Date, or (ii) the date that is 30 days after the termination of the New Lease. If Tenant retains possession of the Premises following the Termination Date, such possession shall be a holding over under the Lease and the terms of Section 8 of the Lease shall apply.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that if the Commencement Date of the New Lease has not occurred by the date that is 12 months after the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the New Lease) of the New Lease for any reason other than Tenant Delays, and Tenant requires rentable square footage for the operation of its business in excess of the collective rentable square footage of the Premises and with the premises being licensed by Tenant pursuant to a separate agreement at 3033 Science Park Road, then, upon written request from Tenant, Landlord shall endeavor to find alternative space suitable for Tenant’s needs at the Project or another property in the San Diego area owned or controlled by an Affiliate (as defined in the original Lease)(“Alternative Space”). If Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant identify Alternative Space acceptable to Tenant and the

 

1


Commencement Date of the New Lease has not yet occurred, then Landlord (or its Affiliate) and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to negotiate and enter into an agreement pursuant to which Tenant shall occupy the Alternative Space, which occupancy may be on a temporary or permanent basis as determined by the parties at the time. Nothing set forth herein shall obligate Landlord or any Affiliate to enter into an occupancy agreement with Tenant for Alternative Space, and in no event shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant in connection with the failure of Alternative Space to be available or in connection with the failure of the parties to reach a mutually acceptable agreement on an occupancy agreement with respect to the Alterative Space.

 

2.

Base Rent and Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, so long as Tenant is not then in Default under the Lease, for the period commencing on the date of this Second Amendment through the Termination Date (the “Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent under the Lease. Tenant shall continue to pay Operating Expenses (including administration rent each month equal to the amount of the administration rent that Tenant would have been required to pay in the absence of there being an Abatement Period) and all other amounts due under the Lease during the Abatement Period. In addition, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for all of its other obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the New Lease is terminated before the Commencement Date (as defined in the New Lease), then commencing on the date the New Lease is so terminated, Tenant will resume paying the full Base Rent due under the Lease and, within 10 calendar days after the termination of the New Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amount equal to the Base Rent that would have otherwise been payable during the Abatement Period but for the abatement provided for in this Section 2.

 

3.

Termination and Surrender. Tenant shall voluntarily surrender the Premises to Landlord on or before the Termination Date in the condition in which Tenant is required to surrender the Premises as of the expiration of the Lease. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in all matters, as applicable, relating to surrendering the Premises as required under the Lease. From and after the Termination Date, Tenant shall have no further rights of any kind with respect to the Premises. Landlord and Tenant each agree that the other is excused as of the Termination Date from any further obligations with respect to the Lease, excepting only such obligations under the Lease which are, by their terms, intended to survive the termination of the Lease, and as otherwise provided herein. Nothing herein shall excuse Tenant from its obligations under the Lease prior to the Termination Date.

 

4.

OFAC. Tenant and Landlord are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of the Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the Term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

5.

California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). In addition, the following notice is hereby provided pursuant to Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the

 

2


  CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of and in connection with such notice: (i) Tenant, having read such notice and understanding Tenant’s right to request and obtain a CASp inspection, hereby elects not to obtain such CASp inspection and forever waives its rights to obtain a CASp inspection with respect to the Premises, Building and/or Project to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements; and (ii) if the waiver set forth in clause (i) hereinabove is not enforceable pursuant to Legal Requirements, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows (which constitute the mutual agreement of the parties as to the matters described in the last sentence of the foregoing notice): (A) Tenant shall have the one-time right to request for and obtain a CASp inspection, which request must be made, if at all, in a written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord; (B) any CASp inspection timely requested by Tenant shall be conducted (1) at a time mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, (2) in a professional manner by a CASp designated by Landlord and without any testing that would damage the Premises, Building or Project in any way, and (3) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of the fee for such CASp inspection, the fee for any reports prepared by the CASp in connection with such CASp inspection (collectively, the “CASp Reports”) and all other costs and expenses in connection therewith; (C) the CASp Reports shall be delivered by the CASp simultaneously to Landlord and Tenant; (D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to or within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards including, without limitation, any violations disclosed by such CASp inspection; and (E) if such CASp inspection identifies any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards relating to those items of the Building and Project located outside the Premises that are Landlord’s obligation to repair as set forth in the Lease, then Landlord shall perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs as and to the extent required by Legal Requirements to correct such violations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord.

 

6.

Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Second Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Cushman & Wakefield and CBRE, Inc. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Cushman & Wakefield and CBRE, Inc. claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

 

7.

Miscellaneous.

a. This Second Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Second Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Second Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

c. This Second Amendment may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature process complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Second Amendment and all matters related thereto, with such electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures.

 

3


d. Except as amended and/or modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Second Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

ARE-10933 NORTH TORREY PINES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, INC.,

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

managing member

 

By:

 

/s/Gary Dean

 

Its:

 

Gary Dean

   

Senior Vice President

   

RE Legal Affairs

TENANT:

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ John W. Wallen III

Name:  

John W.Wallen III

Title:  

General Counsel

 

5

Exhibit 10.15

10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 1

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made this 1st day of June, 2020, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

Building:    10578 Science Center Drive, San Diego, California
Premises:    That certain portion of the Building known as Suite 225, containing approximately 23,596 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.
Project:    The real property on which the Building in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.
Base Rent:    $63.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

Rentable Area of Premises: 23,596 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Building: 146,956 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Project: 297,400 sq. ft.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses of Building: 16.06%

Building’s Share of Project: 49.41%

Security Deposit: $123,879.00

Target Commencement Date: July 1, 2021; provided, however, that the Target Commencement Date shall be delayed 1 day for each day after June 1, 2020, that the Lease has not been mutually executed by the parties.

Rent Adjustment Percentage: 3%

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 60 months from the first day of the first full month following the Commencement Date. For clarity, if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month, the expiration of the Base Term shall be measured from that date. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, the expiration of the Base Term shall be measured from the first day of the following month.
Permitted Use:    Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:

Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

Dept LA 23447

Pasadena, CA 91185-3447

 

Landlord’s Notice Address:

26 North Euclid Avenue

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant’s Notice Address:

10578 Science Center Drive, Suite 225

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Lease Administrator

 

10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 1


10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 2

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION

 

EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER

 

EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE

EXHIBIT -RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

EXHIBIT G - MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

 

EXHIBIT H - CONTROL ZONES

EXHIBIT I - RESERVED PARKING

 

EXHIBIT J - SIGNAGE

EXHIBIT - EXPANSION SPACE

 

1. Lease of Premises. Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.” Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right during the Term to use the Common Areas along with others having the right to use the Common Areas. Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. From and after the Commencement Date through the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall have access to the Building and the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.

The Project Amenities (as defined in Section 5) currently include, among other things, conferencing facilities located on the ground floor of the Building (the “Ground Floor Conference Facilities”). Use by Tenant of the Ground Floor Conference Facilities shall be in common with other users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by Landlord or Landlord’s then designated event operator (“Project Event Operator”). Tenant’s use of the Ground Floor Conference Facilities shall be subject to the payment by Tenant of a fee equal to the quoted rates for the usage of the Ground Floor Conference Facilities in effect at the time of Tenant’s scheduling. Landlord and/or Project Event Operator, shall have the right to institute, subject to the terms of Section 26, rules and regulations with respect to the Ground Floor Conference Facilities from time to time including, without limitation, (a) the required use by tenants of the Project Event Operator for the catering of meetings and other events held at the Ground Floor Conference Facilities, (b) usage of and compliance with reservations systems governing the use of Ground Floor Conference Facilities, and (c) the payment of additional costs in connection with the after-hours usage of the Ground Floor Conference Facilities.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“Delivery” or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 90 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34) delays and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other, and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), and any prepaid Base Rent, shall be promptly returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “Landlord’s Work,” “Tenant Delays” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 5 business days of the lapse of such 90 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.


10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 3

 

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that, as of the date of this Lease, a global pandemic has been declared with respect to COVID-19 (which is a Force Majeure event) which may delay Landlord’s Delivery of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Target Commencement Date shall be extended 1 day for each day the Landlord’s design and/or construction of Landlord’s Work is delayed due to COVID-19 related delays.

The “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed; and (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Work Letter, Landlord shall permit Tenant access to the Premises for a period of up to 45 days prior to the Commencement Date for Tenant’s installation and setup of furniture, fixtures and equipment and Tenant’s installation of cabling (collectively, “FF&E Installation”), provided that such FF&E Installation is coordinated with Landlord, and Tenant complies with this Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours. Any access to the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent or Operating Expenses.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter or as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.

For the period of 30 consecutive days after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems serving the Premises, unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost. Tenant shall also be entitled to the benefit of any warranties issued to Landlord in connection with Landlord’s Work. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit Landlord’s maintenance and repair obligations under Section 13 of this Lease.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent.

(a) Base Rent. The first full month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, or via federally insured wire transfer (including ACH) pursuant to the wire instructions provided by Landlord. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

 


10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 4

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, so long as Tenant is not then in Default (as defined in Section 20) under this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Premises for the period commencing on the first day of the 2nd full calendar month after the Commencement Date through the last day of the 6th full calendar month after the Commencement Date (the “Abatement Period”). Tenant shall resume paying full Base Rent on the first day of the seventh full calendar month after the Commencement Date.

(b) Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”): (i) commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Base Rent Adjustments. Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then then Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date) (each an “Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

5. Operating Expense Payments. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. Commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building’s Share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9), capital repairs, improvements and replacements amortized over the lesser of 10 years and the useful life of such capital repairs, improvements and replacements, the cost (including, without limitation, any subsidies which Landlord may provide in connection with the Project Amenities) of the common area amenities (the “Project Amenities”) now or hereafter located at the Project which Project Amenities may include, without limitation, the Common Area fitness center, cafe, conference center, bocce ball court, barbeque pits and ping pong, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3% of Base Rent (provided that during the Abatement Period, Tenant shall nonetheless be required to pay administration rent each month equal to the amount of the administration rent that Tenant would have been required to pay in the absence of there being an Abatement Period)), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the Commencement Date and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;


10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 5

 

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are permitted pursuant to this Section 5 to be included in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or third parties, or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(i) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project (which costs shall be prorated if such officers and employees are assigned to the Project only in part in proportion to the amount of time spent by such employee on the Project);

(j) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(k) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);

(m) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(n) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(o) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(p) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(q) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(r) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;


10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 6

 

 

(s) any costs incurred to remove, study, test or remediate Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or the Project (provided, however, that the foregoing is in no event intended to limit Tenant’s obligations under Section 28 or Section 30 of this Lease);

(t) costs of removing abandoned HVAC and other equipment and related pipes, conduit and fixtures from the roof, or relocating antenna equipment of third parties unrelated to Tenant;

(u) reserves;

(v) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by insurance (or would have been reimbursed by insurance required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 17);

(w) costs in connection with the Amenities (as defined in Section 39) other than the Amenities Fee (as defined in Section 39) payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 39;

(x) costs occasioned by condemnation;

(y) any item that, if included in Operating Expenses, would involve a double collection for such items by Landlord, and

(z) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Operating Expenses incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to any capital improvements which are reasonably expected by Landlord to reduce overall Operating Expenses (for example, without limitation, by reducing energy usage at the Project) (the “Energy Savings Costs”) shall be amortized over a period of years equal to the least of (A) 10 years, (B) the useful life of such capital items, or (C) the quotient of (i) the Energy Savings Costs, divided by (ii) the annual amount of Operating Expenses reasonably expected by Landlord to be saved as a result of such capital improvements.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations to pay any overpayments or deficiencies due pursuant to this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably and in good faith determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “Expense Information”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent regionally recognized public accounting firm selected by Tenant, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and


10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 7

 

approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5%, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Building is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year with respect to Variable Operating Expenses shall be computed as though the Building had been 95% occupied on average during such year. “Variable Operating Expenses” shall mean those Operating Expenses which vary by occupancy including, without limitation, electricity, trash removal and other Utilities (as defined in Section 11).

Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

6. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, on or before June 10, 2020, a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the State of California. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the


10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 8

 

filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 60 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer, at Landlord’s expense, any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant requires until June 10, 2020, to obtain the Letter of Credit required under this Section 6 and Landlord has agreed that Tenant may have until June 10, 2020, to deliver such Letter of Credit. Tenant’s failure to deliver such Letter of Credit to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this paragraph shall constitute a Default under Section 20 of the Lease.

7. Use. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared, in writing, by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment which will overload the floor in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

Landlord shall be responsible, at Landlord’s cost and not as part of Operating Expenses, for the compliance of the Premises and the Common Areas of the Project with Legal Requirements (including the ADA) as of the Commencement Date. Following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in


10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 9

 

which the Project is located) and at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is triggered by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements. Except as provided in the 2 immediately preceding sentences, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement related to Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises or any Tenant Alterations.

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, seek to obtain Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), WELL Building Standard, or other similar “green” certification with respect to the Project and/or the Premises, and Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord, and to provide such information and/or documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, in connection therewith.

8. Holding Over. If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as may be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages in connection with a holdover of 30 days or less. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Taxes. Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “Taxes”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of


10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 10

 

any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall only charge Tenant for assessments as if those assessments were paid by Landlord over the longest possible term which Landlord is permitted to pay for the applicable assessments without additional charge other than interest, if any, provided under the terms of the underlying assessments. Taxes shall not include (a) any net income taxes, franchise taxes, capital levy taxes, transfer taxes, excess profits taxes, estate taxes, succession taxes or inheritance taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder, or (b) any fines, penalties or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay any Tax when due. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

10. Parking. Subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, at no charge during the Base Term, to use 70 parking spaces, in common with other tenants of the Project, which parking spaces shall be located in those areas of the Project designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost, to mark 4 of the 70 parking spaces available for use by Tenant pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10 as reserved for use by Tenant and/or Tenant’s visitors. Such reserved spaces shall be located in the areas of the second level of the Building’s subterranean parking facility designated on Exhibit I attached hereto; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to relocate any or all of such reserved spaces upon 30 days’ written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project or for enforcing any such reservation of parking spaces.

11. Utilities, Services. Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11, water, electricity, heat, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), and, with respect to the Common Areas only, refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Landlord’s expense (unless such separate metering is reasonably determined by Landlord to be needed as a result of Tenant’s use of more than its pro rata share of Utilities), any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for its own janitorial services for the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HVAC shall be available to the laboratory portions of the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days per week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.

 


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 11

 

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide an emergency generator with not less than the capacity of the emergency generator located in the Building as of the date hereof, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generator as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Except as otherwise provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an operational emergency generator or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generator is maintaining the generator as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generator when the emergency generator is not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generator will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall, at least once per calendar quarter as part of the maintenance of the Building, run the emergency generator for a period reasonably determined by Landlord for the purpose of determining whether it operates when started.

Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with access to Tenant’s water and/or energy usage data on a monthly basis, either by providing Tenant’s applicable utility login credentials to Landlord’s Measurabl online portal, or by another delivery method reasonably agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. The costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with receiving and analyzing such water and/or energy usage data (including, without limitation, as may be required pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements) shall be included as part of Operating Expenses.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property. Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant (other than the initial Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) which shall be governed by the Work Letter), including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other than by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld. Tenant may construct nonstructural Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval if the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $15,000 (a “Notice-Only Alteration”), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such intended Notice-Only Alteration, and such notice shall be accompanied by plans, specifications, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Notice-Only Alteration as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, which notice and accompanying materials shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 3% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 12

 

Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, or at the time it receives notice of a Notice-Only Alteration, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien..

For purposes of this Lease, (x) “Removable Installations” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) ”Tenant’s Property” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) ”Installations” means all property of any kind paid for with the TI Fund, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

13. Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord, as an Operating Expense (except to the extent the cost thereof is excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 hereof), shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“Building Systems”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (or any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees and/or licensees respective agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors)(collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 13

 

by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to temporarily stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 48 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during such planned stoppages of Building Systems. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.

14. Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 business days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 business days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency (i.e., a circumstance which poses an imminent threat of harm to persons or substantial property damage), Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, as of the Commencement Date, the maintenance and repair obligations for the Premises shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant as set forth on Exhibit G attached hereto. The maintenance obligations allocated to Tenant pursuant to Exhibit G (the “Tenant Maintenance Obligations”) shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Tenant Maintenance Obligations shall include the procurement and maintenance of contracts, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, with copies to Landlord upon Landlord’s written request, for and with contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord specializing and experienced in the respective Tenant Maintenance Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the scope of work of any such contracts entered into by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph shall, at a minimum, comply with manufacturer’s recommended maintenance procedures for the optimal performance of the applicable equipment. Landlord shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, have no obligation to perform any Tenant Maintenance Obligations. The Tenant Maintenance Obligations shall not include the right or obligation on the part of Tenant to make any structural and/or capital repairs or improvements to the Project, and Landlord shall, during any period that Tenant is responsible for the Tenant Maintenance Obligations, continue, as part of Operating Expenses, to be responsible, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, for capital repairs and replacements required to be made to the Project. If Tenant fails to maintain any portion of the Premises for which Tenant is responsible as part of the Tenant Maintenance Obligations in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord within the requirements of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to provide Tenant with written notice thereof and to assume the Tenant Maintenance Obligations if Tenant does not cure Tenant’s failure within 10 days after receipt of such notice.

15. Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 14

 

claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 15 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities and lease signators (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises or the Project arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project (including, without limitation, any act, omission or neglect by Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties in or about the Premises or at the Project) or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord Indemnified Parties. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord Indemnified Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party or Tenant Parties.

17. Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with employers liability limits of $1,000,000 bodily injury by accident – each accident, $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease – policy limit, and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease – each employee; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities and lease signators (collectively, “Landlord Insured Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 15

 

rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 10 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; not contain a hostile fire exclusion; contain a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord Insured Parties (any policy issued to Landlord Insured Parties providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies, regardless of limits). Certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant prior to (i) the earlier to occur of (x) the Commencement Date, or (y) the date that Tenant accesses the Premises under this Lease, and (ii) each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area in which the Project is located.

18. Restoration. If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 9 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 16

 

the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. In the event that no Hazardous Material Clearances are required to be obtained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, rent abatement shall commence on the date of discovery of the damage or destruction. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18, Tenant waives any right to terminate this Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation. If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project), then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 17

 

20. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be a default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 5 days of any such notice not more than twice in any 12 month period.

(b) Insurance. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 5 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment. Tenant shall abandon the Premises. Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if (i) Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to vacating and, at the time of vacating the Premises, Tenant completes Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan in compliance with Section 28, (ii) Tenant has made reasonable arrangements with Landlord for the security of the Premises for the balance of the Term, and (iii) Tenant continues during the balance of the Term to satisfy all of its obligations under the Lease as they come due.

(d) Improper Transfer. Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens. Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events. Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement. Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults. Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 60 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 18

 

21. Landlord’s Remedies.

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge the first time in any calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency and will waive the right if Tenant pays such delinquency within 5 days thereafter. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 19

 

The term “rent” as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii)(A) and (B), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(d) Effect of Exercise. Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

22. Assignment and Subletting.

(a) General Prohibition. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 22 (including, without limitation, the terms and conditions of Section 22(b) below), without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 20

 

Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 49.9% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to obtain financing from institutional and/or individual investors (including venture capital funding and corporate partners) or undergo a public offering which results in a change in control of Tenant without such change of control constituting an assignment under this Section 22 requiring Landlord consent, provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the financing at least 5 business days prior to the closing of the financing, and (ii) provided that in no event shall such financing result in a change in use of the Premises from the use contemplated by Tenant at the commencement of the Term.

Permitted Transfers. . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion, or (iii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “Assignment Termination”). Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial such that they may (i) attract or cause negative publicity for or about the Building or the Project, (ii) negatively affect the reputation of the Building, the Project or Landlord, (iii) attract protestors to the Building or the Project, or (iv) lessen the attractiveness of the Building or the Project to any tenants or prospective tenants, purchasers or lenders; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord’s experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project; or (10) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 21

 

Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “Control Permitted Assignment”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord ((x) unless Tenant is prohibited from providing such notice by applicable Legal Requirements in which case Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly thereafter, and (y) if the transaction is subject to confidentiality requirements, Tenant’s advance notification shall be subject to Landlord’s execution of a non-disclosure agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant) but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a legitimate business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring this Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee is not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease (a “Corporate Permitted Assignment”). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Assignments.”

(b) Additional Conditions. As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(c) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 22

 

Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. Except in connection with a Permitted Assignment, if the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease (“Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(d) No Waiver. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(e) Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further factual information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

24. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. Prorations. All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 23

 

26. Rules and Regulations. Provided that such rules and regulations are not in violation of applicable Legal Requirements, Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project, including, without limitation, the use of the Project Amenities, which rules and regulation shall be enforced in a non-discriminatory manner. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project.

27. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

28. Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises or such earlier date as Tenant may elect to cease operations at the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan”). Such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of this Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of-pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $5,000. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 24

 

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, or if such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28.

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

29. Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

30. Environmental Requirements.

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “Environmental Claims”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 25

 

conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building, or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 28 or this Section 30, Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction existed in the Premises immediately prior to the Commencement Date, or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises, unless in either case, the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused, contributed to or exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

(b) Business. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Upon Landlord’s request, or any time that Tenant is required to deliver a Hazardous Materials List to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of such Hazardous Materials List. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 26

 

(d) Testing. Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises if there is violation of this Section 30 or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 is identified; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to have a Tenant representative present while Landlord conducts tests in the Premises pursuant to this Section 30(d).

(e) Control Areas. Tenant shall have the use of 100% of the control area designated as Control Area B2-3 on Exhibit H attached hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall not have rights with respect to any other control areas at the Project.

(f) Storage Tanks. If storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to use or install any underground storage tanks at the Project.

(g) Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(h) Definitions. As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 27

 

Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

32. Inspection and Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last 18 months of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

Subject to the terms of this Section 32, Landlord may from time to time during the Term, during regular business hours and/or otherwise at times mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, conduct third party tours of the Premises (“Tours”), which Tours may be held with not less than 1 business day’s advance notice.

33. Security. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 28

 

such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

34. Force Majeure. Except for the payment of Rent, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, local, regional or national epidemic or pandemic (including COVID-19), delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”).

35. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CBRE and Cushman & Wakefield. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than CBRE and Cushman & Wakefield, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

38. Signs; Exterior Appearance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 29

 

coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Suite entry signage and signage on the lobby directory shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to display 1 sign bearing Tenant’s name and/or logo on the Building (the “Building Sign”) and 1 sign bearing Tenant’s name and/or logo on the monument sign serving the Building (the “Building Sign”), which signs shall be in the locations and pursuant to the specifications designated on Exhibit J. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Building Sign and the Monument Sign including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be subject to and in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements and Landlord’s Project standards. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of the Building Sign, for the removal of the Building Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair of all damage resulting from such removal.

39. Right to Expand.

(a) Expansion in the Building. Subject to the rights of existing tenants of the Project and to the terms of this Section 39(a), Tenant shall have the one-time right during the Base Term with respect to each portion of the Expansion Space described below, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “Expansion Right”) to include the Expansion Space upon the terms and conditions in this Section 39. For purposes of this Section 39(a), “Expansion Space” shall mean that certain space in the Building commonly known as: (1) Suite 200, containing approximately 9,143 rentable square feet; (2) Suite 205, containing approximately 6,291 rentable square feet; (3) Suite 210, containing approximately 7,007 rentable square feet; and (4) Suite 215, containing approximately 8,385 rentable square feet, all as more specifically described on Exhibit K attached hereto, to the extent each such space is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then-existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 9 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. If all or a portion of the Expansion Space becomes available, Landlord shall, at such time as Landlord shall elect so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are preserved, deliver to Tenant written notice (the “Expansion Notice”) of the availability of such Expansion Space, together with the terms and conditions on which Landlord is prepared to lease Tenant such Expansion Space. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be required to exercise its right under this Section 39(a) with respect to all of the space described in the Expansion Notice (“Identified Expansion Space”). For the avoidance of any doubt, Tenant shall continue to be entitled to an Expansion Notice pursuant to this Section 39(a) with respect to any portion of the Expansion Space which has not previously been identified in an Expansion Notice as Identified Expansion Space (for example, if Landlord delivers an Expansion Notice identifying Suite 200 and 205 as the Identified Expansion Space, Tenant shall continue to be entitled to an Expansion Notice with respect to Suite 210 and Suite 215). The term of this Lease with respect to the Identified Expansion Space may not be co-terminous with the Term of this Lease with respect to the then-existing Premises. Tenant shall have 5 business days following receipt of the Expansion Notice to deliver to Landlord written notification of Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Right (“Exercise Notice”) with respect to the Identified Expansion Space. If Tenant does not deliver an Exercise Notice to Landlord within such 5 business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 39(a) to lease the Identified Expansion Space, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Identified Expansion Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord.

(b) Amended Lease. If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver an Expansion Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment for Tenant’s lease of the Identified Expansion Space, no lease amendment for the Identified Expansion Space


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 30

 

acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have forever waived its right to lease the Identified Expansion Space.

(c)    Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, the Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i)    during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

(ii)   at any time that Tenant’s then-current financial condition and outlook is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; or

(iii)  if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Right.

(d)    Termination. The Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Expansion Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of this Lease of such Expansion Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Expansion Right to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Expansion Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

(e)    Subordinate. Tenant’s Expansion Rights granted pursuant to Section 39(a) above are and shall remain subject and subordinate to any expansion rights of tenants of the Project existing as of the date of this Lease.

(f)    Rights Personal. Expansion Rights are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(g)    No Extensions. The period of time within which any Expansion Rights may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Expansion Rights.

40.    The Alexandria Amenities.

(a)    Generally. ARE-SD Region No. 44, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“The Alexandria Landlord”) has constructed certain amenities at the property owned by The Alexandria Landlord located at 10996 Torreyana Road, San Diego, California (“The Alexandria”), which, as of the date of this Lease, include, without limitation, shared conference facilities (“Shared Conference Facilities”), a fitness center and restaurant (collectively, the “Amenities”) for non-exclusive use by (a) Tenant, (b) other tenants of the Project, (c) Landlord, (d) the tenants of The Alexandria Landlord, (e) The Alexandria Landlord, (e) other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ARE”), (f) the tenants of such other affiliates of Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord and ARE, and (g) any other parties permitted by The Alexandria Landlord (collectively, “Users”). Landlord, The Alexandria Landlord, ARE, and all affiliates of Landlord, Alexandria Landlord and ARE may be referred to collectively herein as the “ARE Parties.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right, at the sole discretion of The Alexandria Landlord, to not make the Amenities available for use by some or all currently contemplated Users (including Tenant). The Alexandria Landlord shall have the sole right to determine all matters related to the Amenities including, without limitation, relating to the reconfiguration, relocation, modification or removal of any of the Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the availability of the Amenities and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease relying on the continued availability of the Amenities to Tenant. Up to 85 employees of Tenant shall have access to and use of the Amenities.

 


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 31

 

(b) License. Commencing on the Commencement Date, and so long as The Alexandria and the Project continue to be owned by affiliates of ARE, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to the use of the available Amenities in common with other Users pursuant to the terms of this Section 40. Passes to the fitness center at The Alexandria shall be made available to Tenant for up to 85 employees of Tenant employed at the Premises. If any employee of Tenant to whom a fitness center pass has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises or any employee to whom an access card (which does not include a fitness center pass) has been issued ceases to be an employee of Tenant at the Premises, Tenant shall, promptly following such employee’s change in status, collect such employee’s pass or access card, as applicable, deliver it to Landlord and so notify Landlord of such employee’s change in status. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall commence paying Landlord a fixed fee during the Base Term equal to $2.16 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year (“Amenities Fee”), which Amenities Fee shall by payable on the first day of each month during the Term whether or not Tenant elects to use any or all of the Alexandria Regional Amenities. The Amenities Fee shall be increased annually on each anniversary of the Commencement Date by 3%.

(c) Shared Conference Facilities. Use by Tenant of the Shared Conference Facilities and restaurant at The Alexandria shall be in common with other Users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by The Alexandria Landlord or The Alexandria Landlord’s then designated event operator (“Event Operator”). Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be subject to the payment by Tenant to The Alexandria Landlord of a fee equal to The Alexandria Landlord’s quoted rates for the usage of the Shared Conference Facilities in effect at the time of Tenant’s scheduling. Tenant’s use of the conference rooms in the Shared Conference Area shall be subject to availability and The Alexandria Landlord (or, if applicable, Event Operator) reserves the right to exercise its reasonable discretion in the event of conflicting scheduling requests among Users. Tenant hereby acknowledges that (i) Biocom/San Diego, a California non-profit corporation (“Biocom”) has the right to reserve the Shared Conference Facilities and any reservable dining area(s) included within the Amenities for up to 50% of the time that such Shared Conference Facilities and reservable dining area(s) are available for use by Users each calendar month, and (ii) Illumina, Inc., a Delaware corporation, has the exclusive use of the main conference room within the Shared Conference Facilities for up to 4 days per calendar month.

Tenant shall be required to use the food service operator designated by The Alexandria Landlord at The Alexandria (the “Designated Food and Beverage Operator”) for any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities. As of the date of this Lease, the Designated Food and Beverage Operator is The Farmer and the Seahorse. The Alexandria Landlord has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change the Designated Food and Beverage Operator at any time. Tenant may not use any vendors other than the Designated Food and Beverage Operator nor may Tenant supply its own food and/or beverages in connection with any food and/or beverage service or catered events held by Tenant in the Shared Conference Facilities.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) be responsible for the set-up of the Shared Conference Facilities in connection with Tenant’s use (including, without limitation ensuring that Tenant has a sufficient number of chairs and tables and the appropriate equipment), and (ii) surrender the Shared Conference Facilities after each time that Tenant uses the Shared Conference Facilities free of Tenant’s personal property, in substantially the same set up and same condition as received, and free of any debris and trash. If Tenant fails to restore and surrender the Shared Conference Facilities as required by sub-section (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, such failure shall constitute a “Shared Facilities Default.” Each time that Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant has committed a Shared Facilities Default, Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord a penalty within 5 days after notice from Landlord of such Shared Facilities Default. The penalty payable by Tenant in connection with the first Shared Facilities Default shall be $200. The penalty payable shall increase by $50 for each subsequent Shared Facilities Default (for the avoidance of doubt, the penalty shall be $250 for the second Shared Facilities Default, shall be $300 for the third Shared Facilities Default, etc.). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 32

 

expended by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord, as applicable, in repairing any damage to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities, or The Alexandria caused by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party. The provisions of this Section 40(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) Restaurant. Tenant’s employees that have been issued an access card to The Alexandria shall have the right, along with other Users, to access and use the restaurant located at The Alexandria.

(e) Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying for any and all ancillary services (e.g., audio visual equipment) provided to Tenant, all food services operators and any other third party vendors providing services to Tenant at The Alexandria. Tenant shall use the Amenities (including, without limitation, the Shared Conference Facilities) in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and any rules and regulations imposed by The Alexandria Landlord or Landlord from time to time and in a manner that will not interfere with the rights of other Users, which rules and regulations shall be enforced in a non-discriminatory manner. The use of Amenities other than the Shared Conference Facilities by employees of Tenant shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the standard licenses, indemnification and waiver agreement required by The Alexandria Landlord or the operator of the Amenities to be executed by all persons wishing to use such Amenities. Neither The Alexandria Landlord nor Landlord (nor, if applicable, any other affiliate of Landlord) shall have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other Users with respect to the Amenities. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Amenities or The Alexandria.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that The Alexandria Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reconfigure, relocate, modify or remove any of the Amenities at The Alexandria and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Amenities.

(f) Waiver of Liability and Indemnification. Tenant warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on The Alexandria. Tenant waives any claims it or any Tenant Parties may have against any ARE Parties relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, and Tenant releases and exculpates all ARE Parties from any liability relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the ARE Parties from any claim of damage to property or injury to person relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) the use of the Amenities by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, and (ii) any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto The Alexandria, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of ARE Parties. The provisions of this Section 40(f) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(g) Insurance. As of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause The Alexandria Landlord to be named as an additional insured under the commercial general liability policy of insurance that Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to Section 17 of this Lease.

41. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability. If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 33

 

(c) Financial Information. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 45 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal quarters during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Tenant is a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section 41(c) shall not apply.

(d) Recordation. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

(e) Interpretation. The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed. The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law. Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time. Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(j) OFAC. Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 34

 

(k) Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(l) Entire Agreement. This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

(m) No Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

(o) Redevelopment of Project. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in its sole discretion, may from time to time, subject to the fourth sentence of the first paragraph of Section 1 of this Lease, expand, renovate and/or reconfigure the Project as the same may exist from time to time and, in connection therewith or in addition thereto, as the case may be, from time to time without limitation: (a) change the shape, size, location, number and/or extent of any improvements, buildings, structures, lobbies, hallways, entrances, exits, parking and/or parking areas relative to any portion of the Project; (b) modify, eliminate and/or add any buildings, improvements, and parking structure(s) either above or below grade, to the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project and/or make any other changes thereto affecting the same; and (c) make any other changes, additions and/or deletions in any way affecting the Project and/or any portion thereof as Landlord may elect from time to time, including without limitation, additions to and/or deletions from the land comprising the Project, the Common Areas and/or any other portion of the Project. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that construction noise, vibrations and dust associated with normal construction activities in connection with any redevelopment of the Project are to be expected during the course of such construction. Landlord shall endeavor to minimize interruption with Tenant’s business operations in the Premises in connection with any redevelopment undertaken pursuant to this Section 41(o). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to seek damages (including abatement of Rent) or to cancel or terminate this Lease because of any proposed changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration of the Project nor shall Tenant have the right to restrict, inhibit or prohibit any such changes, expansion, renovation or reconfiguration; provided, however, Landlord shall not change the size, dimensions, location or Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

(p) Discontinued Use. If, at any time following the Commencement Date, Tenant does not continuously operate its business in the Premises for a period of 90 consecutive days, Landlord may, but is not obligated to, elect to terminate this Lease upon 30 days’ written notice to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall terminate 30 days’ after Landlord’s delivery of such written notice (“Termination Date”), and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the Termination Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the Termination Date and those which, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease.

 


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 35

 

(q) EV Charging Stations. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant’s written request to install 1 or more electric vehicle car charging stations (“EV Stations”) in the parking area serving the Project; provided, however, that Tenant complies with all reasonable requirements, standards, rules and regulations which may be imposed by Landlord, at the time Landlord’s consent is granted, in connection with Tenant’s installation, maintenance, repair and operation of such EV Stations, which may include, without limitation, the charge to Tenant of a reasonable monthly rental amount for the parking spaces used by Tenant for such EV Stations, Landlord’s designation of the location of Tenant’s EV Stations, and Tenant’s payment of all costs whether incurred by Landlord or Tenant in connection with the installation, maintenance, repair and operation of each Tenant’s EV Station(s). Nothing contained in this paragraph is intended to increase the number of parking spaces which Tenant is otherwise entitled to use at the Project under Section 10 of this Lease nor impose any additional obligations on Landlord with respect to Tenant’s parking rights at the Project.

(r) California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). In addition, the following notice is hereby provided pursuant to Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of and in connection with such notice: (i) Tenant, having read such notice and understanding Tenant’s right to request and obtain a CASp inspection, hereby elects not to obtain such CASp inspection and forever waives its rights to obtain a CASp inspection with respect to the Premises, Building and/or Project to the extent permitted by Legal Requirements; and (ii) if the waiver set forth in clause (i) hereinabove is not enforceable pursuant to Legal Requirements, then Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows (which constitutes the mutual agreement of the parties as to the matters described in the last sentence of the foregoing notice): (A) Tenant shall have the one-time right to request for and obtain a CASp inspection, which request must be made, if at all, in a written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord; (B) any CASp inspection timely requested by Tenant shall be conducted (1) at a time mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, (2) in a professional manner by a CASp designated by Landlord and without any testing that would damage the Premises, Building or Project in any way, and (3) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, including, without limitation, Tenant’s payment of the fee for such CASp inspection, the fee for any reports prepared by the CASp in connection with such CASp inspection (collectively, the “CASp Reports”) and all other costs and expenses in connection therewith; (C) the CASp Reports shall be delivered by the CASp simultaneously to Landlord and Tenant; (D) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs to or within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards including, without limitation, any violations disclosed by such CASp inspection; and (E) if such CASp inspection identifies any improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards relating to those items of the Building and Project located outside the Premises that are Landlord’s obligation to repair as set forth in this Lease, then Landlord shall perform such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs as and to the extent required by Legal Requirements to correct such violations, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such improvements, alterations, modifications and/or repairs within 10 business days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord.

(s) Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature process complying


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 36

 

with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Lease and all matters related thereto, with such electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 37

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:
AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
/s/ John W. Wallen III
By:  

John W. Wallen III

Its:   General Counsel

 

LANDLORD:
ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
 

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

  By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
   

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

  By:   /s/ Gary Dean
  Its:   Gary Dean
   

Senior Vice President

RE Legal Affairs


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 38

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

 

LOGO


 

 

Work Letter – Landlord Build    10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated June         , 2020 (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated June         , 2020 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates John Wallen and Pam Lopez (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Chris Clement and Michael D’ Ambrosia (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, and (ii) DGA shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all turn-key improvements to the Project of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below. Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a) below, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. The contemplated schedule of critical dates for the Tenant Improvements is attached hereto as Schedule 5 (the “Schedule”).

(b) Tenants Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan prepared by the TI Architect attached hereto as Schedule 1 (collectively, the “Space Plans”) and the tenant improvement specifications (the “TI Specifications”) provided for on Schedule 2 have been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plans or the TI Specifications constitute a Change Request the cost of which changes shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building as a result of Tenant’s requested changes.

(c) Working Drawings. Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plans and the TI Specifications. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI


 

Work Letter – Landlord Build    10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 2

 

Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Landlord not later than 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plans and the TI Specifications without submitting a Change Request. Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments, but Tenant’s review rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not delay the design or construction schedule for the Tenant Improvements. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the Space Plans and the TI Specifications, Tenant shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Landlord, unless Tenant submits a Change Request. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(d) Approval and Completion. It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the permit set of drawings based on the TI Construction Drawings must be finalized by the date set forth on the Schedule in order for the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Complete by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease). Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant as Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(b) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building Systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision). Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work.

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Landlord’s Work” shall mean (i) the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements, (ii) the addition of an egress stair and service elevator at the Northwest corner of the building, consistent with the renderings attached hereto as Schedule 3, (iii) the walling off of the existing Premises exits to the restaurant and to the bridge over the restaurant, (iv) the addition of the glazing to the western façade of the Building to bring in more natural light to the Premises and match the fenestration of the other exterior Building improvements, and (v) the enhancement of the courtyard canopy at the shared lobby entrance to the south of the Premises to match the rest of the improvements in the Building consistent with the renderings attached hereto as Schedule 3.

The reference in the Responsibility Matrix attached hereto as Schedule 4 to (x) “Provided by Landlord as part of Core & Shell Scope” refers to work that will be paid for by Landlord, (y) “Provided by Tenant at Tenant’s Cost” refers to work that will be paid for out-of-pocket by Tenant, and (z) “Provided by Landlord as part of Tenant Improvements” refers to Tenant Improvement work that will be paid for by Landlord.

Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the design and specifications for Landlord’s Work are consistent with Tenant’s requirements. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, approvals and entitlements necessary for Landlord’s Work, but shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein. This includes securing county approval of San Diego Regional Hazardous Material Questionnaire which Tenant shall be required to obtain.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable by Landlord as TI Costs. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit.


 

Work Letter – Landlord Build    10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 3

 

If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its sole and absolute subjective discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Premises. When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises, respectively, shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), with respect to the Premises, (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work in the Premises with applicable Legal Requirements, with respect to the Premises, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant in the Premises, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period. If contractor fails to remedy such Construction Defect within a reasonable period, Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to remedy the Construction Defect within a reasonable period.

Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely by Tenant as Excess TI Costs. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(f) Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;


 

Work Letter – Landlord Build    10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 4

 

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times;

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(b) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid by Tenant as Excess TI Costs, whether or not such change is implemented). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant: (i) approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, and (ii) deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs required in connection with such Change, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.


 

Work Letter – Landlord Build    10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 5

 

5. Costs.

(a) TI Costs. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of preparing the TI Construction Drawings, the Space Plans, the TI Specifications, and Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses (collectively, “TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to pay for any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Excess TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility for any costs arising from or related to Tenant’s Changes to the Space Plans, TI Specifications, or TI Construction Drawings, Tenant Delays, the cost of Changes and Change Requests (collectively, “Excess TI Costs”). Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete Landlord’s Work, 100% of the Excess TI Costs upon written request from Landlord. If Tenant fails to deposit any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Building (i) 15 days prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“Tenant’s Work”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Premises. The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.


 

Work Letter – Landlord Build    10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 6

 

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) No Default Funding. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to fund any portion of the TI Allowance or to perform any Landlord’s Work during any period that Tenant is in Default under the Lease.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 7

 

SCHEDULE 1

SPACE PLANS

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 8

 

SCHEDULE 2

TI SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL BASE BUILDING INFORMATION

 

1) Buildings / Stories: One (1) Building:  
 

10578 Science Center Drive, San Diego CA

Level 2 - (Lab / Office)

Multi-Tenant Building

2)  Construction Type: Type II A, Fully Sprinklered

 

3)  Parking: Surface Parking and Two (2) Story Underground Parking.

 

4)  Applicable Codes: California Building Code (CBC)

 
 

California Electrical Code (CEC)

California Mechanical Code (CMC)

California Plumbing Code (CPC)

California Fire Code (CFC)

California Energy Code (CEC)

California Green Building Standards Code (GBC)

Accessibility Regulations as Prescribed by the 2013 California

Building Code

Americans with Disabilities Act Guidelines (ADA)

All Codes and Ordinances Adopted by the City of San Diego

 

5)

Landlord shall be responsible for securing all applicable design, engineering, permits and approvals required for the interior tenant improvement scope of work.

 

6)

LANDLORD WORK PLANS for AVIDITY TENANT IMPROVEMENT

BUILDING INTERIOR / GENERAL WORK AREAS

 

  1.

Tenant Improvements include (10) private offices, (2) medium conference rooms, (2) small conference or huddle rooms, secured lobby, break room with built in booths, open office with approx. 38 workstation and soft collaboration seating throughout. The lab portion consist of open laboratory with 10 island benches and (4) 8’ fume hoods, Tissue culture room to accommodate (5) BSC and 8 Incubator units, Chem storage, Mass Spec room with (1) 8’ FH, Microscope room with built-in casework, ship/ rec room and a dedicated room for tenant provided freezers (approx. 250 sf).

  2.

Existing and New supply air and exhaust air distribution systems. Assume existing fan to be reused, new plenum and major ducting.

  3.

Laboratory air compressor and vacuum pump systems are provided as part of the existing house systems.

  4.

Existing Laboratory N2 and RO/DI available as part of the house systems.

  5.

Electrical infrastructure to support multi-tenant lab/office/campus use.

STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS

  1.

All structural supports required for base building Mech, Elec. And Plumbing equipment.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 9

 

MOISTURE AND THERMAL PROTECTION

  1.

Existing Batt insulation at all non-glass exterior walls and rigid insulation at spandrel glass conditions.

  2.

Sound Batt insulation at all interior partitions

GENERAL / OTHER

  1.

Security – (3) suite access doors and openings prepared for security hardware for tenant’s security vendor to trim-out, cable and program into tenant’s security system.

  2.

Code compliant interior signage included in tenant improvement, all other provided by tenant.

FINISHES

Ceilings

  1.

Acoustical (ACT) lab grade ceilings in laboratory and lab support rooms.

  2.

Drywall hard-lid paintable ceilings at break rooms/ collaboration.

  3.

Drywall hard-lid soffit/ceiling allowance for lobby area.

  4.

Acoustical office grade (ACT) ceilings at office and conference rooms.

  5.

Exposed ceilings to structure at open office and common areas.

Walls Finish

  1.

General latex wall paint in conference rooms and laboratory support areas.

Flooring

  1.

Laboratory and Laboratory Support areas have VCT tile with rubber base.

  2.

Conference rooms to have carpet tile flooring.

  3.

Lunchroom to have premium LVT.

  4.

Office and conference rooms to have carpet tile flooring.

  5.

Lobby flooring to be upgraded, flooring to be finalized with finishes.

  6.

Main circulation corridor to have polished exposed concrete.

Glazing

  1.

Interior Storefront glazing at conference rooms.

  2.

New glazing system between lab and office area.

  3.

Glazed wall systems at office fronts matching building standard from upper floor spec suites.

Millwork

  1.

Custom lobby desk.

  2.

Custom breakroom booths.

  3.

Plastic laminate cabinets and drawers at lobby and lunch room.

Lab Casework

  1.

Laboratory casework base cabinets in p-lam finish with reagent shelving and trespa or equal tops.

  2.

Fume hoods

  a.

(5) 8-Foot Chemistry hoods

  3.

Mobile benches and storage racks to be provided by tenant.

SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT

  1.

N/A

HVAC SYSTEMS

Laboratory

  1.

Exiting laboratory air handling unit, 100% outside air for laboratory only.

  2.

Re-use of existing duct risers. New mains provided as part of tenant improvement.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 10

 

  3.

Option for re-use of existing laboratory exhaust fan system and new supplemental exhaust fan systems.

  4.

Building Automation System connected to existing system.

  5.

(8) Lab SAV w/ RH zones.

Office

  1.

Existing recirculating AHU serving office spaces.

  2.

Building Automation System connected to existing system.

  3.

(15) Lab SAV w/ RH zones.

Other

  1.

Electrical and mechanical room ventilation as needed.

  2.

In-suite lobby and general open collaboration areas to be conditioned with existing; house system equipment is existing, zone level equipment, distribution and controls are new.

PLUMBING

  1.

Water and sewer services of adequate size to support the building type.

  2.

Sanitary sewer, waste and vent lines associated with toilet rooms and house mechanical systems included.

  3.

Water systems (ICW, IHW, DCW, DHW,) distributed to associated equipment as needed.

  4.

Laboratory vacuum distributed at lab benches.

  5.

Laboratory air compressor distributed at fume hoods only.

  6.

DI water system

  7.

House N2 plumbed through-out lab areas at fume hoods only.

  8.

Local O2 and other future gases to be provided and maintained by tenant.

  9.

CO2 piping to tissue culture rooms provided as part of the tenant improvement. CO2 source provided by the tenant. No bulk CO2 to be provided through TI allowance.

  10.

Condensate drains for HVAC equipment and plumbing equipment runs to nearest indirect waste receptor.

  11.

Re-use of existing LA, N2, LV, ICW, IHW/IHWR, DCW, DHW/DHWR risers.

FIRE PROTECTION / FIRE PROOFING

  1.

Full building fire sprinkler system sized to meet building type and density. System includes vertical and horizontal distribution per TI test fit and to allow for final modifications.

  2.

Fully functional fire alarm system with horn and strobes to support TI, elevator monitoring and fire protection flow switches. Existing fire control panel.

  3.

Fireproofing and horizontal fire separations to include structural fire proofing if needed and firesafing as required to comply with Building Type.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

  1.

Primary service 4,000A for overall building normal power.

  2.

Existing 2MW Emergency Generator with 1600 amps shared with the building.

Distribution

  1.

Power devices for laboratory general and specified equipment, office, lobby and conference rooms.

  2.

Standby power to -20 & -80 Freezers, and Incubators.

  3.

New IDF riser room located on Level 2. Tenant to extend existing or new service from the building MPOE to IDF room. IDF/Server room build-out, structured cabling, security & CCTV cabling by tenant.

  4.

Tele/data ring and string for laboratory and office areas. Conduit pathway from MPOE to Level 2 and IDF access.

  5.

Single gang box for tenant card access control system.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 11

 

Lighting

  1.

New LED lighting at office areas, laboratory and conferencing areas.

  2.

Enhanced lighting at suite lobby, reception, and break room.

  3.

New Title 24 compliant lighting control system.

— END —


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 12

 

SCHEDULE 3

RENDERINGS

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 13

 

SCHEDULE 4

RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX

The following table dictates how various Project expenses will be allocated per the Letter of Intent. Core & Shell as used herein refers to the structure, envelope, elevators, and egress stairs.

 

DESCRIPTION    ALLOCATION
     Provided by Landlord at as part of Core & Shell Scope    Provided by Tenant at Tenant’s Cost    Provided by Landlord as part of Tenant Improvements

GENERAL

Existing surface& structured parking as established in the lease

   X          

Permits & Fees

Building Site, Core & Shell Permit & Fees

   X          

All Tenant Improvement Related Permits & Fees

             X

SITEWORK

Existing Sidewalks, curbs, landscaping and asphalt parking.

   X          

Existing Tele/Data conduits to main point of entry (MPOE) for local exchange carrier (if service requested is not existing already)

   X          

Existing Domestic sanitary sewer to the building with connection to street lateral

   X          

Existing Lab waste sewer points of connection to sanitary sewer.

   X          

Exterior hazardous material storage shed(s), relevant signage (i.e. NFPA), and Hazardous Material Business Plan (HMBP) submission to AHJ

        X     

Existing Main site storm drain utilities

   X          

Existing SDG&E primary electrical service to U/G pull section & meter main

   X          

Existing SDG&E gas service to meter & pressure regulator.

   X          

Existing Domestic water service with connection at the street lateral.

   X          

Existing Fire Water service to hydrants and building riser with connection at the street lateral

   X          

Existing Trash Enclosure and Concrete Pad with gate

   X          

Existing exterior loading area to remain

   X          

Existing Service Yard existing to remain with fencing.

   X          

Existing Irrigation water & distribution lines (existing to remain)

   X          

Domestic water bibs on roof & site as deemed necessary by LL for maintenance and convenience.

   X          

LANDSCAPING

Existing Site softscape including landscaping and irrigation service to include location, species and sizes of trees, shrubs and groundcovers.

   X          

Existing Site hardscape including walkways, driveways, curbing, patios, and exterior lighting.

   X          

STRUCTURE


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 14

 

Structural steel and reinforced concrete decks for new elevator, updated envelope & new exterior stair.

   X          

Concrete pads for base building equipment such as the main electrical meter.

   X          

Concrete pads in and on the structure for new/relocated tenant building equipment such as air handlers, exhaust fans, chillers, and pumps, etc.

             X

Shaft openings for base building utility risers.

   X          

Shaft openings for tenant utility risers in addition to base building

             X

Miscellaneous metal items and/or concrete pads for base building equipment.

   X          

Miscellaneous metal items and/or concrete pads for Tenant equipment.

             X

New exterior stair.

   X          

ROOFING

              

New class ‘A’ roofing system (at new elevator only)

   X          

Roof penetrations for base building equipment & systems.

   X          

Roofing penetrations for Tenant equipment.

             X

EXTERIOR

              

Base building entrances.

   X          

Building-mounted Tenant signage, and monument sign, in accordance with City of San Diego rules and regulations.

        X     

Building re-skin on north and west sides of the building for +/- 315’ linear feet on two levels

   X          

Entry canopy

   X          

COMMON AREAS

              

Existing First floor finished lobby.

   X          

Second floor finished lobby

             X

Existing common restrooms for tenant use

   X          

Code required bicycle storage

   X          

Walls in exit stairways and Base Building utility rooms shall have a final paint finish.

   X          

Metal railings in all exit stairways.

   X          

Code required signage for all base building rooms.

   X          

Janitor’s closets in core areas.

             X

Existing Main Electrical Switchgear and MPOE rooms.

   X          

Electrical closets in core areas.

             X

IDF connected to MPOE.

             X

Common doors, frames & hardware at main entry, shell exit stairs, Loading Dock, Trash Enclosure (gates) Main Electric Room, MPOE Room, & Elevator Machine Room(s)

   X          

Tenant Premises interior doors, frames, and hardware

             X

ELEVATORS

One (1) new service elevator

   X          

One (1) existing passenger elevator

   X          

WINDOW TREATMENT


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 15

 

Furnish and install Base Building window treatment, including blocking for window treatment. Window treatments are to be MechoShades or equal for all windows

             X

Window sills, as applicable

             X

TENANT AREAS

Shipping and Receiving Areas

             X

Drywall patching at inside face of exterior walls

             X

Finishes at inside face of exterior walls

             X

Finishes at inside face at Tenant side of core partitions

             X

Electrical closets within Tenant Premises

             X

Tenant Tel/data rooms

             X

Tenant break or kitchen areas

             X

Partitions, ceilings, flooring, painting, finishes, doors, frames, hardware, millwork, casework, and buildout

             X

Wire shelving & chemical racking systems

        X     

Fixed casework

             X

Laboratory Equipment including, but not limited to biosafety cabinets, autoclaves, glasswashers, bioreactors, recirculating chillers in fume hoods, high vac dry down stations, air showers, rackwashers & associated steam generators

        X     

Chemical Fume Hoods, bench fume hood, lab casework

             X

Fixtures, Furniture, Equipment (FF&E)

        X     

Appliances including refrigerator, dishwashers, garbage disposals and microwaves

             X

Shaft enclosures for base building systems’ risers.

   X          

Shaft enclosures for Tenant risers within allocated space in the main vertical Base Building shafts.

             X

All interior code required signage for Tenant Premises.

             X

All wayfinding signage and tenant specific signage for branding purposes.

        X     

FIRE PROTECTION

Existing Control area fire ratings at underside of elevated decks. No fireproofing required at roof.

   X          

Existing Fire service entrance including fire department connection, alarm valve, and flow protection.

   X          

Exit stair distribution piping and sprinkler heads.

   X          

Existing Primary distribution adequate to support ordinary hazard

   X          

All lateral piping, drop heads, and related equipment within Tenant Premises.

             X

Modification of sprinkler branch and main piping and head locations to suit Tenant layout & hazard index.

             X

Specialized extinguishing systems (if required).

        X     

Pre-action dry-pipe systems (if required).

        X     

Fire extinguishers required per SS&C permit drawings.

   X          

Fire extinguisher cabinets at Tenant Premises.

             X

PLUMBING

Existing Domestic Water service with site backflow prevention to building entry.

   X          


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 16

 

Domestic water risers serving Tenant Premises

   X          

Domestic water distribution within Tenant Premises

             X

Existing domestic hot water generation

   X          

Existing common restroom plumbing fixtures compliant with accessibility requirements.

   X          

Industrial Water riser for lab use and reduced pressure backflow preventer.

   X          

Industrial hot water generation for Tenant use.

   X          

Industrial water distribution within Tenant Premises.

             X

Existing Roof storm drainage system.

   X          

Sanitary Waste and vent service for core areas.

   X          

Sanitary Waste and vent risers serving Tenant Premises.

   X          

Sanitary Waste and vent distribution serving Tenant Premises.

             X

Lab waste and vent pipe risers

   X          

Lab waste and vent pipe distribution serving Tenant Premises.

             X

Existing Central lab air compressor

   X          

Supplemental lab air compressor capacity (if required)

        X     

Compressed air vertical pipe riser.

   X          

Compressed air pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use.

             X

Existing Central lab vacuum system

   X          

Supplemental lab vacuum capacity (if required)

        X     

Vacuum vertical pipe riser.

   X          

Lab vacuum pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use.

             X

Temperate water pipe risers (N/A given local domestic water temperature)

        X     

RO/DI water generator

   X          

Supplemental RO/DI capacity (if required)

        X     

RO/DI water vertical pipe riser.

   X          

DI water pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use.

             X

Bulk, Dewar, Cylinder or Bottled lab nitrogen and argon gas sources for Tenant use

        X     

Lab nitrogen pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use.

             X

Lab argon pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use.

             X

Manifolds, piping, and outlets for CO2

   X          

C02 Cylinders

        X     

Manifolds, piping, and other requirements including cylinders, not specifically mentioned above (i.e. O2, LN2)

        X     

NATURAL GAS

Existing Natural gas service, pressure regulator and meter sized for Tenant equipment.

   X          

Existing Natural gas service to Base Building boilers.

   X          

Natural gas pipe distribution to tenant program areas

        X     

HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING

Existing central water-cooled chilled water plant. Chillers and Cooling Towers provided (existing).

   X          


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 17

 

Existing Chilled water pipe risers

   X          

Existing Chilled water pipe distribution serving Central Air Handling Units

   X          

Existing Chilled water pipe distribution serving Tenant Premises solely.

        X     

Condenser water pipe distribution from Cooling Towers to Chillers

   X          

Existing central gas fired condensing boiler plant

   X          

House steam system (if required)

        X     

Heating Hot water pipe risers.

   X          

Heating Hot water pipe distribution serving Central Air Handling Units

   X          

Heating Hot water pipe distribution within Tenant Premises.

             X

Existing expandable Building Management System (BMS) for Base Building Infrastructure.

   X          

BMS (compatible with Landlord’s system) within Tenant Premises monitoring Tenant Infrastructure.

             X

Existing air handling units.

   X          

Vertical supply air duct distribution.

   X          

Supply air duct distribution, air valves, VAV terminals, Reheat coils, Humidifiers, equipment connections, insulation, air terminals, dampers, hangers, etc. within Tenant Premises.

             X

Existing laboratory exhaust and fans

   X          

Vertical exhaust air duct risers.

   X          

Exhaust air duct distribution, air valves, VAV terminals, equipment connections, insulation, air terminals, dampers, hangers, etc. within Tenant Premises.

             X

Electric room ventilation system for electrical closets within Tenant Premises.

             X

Sound attenuation for Tenant equipment.

        X     

DX cooling systems for Tenant Server and IDF room

             X

Additional/dedicated cooling for Tenant requirements which serve Tenant only.

        X     

ELECTRICAL

Uninterruptable Power System (UPS)

        X     

Existing Electrical utility service to main meter section and house panel at main switchgear

   X          

Existing 480/277v, main switchboard(s) after shell section

   X          

Standby power generators (if demand exceeds pro rata share of existing generator on site)

        X     

Existing automatic transfer switch for life safety loads on generator for base building loads.

   X          

Existing automatic transfer switch for Tenant emergency power.

   X          

Distribution within Tenant Premises for Tenant loads, as well as for base building critical systems

             X

Lighting and power distribution for site lighting

   X          

Lighting and power distribution for Lobby & Restroom areas

             X


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 18

 

Lighting and power distribution for Tenant Premises.

             X

Shell area life safety emergency lighting/signage.

   X          

Tenant Premises life safety emergency lighting/signage.

             X

Tenant panels, transformers, and distribution equipment

             X

FIRE ALARM

Base expandable fire alarm system at elevators

   X          

Building fire alarm system with devices in core areas.

   X          

Fire alarm sub panels and devices for Tenant Premises with integration into Base Building system.

             X

TELEPHONE/DATA

Underground local service provider conduit to MPOE room for copper and fiber optic service (if service requested is not existing already)

        X     

Tenant tele/data rooms.

             X

Pathways from MPOE room directly into Tenant tele/data rooms

             X

Tel/Data cabling from MPOE room to Tenant tele/data room

        X     

Fiber optic service for Tenant use

        X     

Tel/data infrastructure including, but not limited to, servers, computers, phone systems, switches, routers, MUX panels, equipment racks, ladder racks, etc.

        X     

Provisioning of circuits and service from service providers.

        X     

Audio visual systems

        X     

Station cabling from Tenant tel/data room to all Tenant locations, within the suite and exterior to the suite, if needed.

        X     

SECURITY

Card access at Building exterior entries.

   X          

Card access into or within tenant Premises on separate Tenant installed and managed system.

        X     

Video camera coverage of Tenant Premises on separate Tenant installed and managed system.

        X     


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 19

 

SCHEDULE 5

SCHEDULE OF CRITICAL DATES – TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

Based on 6/1/20 NTP Date    *Tenant Improvement
Schematic Design Complete   

6/19/2020 (Followed by 5 day
review and approval)

Design Development Complete

(Includes approved reflected ceiling plan)

   7/24/20- (Followed by 5 day review and approval)

City Permit Submittal Complete

(Submit for plan Check)

   9/11/2020 (Followed by 5 day review and approval)

City Permit Approval

   11/27/20

Issue for Construction Set

   12/04/20

* Review and approval dates are to be business days.

If any of the stages noted above (e.g., Space Plan, Schematics etc.) is not finalized and approved by Tenant and Landlord within the applicable 5, 10 or 15-day period noted above after initial delivery to Tenant for review, then each day thereafter until applicable stage is finalized shall constitute Tenant Delay (unless the failure to complete such stage resulted from Landlord’s failure to provide a response within the required time period).


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this _____ day of _______, 2020, between ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated June ____, 2020 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is ______________, _____, the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on ______________, _____. In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

AVIDITY BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: ______________________________________

Its : ______________________________________

 

LANDLORD:

ARE-SD REGION NO. 44, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, LP.,
 

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

 

By: ARE-QRS CORP.,

 

      a Maryland corporation,

      general partner

 

By: __________________________________

 

Its : __________________________________


 

 

Rules and Regulations

   10578 Science Ctr./Avidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects of which Tenant becomes aware in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.


 

Rules and Regulations   10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 2

 

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking (except that Tenant may use microwave ovens, toasters and coffee makers in the Premises for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and contractors in an area designated for such items, but only if the use thereof is at all times supervised by the individual using the same) or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

20. Tenant shall cause any vendors and other service providers hired by Tenant to perform services at the Premises or the Project to maintain in effect workers’ compensation insurance as required by Legal Requirements and commercial general liability insurance with coverage amounts reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall cause such vendors and service providers to name Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds under such policies and shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverages (and showing Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds under such policies) prior to the applicable vendor or service provider providing any services to Tenant at the Project.

21. Neither Tenant nor any of the Tenant Parties shall have the right to photograph, videotape, film, digitally record or by any other means record, transmit and/or distribute any images, pictures or videos of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project that could identify the Project or the name of the Project, or that identify Landlord or any other tenants or any affiliates of Landlord or any other tenants. The foregoing is not meant to prohibit individual employees from taking and disseminating photos of themselves or other people within the Premises or at the Project so long as neither the Building nor any proprietary information, equipment or improvements of Landlord are included within such photos or preclude Tenant from recording the Premises or portions of the Project in which the Premises is located for security purposes with security cameras included as part of a security system installed by Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvement or as an Alteration pursuant to Section 12 of the Lease.

22. Tenant shall regularly review the guidelines published by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and any state and/or local Governmental Agencies, and will implement the practices and procedures suggested thereby, as well as industry standard best practices, to prevent the spread of Infectious Conditions, including, without limitation, COVID-19.

23. Landlord shall have the right to (a) require tenants to implement and enforce reasonable screening and tracking protocols intended to identify and track the activity at the Project of employees, agents, contractors and visitors seeking access to or accessing the Premises and or the Project exhibiting flu-like symptoms or symptoms consistent with those associated with any currently known or unknown Infectious Conditions including, without limitation, COVID-19 (collectively, “Symptoms”), (b) require tenant employees, agents, contractors and visitors to comply with reasonable screening and tracking protocols


 

Rules and Regulations   10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 3

 

implemented by Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and/or any operator of Project Amenities, intended to identify and track the activity at the Project of individuals seeking access to or accessing the Premises or the Project (including the Project Amenities) exhibiting Symptoms, (c) require tenants to implement and enforce protocols to prohibit individuals exhibiting Symptoms, from accessing the Premises and/or the Project, (d) require tenants to immediately report to Landlord incidences of (i) tenant employees, agents, contractors and visitors accessing the Premises or any portion of the Project while exhibiting Symptoms, and/or (ii) tenant employees, agents, contractors and visitors known to have accessed the Premises or the Project being diagnosed with an Infectious Condition including, without limitation, COVID-19.

24. Landlord may exclude or expel from the Project any person that has Symptoms associated with any currently known or unknown Infectious Condition including, without limitation, COVID-19.

25. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if, at any time during the Term, Landlord becomes aware that any Tenant Party exhibiting Symptoms and/or diagnosed with an Infectious Condition had access to the Premises or any portion of the Project (including, without limitation, the Project Amenities), Tenant shall be responsible for any costs incurred by Landlord to perform additional or deep cleaning of the Premises and/or the Common Areas of the Project or to take other measures deemed reasonably necessary or prudent by Landlord which are intended to limit the spread of such Infectious Condition due to such Tenant Party’s presence at the Project.

26. Landlord reserves the right to implement additional rules and regulations relating to access to the Premises, the Building and/or the Project (including, without limitation, the Project Amenities) which are intended to promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

None.


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 2

 

EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

MAINTENANCE OBLIGATIONS

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT H TO LEASE

CONTROL ZONES

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT I TO LEASE

RESERVED PARKING

 

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT J TO LEASE

SIGNAGE

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 2

 

 

LOGO


 

10578 Science Ctr./Advidity Biosciences – Page 1

 

EXHIBIT K

EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Avidity Biosciences, Inc.

San Diego, California

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated April 3, 2020 (except for the “Reverse Stock Split” paragraph of Note 11, as to which the date is June 8, 2020), relating to the financial statements of Avidity Biosciences, Inc., which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Diego, California

June 8, 2020